REPUBLIC BANCORP INC /KY/
S-1, 1998-06-11
STATE COMMERCIAL BANKS
Previous: WINSTON HOTELS INC, DEFA14A, 1998-06-11
Next: INTERIORS INC, SC 13G, 1998-06-11



<PAGE>
     AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON JUNE 11, 1998
                                                      REGISTRATION NO. 333-
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
                            ------------------------
 
                                    FORM S-1
            REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
                            ------------------------
 
                             REPUBLIC BANCORP, INC.
             (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
 
<TABLE>
<S>                              <C>                            <C>
           KENTUCKY                          6022                  61-0862051
  --------------------------      -------------------------     ----------------
 (State or other jurisdiction    (Primary Standard Industrial   (I.R.S. Employer
              of                 Classification Code Number)     Identification
incorporation or organization)                                        No.)
</TABLE>
 
    601 WEST MARKET STREET, LOUISVILLE, KENTUCKY  40202      (502) 584-3600
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  (Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of
                   registrant's principal executive offices)
 
MR. STEVEN E. TRAGER, PRESIDENT, REPUBLIC BANCORP, INC., 601 WEST MARKET STREET,
                   LOUISVILLE, KENTUCKY 40202; (502) 584-3600
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 (Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code,
                             of agent for service)
                            ------------------------
 
                                   COPIES TO:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                              <C>
               STEWART E. CONNER                                  ROBERT WALKER
            Wyatt, Tarrant & Combs                     Baker, Donelson, Bearman & Caldwell
              2800 Citizens Plaza                         2000 First Tennessee Building
          Louisville, Kentucky 40202                           165 Madison Avenue
                (502) 589-5235                              Memphis, Tennessee 38103
                                                                 (901) 526-2000
</TABLE>
 
                            ------------------------
 
                      APPROXIMATE DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF
                 PROPOSED SALE OF THE SECURITIES TO THE PUBLIC:
  AS SOON AS PRACTICABLE AFTER THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT BECOMES EFFECTIVE.
 
    If any of the Securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on
a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of
1933 check the following box:  / /
 
    If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering
pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box
and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier
effective registration statement for the same offering:  / /
 
    If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) or
Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the
Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective
registration statement for the same offering.  / /
 
    If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434,
please check the following box:  / /
 
                        CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 TITLE OF EACH CLASS OF                    PROPOSED MAXIMUM   PROPOSED MAXIMUM      AMOUNT OF
    SECURITIES TO BE       AMOUNT TO BE     OFFERING PRICE        AGGREGATE       REGISTRATION
       REGISTERED           REGISTERED         PER SHARE       OFFERING PRICE          FEE
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                       <C>              <C>                <C>                <C>
Class A Common Stock, no
  par value.............   2,400,000(1)        $14.00(2)       $33,600,000(2)        $9,912
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
 
(1) Includes 260,000 shares of Class A Common Stock subject to the Underwriters'
    over-allotment option.
 
(2) Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee in
    reliance on Rule 457(a).
                            ------------------------
 
    THE REGISTRANT HEREBY AMENDS THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON SUCH DATE OR
DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT SHALL
FILE A FURTHER AMENDMENT WHICH SPECIFICALLY STATES THAT THIS REGISTRATION
STATEMENT SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(A) OF
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 OR UNTIL THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL BECOME
EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE AS THE COMMISSION, ACTING PURSUANT TO SAID SECTION 8(A),
MAY DETERMINE.
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
                   SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED JUNE 11, 1998
THE INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO COMPLETION OR AMENDMENT. A
REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATING TO THESE SECURITIES HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE SOLD NOR MAY
OFFERS TO BUY BE ACCEPTED PRIOR TO THE TIME THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT BECOMES
EFFECTIVE. THIS PROSPECTUS SHALL NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL OR THE
SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY NOR SHALL THERE BE ANY SALE OF THESE SECURITIES
IN ANY STATE IN WHICH SUCH OFFER, SOLICITATION OR SALE WOULD BE UNLAWFUL PRIOR
TO REGISTRATION OR QUALIFICATION UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY SUCH STATE.
<PAGE>
                                2,140,000 SHARES
 
                                     [LOGO]
 
                              CLASS A COMMON STOCK
 
    Of the 2,140,000 shares of Class A Common Stock, no par value (the "Class A
Common Stock") offered hereby (the "Offering"), 1,740,000 shares will be sold by
Republic Bancorp, Inc., a Kentucky corporation ("Republic" or the "Company"),
and 400,000 shares will be sold by Mr. Bernard M. Trager (sometimes referred to
as the "Selling Shareholder"). Republic will not receive any proceeds from the
sale of shares by the Selling Shareholder.
 
    Republic [has applied] for listing the Class A Common Stock on the Nasdaq
National Market System ("Nasdaq") under the symbol "RBCA." Prior to this
Offering, there has been no public market for the Class A Common Stock. The
initial public offering price will be determined by negotiations between the
Company and representatives of the Underwriters. It is currently estimated that
the initial public offering price per share will be between $12.00 and $14.00.
For factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price,
see "UNDERWRITING."
 
    Republic, a bank holding company headquartered in Louisville, Kentucky, is
the parent of Republic Bank & Trust Company (the "Bank"). Republic's authorized
capital stock consists of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock, no par
value ("Class B Common Stock") (collectively, the "Common Stock"), and Preferred
Stock. The Class A Common Stock is substantially identical to the Class B Common
Stock, except with respect to voting and dividend rights. The Class A Common
Stock is entitled to one vote per share and the Class B Common Stock is entitled
to ten votes per share. The Class A Common Stock is entitled to cash dividends
in an amount per share equal to 110% of the per share cash dividends, if any,
paid on the Class B Common Stock. See "DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK." Upon
completion of the Offering, Mr. Bernard M. Trager, Chairman of Republic, and
members of his immediate family will hold approximately 61% of the voting power,
based on their beneficial ownership of Common Stock, and will be able to control
the outcome of all matters submitted to shareholders which are decided by a
majority or plurality vote. See "PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS."
                            ------------------------
 
    SEE "RISK FACTORS" BEGINNING ON PAGE   OF THIS PROSPECTUS FOR A DISCUSSION
OF MATERIAL RISKS THAT SHOULD BE CONSIDERED BY PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS.
                             ---------------------
 
 THE SECURITIES OFFERED HEREBY ARE NOT SAVINGS OR DEPOSIT ACCOUNTS AND ARE NOT
   INSURED BY THE FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION, THE BANK INSURANCE
    FUND, THE SAVINGS ASSOCIATION INSURANCE FUND OR ANY OTHER GOVERNMENTAL
                                    AGENCY.
 
THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND
     EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION, NOR HAS THE
       COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION PASSED UPON THE
                ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY
               REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL
                                    OFFENSE.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                      UNDERWRITING                                PROCEEDS TO
                                       DISCOUNTS          PROCEEDS TO THE         THE SELLING
                 PRICE TO PUBLIC   AND COMMISSIONS(1)        COMPANY(2)           SHAREHOLDER
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>              <C>              <C>                   <C>                   <C>
Per Share......         $                  $                     $                     $
Total(3).......         $                  $                     $                     $
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
 
(1) The Company and the Selling Shareholder have agreed to indemnify the
    Underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the
    Securities Act of 1933. See "UNDERWRITING."
 
(2) Calculated before deducting expenses of the Offering payable by the Company
    estimated at $271,000.
 
(3) The Company has granted an option to the Underwriters, exercisable within 30
    days of the date of this Prospectus, to purchase up to 260,000 additional
    shares of Class A Common Stock on the terms set out above, less the
    Underwriting Discounts and Commissions shown above, solely to cover
    over-allotments, if any. If the over-allotment option is exercised in full,
    the total Price to Public, Underwriting Discounts and Commissions and
    Proceeds to the Company will be $        , $        and $        ,
    respectively. See "UNDERWRITING."
                            ------------------------
 
    The shares of Class A Common Stock are offered by the Underwriters, subject
to prior sale, when, as and if received and accepted by the Underwriters, and
subject to certain other conditions. The Underwriters reserve the right to
withdraw, cancel or modify such offer and to reject orders in whole or in part.
It is expected that delivery of the certificates for the shares of Class A
Common Stock will be made against payment therefor in Louisville, Kentucky on or
about            , 1998.
 
MORGAN KEEGAN & COMPANY, INC.                  J.J.B. HILLIARD, W.L. LYONS, INC.
 
               THE DATE OF THIS PROSPECTUS IS                  .
<PAGE>
                                 [MAP]
 
    CERTAIN PERSONS PARTICIPATING IN THE OFFERING MAY ENGAGE IN TRANSACTIONS
THAT STABILIZE, MAINTAIN OR OTHERWISE AFFECT THE PRICE OF THE CLASS A COMMON
STOCK OFFERED HEREBY. SUCH TRANSACTIONS MAY INCLUDE STABILIZING THE MARKET PRICE
OF THE CLASS A COMMON STOCK, THE PURCHASE OF CLASS A COMMON STOCK TO COVER
SYNDICATE SHORT POSITIONS AND THE IMPOSITION OF PENALTY BIDS. FOR A DESCRIPTION
OF THESE ACTIVITIES, SEE "UNDERWRITING."
 
    IN CONNECTION WITH THIS OFFERING, THE UNDERWRITERS MAY OVER-ALLOT OR EFFECT
TRANSACTIONS WHICH STABILIZE OR MAINTAIN THE MARKET PRICE OF THE CLASS A COMMON
STOCK AT A LEVEL ABOVE THAT WHICH MIGHT OTHERWISE PREVAIL IN THE OPEN MARKET.
SUCH TRANSACTIONS MAY BE AFFECTED ON THE NASDAQ NATIONAL MARKET OR OTHERWISE.
SUCH STABILIZING, IF COMMENCED, MAY BE DISCONTINUED AT ANY TIME.
 
    THE COMPANY INTENDS TO FURNISH ITS SHAREHOLDERS WITH ANNUAL REPORTS
CONTAINING AUDITED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.
 
                                       2
<PAGE>
                               PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
 
    THE FOLLOWING SUMMARY IS NOT INTENDED TO BE COMPLETE AND IS QUALIFIED IN ITS
ENTIRETY BY THE MORE DETAILED INFORMATION AND THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS AND THE RELATED NOTES APPEARING ELSEWHERE IN THIS PROSPECTUS. ALL PER
SHARE DATA OF REPUBLIC INCLUDED IN THIS PROSPECTUS HAVE BEEN RESTATED TO REFLECT
A STOCK SPLIT EFFECTED AS A STOCK DIVIDEND IN FEBRUARY, 1996. IN CONJUNCTION
WITH THE STOCK SPLIT, A RECLASSIFICATION WAS ALSO EFFECTED, AND, AS A RESULT,
TWO CLASSES OF COMMON STOCK, THE CLASS A AND CLASS B COMMON STOCK, REPLACED THE
COMMON STOCK OF THE COMPANY THEN OUTSTANDING. SHARE INFORMATION INCLUDED IN THIS
PROSPECTUS (OTHER THAN THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS BEGINNING ON PAGE
F-1) ALSO HAS BEEN RESTATED TO REFLECT A PROPOSED TWO-FOR-ONE SPLIT OF THE
COMMON STOCK TO BE EFFECTIVE ON OR ABOUT JUNE 30, 1998, FOLLOWING SHAREHOLDER
APPROVAL. UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED, ALL INFORMATION IN THIS PROSPECTUS ASSUMES
THAT THE UNDERWRITERS' OVER-ALLOTMENT OPTION IS NOT EXERCISED. IN ADDITION,
UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED, ALL REFERENCES TO "THE COMPANY" OR "REPUBLIC" IN
THIS PROSPECTUS REFER TO REPUBLIC BANCORP, INC. AND ITS CONSOLIDATED
SUBSIDIARIES, INCLUDING THE BANK.
 
                                  THE COMPANY
 
    Republic, a bank holding company headquartered in Louisville, Kentucky,
derives substantially all of its revenue and income from the operation of its
wholly-owned subsidiary, a Kentucky state bank. As a result of the efforts of a
group of local businessmen headed by Mr. Bernard M. Trager, the Bank became a
full service commercial bank in Louisville, Kentucky in 1982. In 1994, the Bank
expanded its operations in Kentucky by combining with Republic Bank of Shelby
County, a state chartered bank, and Republic Savings Bank, F.S.B., a federal
savings bank, which also were controlled by Mr. Bernard M. Trager and members of
his family. The Bank has 18 full-service banking locations, eight of which are
located in the Louisville metropolitan area, including the Company's principal
offices, and four of which are located in the Lexington metropolitan area,
Kentucky's two largest urban areas. At March 31, 1998, Republic had total assets
of $1.1 billion, total deposits of $728 million and total stockholders' equity
of $73 million. Republic is the fourth largest independent Kentucky based bank
holding company.
 
    In 1997 Republic made the strategic decision to concentrate its Kentucky
banking operations in the North Central and Central Kentucky markets. As a
result, the Company entered into a series of transactions in which it sold the
deposits and fixed assets of substantially all of its Western Kentucky banking
centers. The last of these transactions was completed during the first quarter
of 1998. In total, Republic sold approximately $180 million in deposits and
approximately $3.7 million in fixed assets while initially retaining
substantially all of the loan portfolio associated with those banking centers.
 
    Republic's business continues to reflect the Company's successful community
banking origins by providing a broad line of financial products and services to
individuals, professionals and businesses. Republic believes that its "super
community" brand of banking is an important factor in the success and growth of
the Company. This philosophy allows for flexible, responsive decision making at
each banking center in Republic's banking network and focuses on long-standing
client relationships and personalized service. Management believes that its
community oriented approach and commitment to customer service afford Republic a
distinct competitive advantage in its markets.
 
    Republic's overall business strategy is to (i) continue to service
individuals, professionals and businesses by providing personal, responsive,
quality service through its super community banking network, (ii) continue to
coordinate its loan and deposit growth and thereby enrich its earning asset mix,
(iii) expand its commercial banking and preferred client services, and (iv)
expand its business through internal growth and selective acquisitions in
product lines or markets considered strategically attractive by management. In
implementing its strategy, management emphasizes the following services and
product lines:
 
    - RELATIONSHIP BANKING. Republic serves all of its clients with highly
      skilled retail, technical, and managerial personnel in order to maintain
      its quality delivery of banking services at each of its banking centers.
      Republic believes a key to establishing and maintaining a long-term
      relationship with its banking clients is to offer competitively priced
      products tailored to meet clients' needs with
 
                                       3
<PAGE>
      personalized service and professional delivery. The advisory boards that
      the Bank maintains in each of its banking center communities further
      enhance client relationships and community awareness and establish local
      involvement.
 
    - CUSTOMER SERVICE AND CONVENIENCE. Through extended lobby and drive-up
      hours and experienced personnel, clients of Republic can obtain full
      banking services at any banking center. Seventeen of the Company's banking
      centers are open on Saturdays. Republic strives to develop customer
      loyalty by promoting a "hands-on" approach and offering quick
      decision-making in its delivery of banking products and services to
      existing and potential clients. The Company enhances its client service by
      marketing loan and deposit products through its telebanking services.
      Republic offers telebanking services during normal business hours and
      account information access 24 hours a day, 7 days a week. To further
      enhance customer service and convenience, all executive officers spend
      time each month in banking centers assessing the needs of both clients and
      the Republic associates serving those clients.
 
    - DEDICATED, SALES-ORIENTED ASSOCIATES. Republic instills within its work
      force a sales-oriented culture to promote customer service and market
      penetration. Republic seeks to enhance employee performance through
      training and Company-wide annual evaluations. To further promote customer
      service and enhance performance, Republic emphasizes performance-based
      compensation, rewarding employees who achieve or exceed corporate
      objectives and effectively cross-sell the organization's services.
 
    - MORTGAGE LENDING. Republic uses its banking centers and commissioned
      originators to offer a variety of single family residential mortgage
      products. The Company generally retains mortgage loans with variable rates
      and sells fixed rate loans into the secondary market. During the year
      ended December 31, 1997, Republic originated $430 million of mortgage
      loans. Mortgage loan originations during the three months ended March 31,
      1998, totaled $141 million.
 
    - PREFERRED CLIENT SERVICES. Republic has established extensive long
      standing relationships with the medical communities in its primary
      markets. Special loan and deposit products, including 100% financing on
      first home purchases for medical students and residents, personalized
      deposit products and affinity cards, have been tailored to meet the needs
      of physicians and their practices. In addition to its exclusive
      participation in various programs at the two state medical schools,
      Republic has received the exclusive endorsement of the Jefferson County
      Medical Society, the members of which account for nearly 600 depository
      relationships representing $41 million in deposits as of April 30, 1998.
      Republic intends to expand these services to other special business
      groups.
 
    - CONSUMER BANKING. Republic continues to expand its retail client base with
      the aid of competitive consumer loan and deposit products. Republic has
      developed an attractive home equity loan product with competitive terms,
      generating over $118 million in new lines of credit since June, 1996.
      Traditional checking combined with preferential money market accounts and
      certificates of deposit have resulted in increased fee income and deposit
      balances.
 
    - COMMERCIAL BANKING. In response to client demand, Republic has increased
      its emphasis on commercial loan and cash management services by
      establishing centralized commercial lending and cash management
      departments. The Company intends to expand this business by broadening its
      relationships with its current as well as prospective commercial clients.
 
    The Company was incorporated in Kentucky in 1974 and became the holding
company of the Bank in 1982, when the Bank commenced its commercial banking
business. The executive offices of Republic are located at 601 West Market
Street, Louisville, Kentucky 40202, telephone number (502) 584-3600.
 
                                       4
<PAGE>
                                  THE OFFERING
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                 <C>
Class A Common Stock offered by
  the Company.....................  1,740,000 shares. See "DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK."
 
Class A Common Stock offered by
  the Selling Shareholder.........  400,000 shares
 
Class A Common Stock outstanding
  prior to the Offering...........  12,541,062 shares
 
Class A Common Stock to be
  outstanding after the
  Offering........................  14,281,062 shares(1)
 
Class B Common Stock
  outstanding.....................  2,418,074 shares
 
Total Class A and Class B Common
  Stock to be outstanding after
  the Offering....................  16,699,136 shares(1)
 
Proposed Nasdaq symbol............  RBCA
 
Use of Proceeds...................  The proceeds of the Offering are expected to be used for
                                    continued banking center expansion, broadening of
                                    existing business lines, potential acquisitions and
                                    other general corporate purposes. See "USE OF PROCEEDS."
</TABLE>
 
                 COMPARISON OF CLASS A AND CLASS B COMMON STOCK
 
<TABLE>
<S>             <C>                 <C>
Voting rights   Class A...........  One (1) vote per share.
 
                Class B...........  Ten (10) votes per share.
 
Dividend        Class A...........  110% of any cash dividend paid on Class B Common Stock.
rights                              If a non-cash dividend is paid on Class B Common Stock,
                                    an equal dividend must be paid on Class A Common Stock.
 
                Class B...........  Subject to dividend differential on Class A Common
                                    Stock.
 
Convertibility  Class A...........  Not convertible.
 
                Class B...........  Convertible into Class A Common Stock on a share for
                                    share basis.
</TABLE>
 
                                  RISK FACTORS
 
    A number of factors should be considered by potential investors before
purchasing shares of the Class A Common Stock in the Offering. See "RISK
FACTORS."
 
- ------------------------
 
(1) Excludes 2,000,000 shares of Class A Common Stock reserved for issuance to
    employees under the Company's Stock Option Plan (options to purchase
    approximately 1,011,000 shares of which are outstanding and options to
    purchase an additional 250,000 shares are to be granted at or prior to the
    closing of the Offering at the initial public offering price), 645,200
    shares reserved for issuance upon conversion of outstanding Trust Preferred
    securities, and 260,000 shares issuable upon exercise of the Underwriters'
    over-allotment option.
 
                                       5
<PAGE>
                      SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
 
    The following summary consolidated financial data of the Company are derived
from the Selected Consolidated Financial Data appearing elsewhere in this
Prospectus, and should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial
Statements of the Company and the Notes thereto and the information contained in
"MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF
OPERATIONS."
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                      AS OF AND FOR THE
                                 THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31,
                                                                          AS OF AND FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                ------------------------------   -------------------------------------------------------------
                                     1998             1997          1997          1996         1995        1994        1993
                                ---------------   ------------   -----------   -----------   ---------   ---------   ---------
                                                                    (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                             <C>               <C>            <C>           <C>           <C>         <C>         <C>
INCOME STATEMENT DATA:
Interest income...............  $        22,785   $     22,610   $    91,194   $    81,986   $  71,133   $  47,375   $  43,377
Interest expense..............           12,415         12,603        50,856        43,855      37,720      22,513      21,119
Net interest income...........           10,370         10,007        40,338        38,131      33,413      24,862      22,258
Provision for loan losses.....              643          1,298         7,251         9,149       4,268         537         391
Non-interest income...........            2,796          2,096         7,743         7,097       7,520       6,997       8,154
Gain on sale of deposits......            4,116                        7,527
Gain on sale of Bankcard......                                         3,660
Non-interest expense..........            8,074          7,995        32,880        31,409      24,505      22,216      22,199
Income before taxes...........            8,565          2,810        19,137         4,670      12,160       9,106       7,822
Net income....................            5,524          1,880        12,259         2,727       7,788       6,170       5,864
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Total assets..................  $     1,112,576   $  1,090,616   $ 1,054,950   $ 1,140,882   $ 891,347   $ 736,009   $ 646,697
Total securities..............          214,467        229,374       192,372       281,855     114,654     100,705      69,193
Total loans, net..............          783,505        760,749       794,939       759,424     668,193     571,950     488,109
Allowance for loan losses.....            8,234          6,281         8,176         6,241       3,695       1,827       1,627
Total deposits................          728,069        812,442       731,598       783,141     734,443     590,036     516,871
Repurchase agreements and
  other short-term
  borrowings..................          110,477         87,451       111,137       181,634      21,729      12,732      13,228
Other borrowed funds..........          179,164        111,746       124,405       106,974      68,063      77,060      67,721
Total stockholders' equity....           73,434         59,738        68,386        59,019      58,502      47,045      40,669
PER SHARE DATA:(1)
Net income per Class A
  common......................  $          0.37   $       0.12   $      0.82   $      0.16   $     N/A   $     N/A   $     N/A
Net income per Class B
  common......................             0.37           0.12          0.81          0.15         N/A         N/A         N/A
Net income per common.........              N/A            N/A           N/A           N/A        0.52        0.43        0.42
Book value....................             4.91           3.79          4.58          3.74        3.71        3.28        2.86
Cash dividends per Class A
  common......................           0.0275         0.0275        0.1100        0.1100         N/A         N/A         N/A
Cash dividends per Class B
  common......................           0.0250         0.0250        0.1000        0.1000         N/A         N/A         N/A
Cash dividend per common                    N/A            N/A           N/A           N/A      0.0850         N/A         N/A
PERFORMANCE RATIOS:
Return on average assets......             1.29%(2)          .69%        1.12%         .29%        .95%        .93%        .92%
Return on average common
  equity......................            19.19(2)        12.64        18.81          4.57       14.46       13.71       14.10
Net interest margin...........             3.92           3.82          3.85          4.21        4.25        3.96        3.69
Efficiency ratio..............             (361)            66            68(4)          64(5)        60        70          73
ASSET QUALITY RATIOS:
Nonperforming assets to total
  loans.......................             1.02%          0.94%         0.90%         1.06%       0.41%       0.46%       0.75%
Net loan charge-offs to
  average loans...............             0.29           0.64          0.66          0.91        0.38        0.06        0.08
Allowance for loan losses to
  total loans.................             1.04           0.82          1.02          0.81        0.55        0.32        0.33
Allowance for loan losses to
  non-performing loans........              108             88           115            78         168          97          61
CAPITAL RATIOS:
Leverage ratio................             7.31%          6.11%         6.99%         5.76%       6.62%       6.40%       6.93%
Average stockholders' equity
  to average total assets.....             6.69           5.43          5.97          6.30        6.56        6.65        5.95
Tier 1 risk-based capital
  ratio.......................            11.49          10.17         10.57          9.14       10.29       10.19       11.30
Total risk-based capital
  ratio.......................            12.67          11.13         11.73         10.10       10.96       10.60       11.71
Dividend payout ratio.........                7             22            13            68          16         N/A         N/A
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
 
(1) In 1996 the Company's common stock was replaced by Class A Common Stock and
    Class B Common Stock. See Note 14 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
(2) For purposes of calculation, pre-tax gain on sale of deposits of $4.1
    million is not annualized.
 
(3) Excludes pre-tax gain on sale of deposits of $4.1 million.
 
(4) Excludes pre-tax gain on sale of deposits of $7.5 million and pre-tax gain
    on sale of Bankcard of $3.7 million.
 
(5) Excludes one time Savings Association Insurance Fund ("SAIF") assessment of
    $2.3 million.
 
                                       6
<PAGE>
                                  RISK FACTORS
 
    AN INVESTMENT IN THE CLASS A COMMON STOCK OFFERED HEREBY INVOLVES CERTAIN
RISKS. A PROSPECTIVE INVESTOR SHOULD CAREFULLY REVIEW THE FOLLOWING RISK FACTORS
AS WELL AS THE OTHER INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS PROSPECTUS BEFORE DECIDING TO
MAKE AN INVESTMENT IN SHARES OF CLASS A COMMON STOCK. INFORMATION CONTAINED IN
THIS PROSPECTUS CONTAINS "FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS" WHICH CAN BE IDENTIFIED BY
THE USE OF FORWARD-LOOKING TERMINOLOGY SUCH AS "BELIEVES," "EXPECTS," "MAY,"
"WILL," "COULD," "SHOULD," "INTEND," "ESTIMATED," "PROJECTED," "CONTEMPLATED" OR
"ANTICIPATES" OR THE NEGATIVE THEREOF OR OTHER VARIATIONS OR COMPARABLE
TERMINOLOGY. NO ASSURANCE CAN BE GIVEN THAT THE FUTURE RESULTS COVERED BY THE
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS WILL BE ACHIEVED. THESE STATEMENTS, BY THEIR TERMS,
INVOLVE SUBSTANTIAL RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES, CERTAIN OF WHICH ARE BEYOND THE
COMPANY'S CONTROL. THE FOLLOWING FACTORS COULD CAUSE ACTUAL EXPERIENCE TO VARY
MATERIALLY FROM THE FUTURE RESULTS COVERED IN SUCH FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS.
OTHER FACTORS, SUCH AS THE GENERAL STATE OF THE ECONOMY, COULD ALSO CAUSE ACTUAL
EXPERIENCE TO VARY MATERIALLY FROM THE MATTERS COVERED IN SUCH FORWARD-LOOKING
STATEMENTS.
 
    EXPOSURE TO LOCAL ECONOMIC CONDITIONS.  The Company's success is dependent
to a significant extent upon economic conditions in Kentucky generally and in
the Louisville and Lexington metropolitan areas in particular. The banking
industry in Kentucky is affected by general economic conditions such as
inflation, recession, unemployment and other factors beyond the Company's
control. Economic recession over a prolonged period or other economic
dislocation in Kentucky and the Louisville and Lexington areas could have a
material adverse impact on the quality of the loan portfolios and the demand for
products and services. Therefore, there can be no assurance that future adverse
changes in the Kentucky or Louisville or Lexington economies would not have a
material adverse effect on the Company's financial condition, results of
operations or cash flows.
 
    INTEREST RATE RISK.  The Company's earnings depend to a great extent on
"rate differentials," which are the differences between interest income that the
Company earns on loans and investments and the interest expense paid on deposits
and other borrowings. These rates are highly sensitive to many factors which are
beyond Republic's control, including general economic conditions and the
policies of various government and regulatory authorities. Changes in interest
rate policy by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System ("Federal
Reserve Board") affect the Company's interest income, interest expense and
investment portfolio. Also, governmental policies such as the creation of a tax
deduction for individual retirement accounts can increase savings and affect the
cost of funds. A rapid increase or decrease in interest rates could have an
adverse effect on the net interest margin and results of operations of the
Company. The nature, timing and effect of any future changes in federal monetary
and fiscal policies on Republic and its results of operations are not
predictable. See "MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS--ASSET/LIABILITY MANAGEMENT AND MARKET RISK."
 
    CREDIT QUALITY.  A significant source of risk for the Company arises from
the possibility that losses will be sustained because borrowers, guarantors and
related parties fail to perform in accordance with the terms of their loans. The
Company has adopted underwriting and credit monitoring procedures and credit
policies, including the establishment and review of the allowance for credit
losses that management believes are appropriate to minimize this risk by
assessing the likelihood of nonperformance, tracking loan performance and
diversifying the Company's credit portfolio. Such policies and procedures,
however, may not prevent unexpected losses that could materially adversely
affect the results of operations of the Company. See "THE COMPANY--GENERAL
BUSINESS OVERVIEW."
 
    RISKS INHERENT IN COMMERCIAL LENDING.  The Company has recently expanded its
commercial loan business, establishing a commercial lending unit in 1997.
Commercial lending entails greater risks than traditional single-family
residential lending. Commercial loans typically involve larger loan balances to
single borrowers or groups of related borrowers, resulting in a more
concentrated loan portfolio, and the analysis of commercial loans often requires
an expertise in evaluating the commercial enterprise or valuing its collateral
that is different in significant respects from that which is required for
residential mortgage
 
                                       7
<PAGE>
lending. Like consumer loans, commercial loans are also subject to adverse
conditions in the economy, as well as the market for the specific goods and
services sold by the commercial borrower. Loans secured by commercial real
estate can also be affected by trends in the local real estate market, including
declines in the market price of local real estate.
 
    COMPETITION.  The banking business is highly competitive, and the
profitability of the Company depends principally upon its ability to compete in
the market areas where its banking operations are located. The Company competes
with other commercial banks, savings banks, savings and loan associations,
credit unions, mortgage companies, finance companies, mutual funds, insurance
companies, brokerage and investment banking firms, asset-based non-bank lenders
and certain other non-financial entities, including retail stores which may
maintain their own credit programs and certain governmental organizations which
may offer more favorable financing than the Company. Many of these competitors
have greater financial and other resources than the Company, and certain larger
competitors are recent entrants into the Company's markets. The Company has been
able to compete effectively with other financial institutions by emphasizing
customer service and local office decision-making; by establishing long-term
customer relationships and building customer loyalty; and by providing products
and services designed to address the specific needs of its clients. Although the
Company has been able to compete effectively in the past, no assurances may be
given that the Company will continue to be able to compete effectively in the
future. Various legislative acts in recent years have led to increased
competition among financial institutions. There can be no assurance that the
United States Congress or the Kentucky legislature will not enact legislation
that may further increase competitive pressures on the Company. Competition from
both financial and nonfinancial institutions is expected to continue. See "THE
COMPANY-- COMPETITION."
 
    DEPENDENCE ON KEY PERSONNEL.  The Company and the Bank are dependent on
certain key personnel, including Messrs. Bernard M. Trager, Steven E. Trager,
Scott Trager, E. William Petter, Jr., and Mark A. Vogt, each of whom is
considered to be important to the success of the Company. The unexpected loss of
any of these persons could have an adverse effect on the Company and the Bank.
The Company has entered into employment agreements with Messrs. Steven E.
Trager, Scott Trager, E. William Petter and Mark A. Vogt. See "MANAGEMENT."
 
    SUPERVISION AND REGULATION.  Bank holding companies and banks operate in a
highly regulated environment and are subject to extensive supervision and
examination by several federal and state regulatory agencies. The Company is
subject to the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (the "BHCA"), and to
regulation and supervision by the Federal Reserve Board. The Bank, as a Kentucky
state banking corporation, is subject to regulation and supervision by the
Kentucky Department of Financial Institutions and, as a result of the insurance
of its deposits, by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation ("FDIC"). These
regulations are intended primarily for the protection of depositors and clients,
rather than for the benefit of investors. The Company and the Bank are subject
to changes in federal and state laws, as well as changes in regulations and
governmental policies, income tax laws and accounting principles. The effects of
any potential changes cannot be predicted but could adversely affect the
business and operations of the Company and the Bank in the future. See
"SUPERVISION AND REGULATION."
 
    The Federal Reserve Board has adopted a policy that requires a bank holding
company such as the Company to serve as a source of financial strength to its
banking subsidiaries. The Federal Reserve Board has required bank holding
companies to contribute cash to their troubled bank subsidiaries based upon this
"source of strength" policy, which could have the effect of decreasing funds
available for distributions to shareholders. In addition, a bank holding company
in certain circumstances could be required to guarantee the capital plan of an
undercapitalized banking subsidiary. See "SUPERVISION AND REGULATION."
 
    RESTRICTIONS ON ABILITY TO PAY DIVIDENDS.  While the Company has paid cash
dividends on the Common Stock since 1995, there is no assurance that the Company
will pay dividends on the Common Stock in the future. The declaration and
payment of dividends on the Common Stock will depend upon the earnings
 
                                       8
<PAGE>
and financial condition of the Company, liquidity and capital requirements, the
general economic and regulatory climate, the Company's ability to service any
equity or debt obligations senior to the Common Stock and other factors deemed
relevant by the Company's board of directors. It is the policy of the Federal
Reserve Board that bank holding companies should pay cash dividends on common
stock only out of income available over the past year and only if prospective
earnings retention is consistent with the organization's expected future needs
and financial condition. The policy provides that bank holding companies should
not maintain a level of cash dividends that undermines the bank holding
company's ability to serve as a source of strength to its banking subsidiaries.
 
    The Company's principal source of funds to pay dividends will be cash
dividends that the Company receives from the Bank. The payment of dividends by
the Bank to the Company is subject to certain restrictions imposed by federal
and state banking laws, regulations and authorities. As of March 31, 1998,
approximately $13 million was available for payment of dividends by the Bank to
the Company under applicable restrictions, without regulatory approval. See
"SUPERVISION AND REGULATION--THE BANK."
 
    The federal banking statutes prohibit federally insured banks from making
any capital distributions (including a dividend payment) if, after making the
distribution, the institution would be "undercapitalized" as defined by statute.
In addition, the relevant federal regulatory agencies also have authority to
prohibit an insured bank from engaging in an unsafe or unsound practice, as
determined by the agency, in conducting an activity. The payment of dividends
could be deemed to constitute such an unsafe or unsound practice, depending on
the financial condition of the Bank. Regulatory authorities could impose
administratively stricter limitations on the ability of the Bank to pay
dividends to the Company if such limits were deemed appropriate to preserve
certain capital adequacy requirements. See "MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS-- CAPITAL" and "SUPERVISION AND
REGULATION."
 
    DISPROPORTIONATE VOTING RIGHTS.  While the shares of Class A Common Stock
are entitled to one vote per share, shares of Class B Common Stock are entitled
to ten votes per share. At March 31, 1998, there were 5 million shares of Class
B Common Stock authorized, of which 2,418,074 shares were issued and
outstanding. The voting rights of Class A Common Stock can be diluted through
the issuance of additional shares of Class B Common Stock. Based on the number
of shares outstanding as of March 31, 1998, as adjusted to give effect to the
issuance of shares in the Offering, the outstanding shares of Class A Common
Stock will have 37% of the shareholder voting power and the outstanding shares
of Class B Common Stock will have 63% of the shareholder voting power.
 
    CONCENTRATION OF OWNERSHIP; VOTING CONTROL.  After the consummation of the
Offering, the executive officers and directors of the Company will beneficially
own approximately 54% of the outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock, and
approximately 53% of such shares of the Class A Common Stock if the
Underwriters' over-allotment option is fully exercised. These percentages may
increase to the extent directors and executive officers of the Company purchase
shares in this Offering. Collectively, they beneficially own approximately 67%
of the outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock, and, upon completion of the
Offering, will hold approximately 62% of the shareholder voting power. Of this
amount, Mr. Bernard M. Trager and members of his immediate family will, upon
completion of the Offering, beneficially own 7,524,910 shares of Class A Common
Stock and 1,584,982 shares of Class B Common Stock, representing approximately
61% of the shareholder voting power. Accordingly, these executive officers and
directors will be able to influence, to a significant extent, the outcome of all
matters required to be submitted to the Company's shareholders for approval,
including decisions relating to the election of directors of the Company, the
determination of day-to-day corporate and management policies of the Company and
other significant corporate transactions. See "MANAGEMENT," "PRINCIPAL
SHAREHOLDERS" and "DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK."
 
    LIMITATIONS ON TAKEOVERS.  Certain corporate governance and statutory
provisions may inhibit changes in control of the Company. The Company's Articles
of Incorporation allow the board of directors to issue
 
                                       9
<PAGE>
and establish all relevant provisions of preferred stock without further action
by the shareholders. Such preferred stock could be used, for example, in a
shareholders' rights plan designed to restrict or delay a change in control of
the Company. The Company's Class B Common Stock, which has voting rights of 10
votes per share compared to Class A Common Stock's one vote per share, could
also be used to resist a change in control of the Company. As proposed to be
amended following a meeting of shareholders to be held on or about June 30,
1998, the Company's Articles of Incorporation will limit the persons who may
call a special meeting of the shareholders. In addition, Mr. Bernard M. Trager
will beneficially own stock entitled to a majority of the voting power of all of
the Company's outstanding Common Stock after the Offering. These provisions and
Mr. Bernard M. Trager's stock ownership could make a takeover more difficult or
discourage a person from attempting a takeover, including a takeover that some
shareholders may deem to be in their best interests. See "DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL
STOCK."
 
    DILUTION.  Investors purchasing shares of Class A Common Stock in the
Offering will incur immediate dilution of approximately 57% in their investment,
in that the tangible book value of the Company after the Offering will be
approximately $5.64 compared with an assumed initial public offering price of
$13.00 per share. Options to purchase a total of 1,011,000 shares of Class A and
57,000 shares of Class B Common Stock were outstanding under the Company's stock
option plan at March 31, 1998, exercisable at prices ranging from $3.28 to $8.75
per share. In addition, Republic Capital Trust, a subsidiary of the Company, has
outstanding Trust Preferred securities which can be converted into 645,200
shares of Class A Common Stock at an effective price of $10.00 per share. The
Class B Common Stock can also be converted into Class A Common Stock, on a
share-for-share basis. If the shares subject to these options under the
Company's stock option plan or upon conversion of the Trust Preferred securities
or Class B Common Stock were included in the foregoing calculations, further
dilution to new shareholders would be incurred.
 
    NO PRIOR TRADING MARKET.  Prior to the Offering, there has been no public
market for the shares of Class A Common Stock. An application [has been] filed
to have the Class A Common Stock approved for quotation on the Nasdaq National
Market under the symbol "RBCA." The Underwriters have advised the Company that
they intend to make a market in the Class A Common Stock as long as the volume
of trading activity in the Class A Common Stock and certain other market making
conditions justify doing so. Nonetheless, there can be no assurance that an
active public market will develop or be sustained after the Offering or that if
such a market develops, investors in the Class A Common Stock will be able to
resell their shares at or above the initial public offering price. Making a
market involves maintaining bid and asked quotations for the Class A Common
Stock and being available as principal to effect transactions in reasonable
quantities at those quoted prices, subject to various securities laws and other
regulatory requirements. A public trading market having the desired
characteristics of depth, liquidity and orderliness depends upon the presence in
the marketplace of willing buyers and sellers of the Class A Common Stock at any
given time, which presence is dependent upon the individual decisions of
investors over which neither the Company nor any market maker has any control.
See "LIMITED TRADING MARKET."
 
    DETERMINATION OF MARKET PRICE AND POSSIBLE VOLATILITY OF STOCK PRICE.  The
initial public offering price of the shares of Class A Common Stock will be
determined by negotiations between Republic and representatives of the
Underwriters and will not necessarily bear any relationship to the Company's
book value, past operating results, financial condition or other established
criteria of value and may not be indicative of the market price of the Class A
Common Stock after the Offering. Among the factors considered in these
negotiations are prevailing market and general economic conditions, the market
capitalizations, trading histories and stages of development of other comparable
publicly traded companies, the results of operations and the current financial
position of the Company, estimates of business potential and the present state
of the Company's development, and the level of demand for Class A Common Stock.
Additionally, consideration has been given to the general status of the
securities market, the market conditions for new issues of securities and the
demand for securities of comparable companies at the time the Offering was made.
See "UNDERWRITING" for information relating to the method of determining the
initial public offering price. The stock market has from time to time
experienced price and
 
                                       10
<PAGE>
volume volatility. These market fluctuations may be unrelated to the operating
performance of particular companies whose shares are traded and may adversely
affect the market price of the Class A Common Stock. There can be no assurance
that the market price of the Class A Common Stock will not decline below the
initial public offering price.
 
    SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE.  The Company will have 14,281,062 shares of
Class A Common Stock outstanding after the Offering. The Company, its executive
officers and directors and certain shareholders (who collectively will own
approximately 59% of the outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock after the
consummation of the Offering) have agreed with the Underwriters not to offer,
sell, contract to sell or otherwise dispose of any of their shares of Class A
Common Stock for a period of 180 days after the date of this Prospectus without
the permission of the Underwriters. Currently 4,170,044 outstanding shares of
Class A Common Stock are not subject to such agreement, and are freely tradable
in accordance with Rule 144(k) under the Securities Act of 1933 (the "Securities
Act"). In addition, the outstanding Class B Common Stock and Trust Preferred
securities held by nonaffiliates can be converted into approximately 1,329,388
shares of Class A Common Stock, which, upon conversion, will be tradable in
accordance with Rule 144. All of the shares of Class A Common Stock sold in the
Offering will generally be freely tradable under the Securities Act. No
prediction can be made about the effect, if any, that future sales of Class A
Common Stock or the availability of Class A Common Stock for future sale will
have on the market price of the Class A Common Stock prevailing from time to
time. Sales of a substantial number of such shares in the future, or the
perception that such sales could occur, could adversely affect the market price
of the Class A Common Stock. See "MANAGEMENT," "PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS," and
"SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE."
 
    REGULATION OF CONTROL.  Individuals, alone or acting in concert with others,
seeking to acquire 25% or more of any class of voting securities of the Company
must comply with the Change in Bank Control Act, which requires the prior
approval of the Federal Reserve Board for any such acquisition. Entities seeking
to acquire control of the Company, or bank holding companies seeking to acquire
5% or more of any class of voting securities of the Company, must obtain the
prior approval of the Federal Reserve Board under the BHCA. Acquisitions of
control are also subject to prior notice and prior approval requirements under
the Kentucky banking statutes. Accordingly, prospective investors need to be
aware of and to comply with these requirements, if applicable, in connection
with any purchase of shares of the Class A Common Stock in the Offering. See
"SUPERVISION AND REGULATION."
 
    YEAR 2000.  The Company continues to implement plans to address the Year
2000 issue. The issue arises from the fact that many existing computer programs
use only two digits to identify a year in the computer's date field. These
programs were designed without having considered the impact of the upcoming
change in the century. If not corrected, computer applications could fail or
create inaccurate results by or at the Year 2000. The Company has retained
certain employees whose primary function is related to Year 2000 compliance. The
loss of these employees could have a material adverse effect on the
implementation of the Company's Year 2000 plan. Failure to correct the Year 2000
problem could disrupt the operations of Republic and the Bank, or governmental
or private entities with which they conduct business. See "MANAGEMENT'S
DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATION--YEAR
2000."
 
    BROAD DISCRETION IN USE OF PROCEEDS.  Republic intends to use substantially
all of the net proceeds of the Offering for continued banking center expansion,
broadening business lines, potential acquisitions in the financial and financial
services industries and other general corporate purposes. Accordingly, the
Company will have broad discretion as to the application of such proceeds. An
investor will not have the opportunity to evaluate the economic, financial and
other relevant information which will be utilized by the Company in determining
the application of such proceeds. See "USE OF PROCEEDS."
 
                                       11
<PAGE>
                                  THE COMPANY
 
    Republic is a registered bank holding company headquartered in Louisville,
Kentucky. Incorporated in Kentucky on January 2, 1974, Republic became a bank
holding company under the BHCA upon its acquisition of substantially all of the
outstanding shares of the Bank, when the Bank became authorized to conduct a
commercial banking business in Kentucky in 1982. The principal business of
Republic is directing, planning and coordinating the business activities of the
Bank. The financial condition and results of operations of Republic are
primarily dependent upon the operations of the Bank. At March 31, 1998, Republic
had total assets of $1.1 billion, total deposits of $728 million and total
stockholders' equity of $73 million. Based on total assets as of March 31, 1998,
Republic ranks as the second largest independent bank holding company
headquartered in Louisville, Kentucky, and the fourth largest independent bank
holding company in the state. The executive offices of Republic are located at
601 West Market Street, Louisville, Kentucky 40202, telephone number (502)
584-3600.
 
    The Bank became a full service Kentucky banking corporation and began its
banking business in Louisville, Kentucky in 1982 as a result of the efforts of a
group of local businessmen headed by Mr. Bernard M. Trager. At that time, Mr.
Trager already owned a majority of the outstanding shares of Republic Bank of
Shelby County, a Kentucky banking corporation headquartered in Shelbyville,
Kentucky, and in 1983, he acquired a majority of the outstanding shares of the
predecessor of Republic Savings Bank, F.S.B. In November 1994, Republic Bank of
Shelby County and Republic Savings Bank, F.S.B., were merged into the Bank,
immediately after Republic acquired all of the outstanding shares of Republic
Bank of Shelby County in a share exchange transaction, and Republic merged with
Republic Savings Bancorp, Inc., the unitary savings and loan association holding
company of Republic Savings Bank, F.S.B., in a stock merger transaction. Both
the share exchange and stock merger transaction were accounted for in a manner
similar to a pooling of interests.
 
    Republic Bank of Shelby County was a state chartered commercial bank in
Shelbyville, Kentucky, approximately half way between Louisville and Lexington
along Interstate 64, which had conducted business in Shelby County since 1888.
Mr. Trager acquired control of that bank in 1977, when it had total assets of
approximately $5 million. As of the end of the quarter immediately preceding the
merger transaction (September 30, 1994), Republic Bank of Shelby County had
total assets of $84 million, total deposits of $55 million, and stockholders'
equity of $7 million.
 
    Republic Savings Bank, F.S.B., was organized as a state savings and loan
association in 1956. In 1984 it converted to a federal savings bank, and in 1988
became the subsidiary of Republic Savings Bancorp, Inc., a unitary savings and
loan holding company. Mr. Trager first acquired an interest in the savings bank
in the early 1980s, when it was headquartered in Western Kentucky and in
troubled condition. By 1994, as a result of acquisitions and expansion, Republic
Savings Bank, F.S.B., had 11 banking centers across Kentucky, with operating
activities and assets in Lexington, Louisville, Mayfield, Murray, Owensboro,
Paducah, Benton, Bowling Green, Elizabethtown, and Frankfort. As of September
30, 1994, Republic Savings Bancorp, Inc. had consolidated total assets of $444
million, total deposits of $355 million, and stockholders' equity of $31
million.
 
    Through the combination with Republic Bank of Shelby County and Republic
Savings Bank, F.S.B., in 1994, Republic established a banking network in 11
Kentucky communities. Through its banking center network, Republic engages in
full service commercial banking and limited trust business, accepting deposits
for checking, savings and time deposit accounts, making secured and unsecured
loans, and investing in securities. Lending services include the origination of
real estate, commercial and consumer loans. Operating revenues are derived
primarily from interest and fees on domestic real estate, commercial and
consumer loans, and from interest on securities of the United States government
and agencies, states, and municipalities.
 
    In 1997, Republic made the strategic decision to concentrate its resources
in the North Central and Central Kentucky banking markets and entered into a
series of transactions in which it sold the deposits
 
                                       12
<PAGE>
and fixed assets of substantially all of its Western Kentucky banking centers.
The banking centers (deposits and fixed assets) in the Western Kentucky cities
of Murray, Benton and Paducah were sold in 1997. The final Western Kentucky
banking center sale in Mayfield was completed during the first quarter of 1998.
In the branch sale transactions, Republic sold approximately $180 million in
deposits and approximately $3.7 million of fixed assets and initially retained
substantially all of the loan portfolio associated with the Western Kentucky
banking centers.
 
    Today Republic has a total of 18 banking centers serving seven Kentucky
communities including a branch under construction. Its two primary market areas
are located in North Central and Central Kentucky. The North Central Kentucky
market includes Louisville, the largest city in Kentucky, where Republic is
headquartered and has eight banking centers. Republic's Central Kentucky market
includes ten banking centers in the following Kentucky cities: Shelbyville (1);
Frankfort (2); Lexington, the second largest city in Kentucky (4); Elizabethtown
(1); Owensboro (1); and Bowling Green (1).
 
    Republic has developed a super community banking network, with most of its
offices located either in separate communities or portions of urban areas that
function as distinct communities. Lending and investment activities are funded
from a strong core deposit base consisting of approximately 63,000 deposit
accounts from approximately 38,000 clients. Each of Republic's banking centers
has a manager with the authority to make pricing and loan decisions within
overall ranges developed by the Company as a form of quality control, and the
Bank has local advisory boards of directors to enhance Republic's awareness of
the particular needs of the communities served. Republic believes that its
responsiveness to local clients and ability to adjust deposit rates and price
loans at each location within prescribed policy limitations give it a distinct
competitive advantage. Adequate staffing is provided at each location to ensure
that clients' needs are well addressed, and employees are committed to quality
service and developing long-term customer relationships. The Company provides
economic incentives to its associates to develop additional business for the
Company and to cross sell additional products and services to existing clients.
 
    Republic continues to look for additional expansion opportunities, either by
establishing de novo banking offices and/or through acquisitions of existing
institutions in the financial services industry and ancillary nonbanking
businesses. The Company intends to consider various strategic acquisitions of
banks, banking assets or financial services entities related to banking in those
areas that management believes would complement and increase Republic's existing
business, or expand in market areas or product lines that management considers
attractive.
 
GENERAL BUSINESS OVERVIEW
 
    The Company has historically extended credit and provided general banking
services through its banking center network to individuals, professionals, and
businesses. Over the past several years the Company began to seek new lines of
business to diversify its asset mix and further enhance its profitability. While
each new line of business reflects the Company's efforts to enrich its asset
mix, each of these lines of business is an outgrowth of the community banking
and lending that the Company has performed over the years. Reflective of the
Company's operating philosophy, each of these businesses has been carefully
developed and is subject to various quality controls. The Company's principal
lines of business are the following:
 
        MORTGAGE LENDING.  The Company utilizes its banking centers and
    commissioned originators to offer a complete line of single family
    residential mortgage products. The Company generally retains mortgage loans
    with variable rates and sells fixed rate loans into the secondary market.
    Once closed, the secondary market loans are sold without recourse
    principally to the Federal National Mortgage Association (FNMA), the Federal
    Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (FHLMC) and other institutional investors.
    Generally, fixed rate loans in process are covered by forward commitments to
    these investors which limit Republic's interest rate risk.
 
                                       13
<PAGE>
        Republic does not retain the servicing on the majority of its loans sold
    in the secondary market, a practice started in 1995. Management's decision
    to retain or release servicing rights is largely dependent upon market
    conditions. When administering loans with the servicing retained by the
    Company, the responsibility of collecting principal and interest payments,
    escrowing for taxes and insurance, and remitting payments to the secondary
    market investors remains with Republic. A fee is received by Republic for
    performing these standard servicing functions.
 
        PREFERRED CLIENT SERVICES.  Republic has established extensive long
    standing relationships with the medical communities in its primary markets.
    Special loan and deposit products, including 100% financing on first home
    purchases for medical students and residents, personalized deposit products
    and affinity cards, have been tailored to meet the needs of physicians and
    their practices. In addition to its exclusive participation in various
    programs at the two state medical schools, Republic has received the
    exclusive endorsement of the Jefferson County Medical Society, the members
    of which account for nearly 600 depository relationships representing $41
    million in deposits as of April 30, 1998. Republic intends to expand these
    services to other business groups.
 
        CONSUMER LENDING.  Consumer loans made by the Company include automobile
    loans, home improvement and home equity loans, operating lines of credit,
    and personal loans (both secured and unsecured). Home equity lending is a
    growing segment in the Company's consumer loan portfolio. This product
    typically offers more attractive yields than traditional residential real
    estate lending, and consumer demand has been strong. Republic is currently
    emphasizing this product line in its consumer marketing, in place of two
    unsecured consumer loan products which were marketed through the mail and
    Republic's banking center network prior to 1997. The Company intends to
    target continued growth in this segment of the portfolio, and has developed
    an attractive product offering competitive terms and introductory rates to
    enhance loan originations. Republic's home equity loan product has generated
    over $118 million in new lines of credit since June, 1996.
 
        COMMERCIAL LENDING.  In 1997, the Company established a separate
    commercial lending unit as an outgrowth of the Company's historical business
    of making loans to small and medium-sized businesses from its various
    locations. Commercial loans are generated at each banking office through
    solicitations of potential clients primarily in the Company's market areas.
    As a general practice, the Company takes a lien on any available real
    estate, equipment or other assets and obtains the personal guaranty of the
    owner or owners of the business. The Company makes commercial loans to a
    variety of industries. The Company intends to expand this business through
    aggressive targeted calling programs, seeking to broaden relationships with
    commercial clients with both loan and deposit accounts and cash management
    services.
 
        SPECIALIZED LENDING.  Republic pursues specialized lending strategies to
    complement its traditional lending segments. These specialized product lines
    include Refunds Now, a program offering tax refund anticipation services
    through a joint venture with a local vendor, public sector lending, and
    sub-prime loan originations. The sub-prime market represents a new
    initiative for Republic. The product is targeted toward clients with a heavy
    debt load who generally do not meet the underwriting criteria for loans sold
    in the secondary market but who have been home owners for three years or
    longer. The loans are structured to generate fee income upon origination,
    and are sold immediately to finance companies or other sub-prime loan
    originators, without recourse and with servicing released.
 
        DEPOSITS AND OTHER BORROWINGS.  Deposits are also a key component to the
    Company's banking business, serving as a source of funding for lending as
    well as increasing client account relationships. The Company offers
    competitively priced deposit products, including checking, savings and time
    deposit accounts, seeking to increase core deposits and market share. In
    addition, cash management services are made available to commercial clients
    through Republic's centralized commercial banking operations. Borrowings,
    principally from the Federal Home Loan Bank ("FHLB"), and repurchase
    agreements, provide other sources of liquidity.
 
                                       14
<PAGE>
        OTHER BANKING SERVICES.  The Bank also provides, on a limited basis,
    trust services and engages in credit life insurance, item processing, and
    other related financial institution lines of business.
 
        INVESTMENTS.  The Company's investment securities, together with cash
    and cash equivalents, provide an important source of liquidity. The Company
    uses its investments as collateral for borrowings and to secure public fund
    deposits. The investment portfolio is managed by a chief investment officer
    in accordance with policies approved by the Company's board of directors.
 
    Republic's operating revenues are derived primarily from interest earned
from its loan and investment securities portfolios and fee income from loan and
deposit products. The Bank is not dependent upon a single client, or a few
clients, the loss of any one or more of which would have a material adverse
effect on the statement of condition or results of operations.
 
MARKET AREAS
 
    The Company operates principally in the North Central and Central Kentucky
market areas. As defined by Republic, the North Central Kentucky market includes
the Louisville, Kentucky metropolitan area. Republic's Central Kentucky market
is defined broadly to include the Lexington, Kentucky metropolitan area and the
cities of Shelbyville, Frankfort, Elizabethtown, Owensboro and Bowling Green,
Kentucky. The following discussion of communities in which Republic operates
contains deposit, population and household income information available from
Sheshunoff, THE BRANCHES OF KENTUCKY 1998. Population figures and average
household income are estimated as of June 1997, and deposit data is as of June
30, 1997. Unemployment rates are estimated as of        1998 based on
information available from             .
 
    LOUISVILLE.  Republic's largest community served is Louisville, the largest
metropolitan area in Kentucky. For the twelve (12) months ending June 30, 1997,
total deposits of banks, thrifts and credit unions in Jefferson County increased
10.45%, from $11.8 billion to $13.0 billion. The Company has eight banking
centers in Louisville, including its main office, and approximately    % of its
deposits are located there. Republic is focusing on expanding its current 1.67%
market share in Jefferson County where it competes with several regional and
super-regional banking institutions, independent banking organizations as well
as the numerous smaller community banks and credit unions.
 
    With an estimated population of 676,065, Jefferson County is Kentucky's
largest urban area, and had an estimated average household income of
approximately $56,921, ranking the    highest average household income in the
Commonwealth of Kentucky. The unemployment rate for the county was    %.
 
    LEXINGTON.  Lexington, Fayette County, is the second largest community
served by Republic. For the year ending June 30, 1997, total deposits for all
commercial banks, thrifts and credit unions in Fayette County increased 6.07%
from $3.2 billion to $3.4 billion. The Company has four banking centers in
Lexington, including one under construction, and approximately    % of its
deposits are located there. Republic is focusing on expanding its current 3.42%
market share in Fayette County where it competes with several regional and
super-regional banking institutions as well as smaller community banks and
credit unions.
 
    With an estimated population of 243,119, Lexington is Kentucky's second
largest urban area, and had an estimated average household income of
approximately $62,864, ranking the    highest average household income in the
Commonwealth of Kentucky. The unemployment rate for the county was   %.
 
    SHELBYVILLE AND FRANKFORT.  Shelbyville and Frankfort are located on
Interstate 64, between Louisville and Lexington. The Company serves the
Shelbyville market through one banking center. Frankfort, the capital of
Kentucky, is served by Republic with two banking centers. For the year ending
June 30, 1997, total deposits for all commercial banks, savings institutions and
credit unions in Shelby County have decreased (.65)%, from $393 million to $390
million; in Franklin County, where Frankfort is located, total
 
                                       15
<PAGE>
deposits increased 2.94%, from $887 million to $912 million. As of June 30,
1997, Republic had a 13.71% share of the Shelby County market and 4.11% of the
Frankfort market, based on June 30, 1997 deposits in banks, thrifts and credit
unions located there.
 
    Shelbyville is located in Shelby County which had an estimated population of
28,507, an average household income of $54,198 and an unemployment rate of   %.
Frankfort is located in Franklin County which had an estimated population of
46,312, an average household income of $47,570, and an unemployment rate of   %.
 
    ELIZABETHTOWN AND BOWLING GREEN.  Elizabethtown and Bowling Green are
located south of Louisville on Interstate 65. Elizabethtown is located in Hardin
County, which had an estimated population of 91,697, average household income of
$42,660 and an unemployment rate of    %. Bowling Green, situated in Warren
County, had an estimated population of 85,354, average household income of
$46,538, and an unemployment rate of    %. Republic has a 4.93% market share of
the total deposits from banks, thrifts and credit unions in Hardin County; its
market share in Warren County was 3.19%.
 
    OWENSBORO.  Located in Daviess County in Western Kentucky, along the Ohio
River, Owensboro is approximately    miles from Louisville. Republic has
retained a presence in Owensboro with one banking center located there. Daviess
County had an estimated population of 91,769, with average household income of
$36,016 and an unemployment rate of    %. Republic has 4.37% of the market share
in Daviess County, based on June 30, 1997 deposits in banks, thrifts and credit
unions located there.
 
COMPETITION
 
    The Company actively competes with several local and regional commercial
banks, thrifts, credit unions and mortgage companies for deposits, loans and
other banking related financial services. There is intense competition in the
Bank's markets from other financial institutions as well as other "non-bank"
companies which engage in similar activities. Some of the Company's competitors
are not subject to the degree of regulatory review and restrictions which apply
to the Bank. In addition, the Company must compete with much larger financial
institutions which have greater financial resources than the Company and, while
predominantly headquartered in other states, aggressively compete for market
share in Kentucky. These competitors attempt to gain market share through their
financial products mix, pricing strategies and banking center locations.
Legislative developments related to interstate branching and banking in general,
by providing large banking institutions easier access to a broader marketplace,
are creating more pressure on smaller financial institutions to consolidate. The
Company also competes with insurance companies, savings banks, consumer finance
companies, investment banking firms, brokerage houses, mutual fund managers,
investment advisors and credit unions. Retail establishments compete for loans
by offering credit cards and retail installment contracts for the purchase of
goods and merchandise. It is anticipated that competition from both bank and
"non-bank" entities will continue to grow in the near future.
 
GOVERNMENTAL POLICY AND REGULATION
 
    Republic and the Bank are subject to the policies of various regulatory
authorities. In particular, bank holding companies and their subsidiaries are
affected by the credit and monetary policies of the Federal Reserve Board and
their activities are regulated under the BHCA. An important function of the
Federal Reserve Board is to regulate the national supply of bank credit. Among
the instruments of monetary policy used by the Federal Reserve Board to
implement its objectives include changes in the discount rate on bank borrowings
and changes in reserve requirements on bank deposits. These and other policies
have a significant effect on the operating results of financial institutions. It
is not possible to predict the nature or timing of future changes in monetary
and fiscal policies, or the effect such policies may have on the Bank's future
earnings. Republic and the Bank are subject to numerous federal and state laws
and regulations affecting their business and also must undergo periodic
examination by federal and state financial
 
                                       16
<PAGE>
institution examiners. The earnings of the Bank, and the earnings of Republic,
are affected not only by the laws and regulations applicable to the banking
business, but also by the policies and interpretations of regulatory
authorities. See "SUPERVISION AND REGULATION."
 
EMPLOYEE RELATIONS
 
    As of March 31, 1998, the Bank had 442 employees of which 369 were full-time
and 73 part-time. The Bank currently maintains an employee benefit program
providing, among other benefits, a managed health care program, a 401(k)
retirement plan and life and disability insurance. The Bank provides a bonus
program and an incentive stock option program for selected key employees. These
employee benefits, as a whole, are considered by management to be generally
competitive with employee benefits provided by other employers in Kentucky. The
Bank believes its future success will depend, in part, on its ability to
continue to attract and retain highly skilled retail, technical, and managerial
personnel in order to maintain its quality delivery of banking services. None of
the Bank's employees are subject to a collective bargaining agreement, and
neither Republic nor the Bank has ever experienced a work stoppage.
 
    At or prior to the Closing, the Company intends to grant options to purchase
250,000 shares of Class A Common Stock, at an exercise price equal to the
initial public offering price, under the Company's stock option plan.
 
    No sooner than 90 days following the closing of the Offering, Republic plans
to establish a leveraged Employee Stock Ownership Plan ("ESOP"). The Company
presently intends to fund the ESOP by obtaining a line of credit of up to $5
million, which could be used by the ESOP to purchase shares of Class A Common
Stock from time to time either in the open market, in privately negotiated
transactions or directly from Republic. It is expected that the Company would be
obligated, either directly or as guarantor, on any loan obtained to finance the
purchase of shares by the ESOP, and that such loan would be secured by the
shares acquired by the ESOP, to the extent they have not been paid for.
 
                                       17
<PAGE>
FACILITIES
 
    The Company's executive offices and principal support and operational
functions are located at 601 West Market Street in Louisville, Kentucky. All of
Republic's banking centers are located in Kentucky. The location of the 18
banking centers, the deposits at each location as of March 31, 1998, their
respective approximate square footage and their form of occupancy is described
in the following table:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      SQUARE      OWNED (O)/         DEPOSITS AS OF
BANKING CENTERS                                                       FOOTAGE     LEASED (L)         MARCH 31, 1998
- -------------------------------------------------------------------  ---------  ---------------  ----------------------
<S>                                                                  <C>        <C>              <C>
                                                                                                 (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
 
LOUISVILLE
601 West Market Street, Louisville.................................     43,000             L           $  144,947
2801 Bardstown Road, Louisville....................................      5,000             L               65,141
661 South Hurstbourne Parkway, Louisville..........................     21,000             L               75,932
4921 Brownsboro Road, Louisville...................................      2,000             L               35,992
5320 Dixie Highway, Louisville.....................................      5,000             O               23,013
4655 Outer Loop, Louisville........................................      3,000             L               22,455
9600 Brownsboro Road, Louisville...................................      1,300             L                1,500
3950 Kresge Way, Louisville........................................        400             L                7,800
 
LEXINGTON
651 Perimeter Drive, Lexington.....................................      4,000             L               55,621
2401 Harrodsburg Road, Lexington...................................      4,000             O               47,674
641 East Euclid Avenue, Lexington..................................      3,500             O                9,809
3098 Helmsdale Place, Lexington....................................      4,000             O       Under Construction
 
FRANKFORT
100 Highway 676, Frankfort.........................................      4,000             O                 33,630
1001 Versailles Road, Frankfort....................................      4,000             O                 10,985
 
BOWLING GREEN, 1700 Scottsville Road...............................      4,000             O                 56,264
 
OWENSBORO, 3500 Frederica Street...................................      5,000             O                 54,105
 
ELIZABETHTOWN, 502 West Dixie Avenue...............................      4,000             L                 30,851
 
SHELBYVILLE, 1641 Midland Trail....................................      5,000             O                 52,350
</TABLE>
 
    The West Market Street, Bardstown Road, 9600 Brownsboro Road and South
Hurstbourne Parkway locations are leased from partnerships principally owned by
Mr. Bernard M. Trager and members of his family, and such leases present
inherent conflicts of interest. For additional information regarding these
leases, see "CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS."
 
                                USE OF PROCEEDS
 
    The net proceeds to be received by the Company from the sale of the
1,740,000 shares of Class A Common Stock in the Offering will be used for
continued banking center expansion, broadening business lines, potential
acquisitions in the financial and financial services industries and other
general corporate purposes. The Company currently does not have any commitments
or agreements or letters of intent for any potential business acquisitions.
Pending application of the net proceeds of the Offering, Republic plans to
invest the net proceeds in short-term, investment-grade securities or money
market instruments. The Company will not receive any of the proceeds from the
sale of shares of Class A Common Stock being sold by the Selling Shareholder in
the Offering.
 
                                       18
<PAGE>
                                 CAPITALIZATION
 
    The following table sets forth the consolidated capitalization of Republic
at March 31, 1998, and as adjusted to give effect to the consummation of the
issuance of 1,740,000 shares of Class A Common Stock by the Company in the
Offering.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          MARCH 31, 1998
                                                                    --------------------------
                                                                      ACTUAL    AS ADJUSTED(1)
                                                                    ----------  --------------
                                                                      (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                 <C>         <C>
LONG-TERM DEBT:
Guaranteed preferred beneficial interests in Republic's
  subordinated debentures.........................................  $    6,452   $      6,452
Other borrowed funds..............................................     179,164        179,164
                                                                    ----------  --------------
  Total long-term debt............................................  $  185,616   $    185,616
                                                                    ----------  --------------
                                                                    ----------  --------------
STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY:
Preferred stock, no par value, 100,000 shares authorized
Class A common stock, no par value, 30,000,000 shares authorized,
  12,541,062 shares and 14,281,062 shares issued and outstanding;
  Class B common stock, no par value, 5,000,000 shares authorized,
  2,418,074 shares issued and outstanding.........................  $    3,615   $      8,790
Additional paid-in capital........................................      10,890         26,481
Retained earnings.................................................      59,113         59,113
Net unrealized depreciation on securities available for sale, net
  of tax..........................................................        (184)          (184)
                                                                    ----------  --------------
  Total stockholders' equity......................................  $   73,434   $     94,200
                                                                    ----------  --------------
                                                                    ----------  --------------
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
 
(1) Assumes that 1,740,000 shares of Class A Common Stock are sold by the
    Company at $13.00 per share ($22,620,000 in the aggregate) and that the net
    proceeds received by the Company from the Offering are approximately
    $20,766,000. If the Underwriters' over-allotment option is exercised in
    full, 2,000,000 shares of Class A Common Stock would be sold by the Company
    resulting in net proceeds to the Company from the Offering of $        .
 
    The following table shows the capital ratios of the Company at March 31,
1998, and as adjusted to give effect to the sale of Class A Common Stock in the
Offering, prepared on the basis of currently existing capital guidelines of the
Federal Reserve Board and assuming investment of the net proceeds in short-term,
investment-grade securities or money market instruments.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                               MARCH 31, 1998
                                                               MARCH 31, 1998  AS ADJUSTED(1)
                                                               --------------  --------------
<S>                                                            <C>             <C>
Tier 1 leverage ratio........................................          7.31%           9.03%
Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets ratio.................         11.49           14.38
Total risk-based capital to risk-weighted assets ratio.......         12.67           15.56
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
 
(1) See note (1) above.
 
                                DIVIDEND POLICY
 
    Holders of Common Stock are entitled to receive dividends when, as and if
declared by Republic's board of directors out of funds legally available
therefor. Under Republic's Articles of Incorporation, the shares of Class A
Common Stock are entitled to cash dividends declared by the board of directors.
If cash
 
                                       19
<PAGE>
dividends are paid on Class B Common Stock, shares of Class A Common Stock are
entitled to cash dividends equal to 110% of the cash dividend paid per share on
the Class B Common Stock.
 
    During 1997 and 1996, Republic declared and paid the following quarterly
cash dividends per share on its Common Stock:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     1997
                                              --------------------------------------------------
                                                 FIRST       SECOND        THIRD       FOURTH
                                                QUARTER      QUARTER      QUARTER      QUARTER
                                              -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
<S>                                           <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
Class A Common Stock........................   $   .0275    $   .0275    $   .0275    $   .0275
Class B Common Stock........................   $   .0250    $   .0250    $   .0250    $   .0250
 
<CAPTION>
 
                                                                     1996
                                              --------------------------------------------------
                                                 FIRST       SECOND        THIRD       FOURTH
                                                QUARTER      QUARTER      QUARTER      QUARTER
                                              -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
<S>                                           <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
Class A Common Stock........................   $   .0275    $   .0275    $   .0275    $   .0275
Class B Common Stock........................   $   .0250    $   .0250    $   .0250    $   .0250
</TABLE>
 
    During the quarter ended March 31, 1998, Republic paid a cash dividend of
$.0275 and $.0250 on each of its outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock and
Class B Common Stock, respectively.
 
    Republic currently intends to continue to pay regular quarterly cash
dividends on the Common Stock, subject to Republic's needs for funds. However,
payment of dividends is subject to the discretion of Republic's board of
directors. In determining whether to continue such dividend payments and in
establishing the amount of any dividends to be paid, the Board will consider
Republic's earnings, capital requirements and financial condition, prospects for
future earnings, federal economic and regulatory policies, general business
conditions and other relevant factors, certain of which are beyond the control
of Republic. See "SUPERVISION AND REGULATION" and "DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL
STOCK."
 
    The primary source of funds for dividends paid by Republic to its
shareholders is the dividend income received from the Bank. There are certain
restrictions on the payment of such dividends imposed by federal and state
banking laws, regulations and authorities. The ability of the Bank to pay
dividends is regulated by the Kentucky Department of Financial Institutions and
the FDIC. The FDIC also has the authority to prohibit a regulated depository
institution from engaging in what in such agency's opinion constitutes an unsafe
or unsound practice for conducting business. Depending upon the financial
condition of the depository institution, payment of dividends could be deemed to
constitute such an unsafe or unsound practice. In addition, a depository
institution may not pay a dividend or otherwise make a capital distribution if
the payment thereof would cause such institution to fail to satisfy its capital
requirements. See "MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS--CAPITAL" and "SUPERVISION AND REGULATION--THE BANK."
 
    As of March 31, 1998, approximately $13 million was available for payment of
dividends by the Bank to the Company under applicable restrictions, without
regulatory approval. Regulatory authorities could impose administratively
stricter limitations on the ability of the Bank to pay dividends to the Company
if such limits were deemed appropriate to maintain certain capital adequacy
requirements. See "MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS--CAPITAL" and "SUPERVISION AND REGULATION."
 
    Although management believes that the Bank will be able to generate
sufficient earnings to pay dividends to Republic in amounts sufficient to
continue Republic's current dividend policy with respect to the Common Stock,
there can be no assurance that the Bank will be able to generate such earnings
or to pay such dividends in the future. The instruments under which the Trust
Preferred securities of Republic's subsidiary, Republic Capital Trust, are
outstanding prohibit the payment of dividends on the Common Stock if the Company
elects to defer payments of those securities, as permitted by those instruments.
 
                                       20
<PAGE>
                             LIMITED TRADING MARKET
 
    As of March 24, 1998, Republic had approximately 440 holders of the Class A
Common Stock and 390 holders of the Class B Common Stock. Prior to the Offering,
there has been no public market for the shares of Class A or Class B Common
Stock and there can be no assurance that an active public market for the Class A
Common Stock will develop or be sustained after the Offering or that if such a
market develops, investors in the Class A Common Stock will be able to resell
their shares at or above the initial public offering price. Application [has
been] made for quotation of the shares of Class A Common Stock on the Nasdaq
National Market under the symbol RBCA. The Underwriters have advised the Company
that they intend to make a market in the Class A Common Stock as long as the
volume of trading activity in the Class A Common Stock and certain other market
making conditions justify doing so. Nonetheless, there can be no assurance that
an active public market will develop or be sustained after the Offering or that
if such a market develops, investors in the Class A Common Stock will be able to
resell their shares at or above the initial public offering price. Making a
market involves maintaining bid and asked quotations for the Class A Common
Stock and being available as principal to effect transactions in reasonable
quantities at those quoted prices, subject to various securities laws and other
regulatory requirements. A public trading market having the desired
characteristics of depth, liquidity and orderliness depends upon the presence in
the marketplace of willing buyers and sellers of the Class A Common Stock at any
given time, which presence is dependent upon the individual decisions of
investors over which neither the Company nor any market maker has any control.
See "RISK FACTORS--NO PRIOR TRADING MARKET."
 
    The initial public offering price of the shares of Class A Common Stock will
be determined by negotiations between Republic and representatives of the
Underwriters and will not necessarily bear any relationship to Republic's book
value, past operating results, financial condition or other established criteria
of value and may not be indicative of the market price of the Class A Common
Stock after the Offering.
 
    Among the factors considered in such negotiations are prevailing market and
general economic conditions, the market capitalizations, trading histories and
stages of development of other traded companies that Republic and the
Underwriters believed to be comparable to Republic, the results of operations of
the Company in recent periods, the current financial position of the Company,
estimates of the business potential of the Company and the present state of the
Company's development and the availability for sale in the market of a
significant number of shares of Class A Common Stock.
 
    Additionally, consideration has been given to the general status of the
securities market, the market conditions for new issues of securities and the
demand for securities of comparable companies at the time the Offering was made.
See "UNDERWRITING" for information relating to the method of determining the
initial public offering price.
 
                                       21
<PAGE>
                      SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
 
    The following table sets forth Republic's selected historical financial
information from 1993 through March 31, 1998. The selected consolidated
financial data for the three months ended March 31, 1998 and 1997, are derived
from unaudited consolidated financial statements. The unaudited consolidated
financial statements include all adjustments (consisting of normal recurring
adjustments) which management of the Company considers necessary for a fair
presentation of the financial position and the results of operations for these
periods. Operating results for the three months ended March 31, 1998, are not
necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the entire year
ended December 31, 1998. This information should be read in conjunction with the
Consolidated Financial Statements and the related Notes. Factors affecting the
comparability of certain indicated periods are discussed below under
"MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF
OPERATIONS."
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                             AS OF AND FOR THE THREE
                                              MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31,           AS OF AND FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                            --------------------------    ----------------------------------------------------
                                               1998           1997           1997           1996          1995         1994
                                            -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------    ---------    ---------
                                                                          (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                         <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>          <C>
INCOME STATEMENT DATA:
Interest income.........................    $    22,785    $    22,610    $    91,194    $    81,986    $  71,133    $  47,375
Interest expense........................         12,415         12,603         50,856         43,855       37,720       22,513
Net interest income.....................         10,370         10,007         40,338         38,131       33,413       24,862
Provision for loan losses...............            643          1,298          7,251          9,149        4,268          537
Non-interest income.....................          2,796          2,096          7,743          7,097        7,520        6,997
Gain on sale of deposits................          4,116                         7,527
Gain on sale of Bankcard................                                        3,660
Non-interest expense....................          8,074          7,995         32,880         31,409       24,505       22,216
Income before taxes.....................          8,565          2,810         19,137          4,670       12,160        9,106
Net income..............................          5,524          1,880         12,259          2,727        7,788        6,170
 
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Total assets............................    $ 1,112,576    $ 1,090,616    $ 1,054,950    $ 1,140,882    $ 891,347    $ 736,009
Total securities........................        214,467        229,374        192,372        281,855      114,654      100,705
Total loans, net........................        783,505        760,749        794,939        759,424      668,193      571,950
Allowance for loan losses...............          8,234          6,281          8,176          6,241        3,695        1,827
Total deposits..........................        728,069        812,442        731,598        783,141      734,443      590,036
Repurchase agreements and other
  short-term borrowings.................        110,477         87,451        111,137        181,634       21,729       12,732
Other borrowed funds....................        179,164        111,746        124,405        106,974       68,063       77,060
Total stockholders' equity..............         73,434         59,738         68,386         59,019       58,502       47,045
 
PER SHARE DATA:(1)
Net income per Class A common...........    $      0.37    $      0.12    $      0.82    $      0.16    $     N/A    $     N/A
Net income per Class B common...........           0.37           0.12           0.81           0.15          N/A          N/A
Net income per common...................            N/A            N/A            N/A            N/A         0.52         0.43
Book value..............................           4.91           3.79           4.58           3.74         3.71         3.28
Cash dividends per Class A common.......         0.0275         0.0275         0.1100         0.1100          N/A          N/A
Cash dividends per Class B common.......         0.0250         0.0250         0.1000         0.1000          N/A          N/A
Cash dividend per common................            N/A            N/A            N/A            N/A       0.0850          N/A
 
PERFORMANCE RATIOS:
Return on average assets................           1.29%(2)         .69%         1.12%           .29%         .95%         .93%
Return on average common equity.........          19.19(2)       12.64          18.81           4.57        14.46        13.71
Net interest margin.....................           3.92           3.82           3.85           4.21         4.25         3.96
Efficiency ratio........................             61(3)          66             68(4)          64(5)        60           70
 
<CAPTION>
 
                                            1993
                                          ---------
 
<S>                                         <C>
INCOME STATEMENT DATA:
Interest income.........................  $  43,377
Interest expense........................     21,119
Net interest income.....................     22,258
Provision for loan losses...............        391
Non-interest income.....................      8,154
Gain on sale of deposits................
Gain on sale of Bankcard................
Non-interest expense....................     22,199
Income before taxes.....................      7,822
Net income..............................      5,864
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Total assets............................  $ 646,697
Total securities........................     69,193
Total loans, net........................    488,109
Allowance for loan losses...............      1,627
Total deposits..........................    516,871
Repurchase agreements and other
  short-term borrowings.................     13,228
Other borrowed funds....................     67,721
Total stockholders' equity..............     40,669
PER SHARE DATA:(1)
Net income per Class A common...........  $     N/A
Net income per Class B common...........        N/A
Net income per common...................       0.42
Book value..............................       2.86
Cash dividends per Class A common.......        N/A
Cash dividends per Class B common.......        N/A
Cash dividend per common................        N/A
PERFORMANCE RATIOS:
Return on average assets................        .92%
Return on average common equity.........      14.10
Net interest margin.....................       3.69
Efficiency ratio........................         73
</TABLE>
 
                                       22
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                             AS OF AND FOR THE THREE
                                              MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31,           AS OF AND FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                            --------------------------    ----------------------------------------------------
                                               1998           1997           1997           1996          1995         1994
                                            -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------    ---------    ---------
                                                                          (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                         <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>          <C>
ASSET QUALITY RATIOS:
Nonperforming assets to total loans.....           1.02%          0.94%          0.90%          1.06%        0.41%        0.46%
Net loan charge-offs to average loans...           0.29           0.64           0.66           0.91         0.38         0.06
Allowance for loan losses to total
  loans.................................           1.04           0.82           1.02           0.81         0.55         0.32
Allowance for loan losses to
  non-performing loans..................            108             88            115             78          168           97
 
CAPITAL RATIOS:
Leverage ratio..........................           7.31%          6.11%          6.99%          5.76%        6.62%        6.40%
Average stockholders' equity to average
  total assets..........................           6.69           5.43           5.97           6.30         6.56         6.65
Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio.........          11.49          10.17          10.57           9.14        10.29        10.19
Total risk-based capital ratio..........          12.67          11.13          11.73          10.10        10.96        10.60
Dividend payout ratio...................              7             22             13             68           16          N/A
 
<CAPTION>
                                            1993
                                          ---------
<S>                                         <C>
ASSET QUALITY RATIOS:
Nonperforming assets to total loans.....       0.75%
Net loan charge-offs to average loans...       0.08
Allowance for loan losses to total
  loans.................................       0.33
Allowance for loan losses to
  non-performing loans..................         61
CAPITAL RATIOS:
Leverage ratio..........................       6.93%
Average stockholders' equity to average
  total assets..........................       5.95
Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio.........      11.30
Total risk-based capital ratio..........      11.71
Dividend payout ratio...................        N/A
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------------
 
(1) In 1996 the Company's common stock was replaced by Class A Common Stock and
    Class B Common Stock. See Note 14 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
(2) For purposes of calculation, pre-tax gain on sale of deposits of $4.1
    million is not annualized.
 
(3) Excludes pre-tax gain on sale of deposits of $4.1 million.
 
(4) Excludes pre-tax gain on sale of deposits of $7.5 million and pre-tax gain
    on sale of Bankcard of $3.7 million.
 
(5) Excludes one time Savings Association Insurance Fund ("SAIF") assessment of
    $2.3 million.
 
                                       23
<PAGE>
                    MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
                 FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
    Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations of Republic analyzes the major elements of Republic's balance sheets
and statements of income. This section should be read in conjunction with the
Company's Consolidated Financial Statements and accompanying Notes and other
detailed information appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus.
 
    THIS DISCUSSION INCLUDES VARIOUS FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS WITH RESPECT TO
CREDIT QUALITY (INCLUDING DELINQUENCY TRENDS AND THE ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES),
CORPORATE OBJECTIVES AND OTHER FINANCIAL AND BUSINESS MATTERS. WHEN USED IN THIS
DISCUSSION THE WORDS "ANTICIPATE," "PROJECT," "EXPECT," "BELIEVE," AND SIMILAR
EXPRESSIONS ARE INTENDED TO IDENTIFY FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS. REPUBLIC
CAUTIONS THAT THESE FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS ARE SUBJECT TO NUMEROUS
ASSUMPTIONS, RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES, ALL OF WHICH MAY CHANGE OVER TIME. ACTUAL
RESULTS COULD DIFFER MATERIALLY FROM FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS.
 
    IN ADDITION TO FACTORS DISCLOSED BY REPUBLIC ELSEWHERE IN THIS PROSPECTUS,
INCLUDING THOSE DISCUSSED UNDER THE HEADING "RISK FACTORS", THE FOLLOWING
FACTORS, AMONG OTHERS, COULD CAUSE ACTUAL RESULTS TO DIFFER MATERIALLY FROM SUCH
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS: PRICING PRESSURES ON LOAN AND DEPOSIT PRODUCTS;
COMPETITION; CHANGES IN ECONOMIC CONDITIONS BOTH NATIONALLY AND IN THE BANK'S
MARKETS; THE EXTENT AND TIMING OF ACTIONS OF THE FEDERAL RESERVE BOARD; CLIENTS'
ACCEPTANCE OF THE BANK'S PRODUCTS AND SERVICES; AND THE EXTENT AND TIMING OF
LEGISLATIVE AND REGULATORY ACTIONS AND REFORMS.
 
OVERVIEW
 
    Republic reported strong net income of $5.5 million, or $.37 per common
share, for the first quarter of 1998. Earnings for the first quarter of 1998
produced an annualized return on average assets of 1.29% and a return on average
stockholders' equity of 19.19%, compared to returns of .69% and 12.64%,
respectively, for the comparable period in 1997. Excluding the one-time gain on
sale of deposits and related fixed assets (see discussion on "Disposition of
Assets"), Republic's net income after tax for the first quarter of 1998 would
have been $2.9 million with a return on average assets of 1.05% and a return on
average stockholders' equity of 15.66%.
 
    Republic reported earnings of $12.3 million in 1997, an increase from $2.7
million reported in 1996. Republic's return on average assets and return on
average equity reflected significant improvement over 1996. Return on average
equity was up to 18.81% in 1997. Additionally, Republic's return on average
assets was up to 1.12% in the same period. Earnings in 1997 were positively
impacted by the sale of Republic's banking centers in Western Kentucky as well
as the sale of Bankcard (see discussion on "Disposition of Assets"). Excluding
the gains received from these sales, Republic's 1997 net income would have been
$5.1 million resulting in a return on average assets of .47% and a return on
average equity of 7.83%. Excluding the one-time SAIF assessment, Republic's 1996
net income would have been $4.2 million resulting in a return on average assets
of .45% and a return on average equity of 7.12%. During 1997, Republic
maintained its quarterly dividend payments of $.0275 per share on Class A Common
Stock and $.0250 per share on Class B Common Stock.
 
    Republic's total assets increased slightly in the first quarter of 1998 from
$1.05 billion at December 31, 1997 to $1.1 billion at March 31, 1998. Overall
loan origination volume has continued to be strong and charge-offs have
continued to moderate. Republic was also able to substantially replace the
volume of Mayfield deposits sold with additional deposit growth from its retail
operations.
 
    Assets declined slightly from year end 1996 to $1.1 billion at year end
1997. Net loans increased $35 million in 1997 due to management's focus on its
core business, residential lending. Republic's deposits decreased $52 million
primarily as a result of Western Kentucky deposit sales. The increased earnings
and premiums received from the sale of assets increased Republic's stockholders'
equity 15% to $68 million at year end 1997.
 
                                       24
<PAGE>
DISPOSITION OF ASSETS
 
    During 1997, Republic elected to focus its resources on its North Central
and Central Kentucky markets. As a result of this decision, management pursued
opportunities to sell certain fixed assets and deposits of its Western Kentucky
banking centers, with the exception of Owensboro. Republic's Western Kentucky
assets sold during 1997 included banking centers in the cities of Murray, Benton
and Paducah. The sale of Republic's Mayfield banking center was completed during
the first quarter of 1998. These banking centers were comprised of approximately
$180 million in deposits and approximately $3.7 million in fixed assets.
Republic initially retained substantially all of the loan portfolio associated
with these banking centers.
 
    The pricing and other terms of these asset dispositions were finalized
through arms-length negotiations with numerous parties. In addition to comparing
offers, management evaluated terms offered by prospective purchasers to
information regarding pricing of similar transactions. To the extent the
purchase price in a transaction was less than the deposit liabilities being
assumed by the purchaser, the transaction involved a cash payment by Republic to
the purchaser. Management primarily funded the transactions closed during 1997
with $14 million in additional deposits at its existing banking centers,
liquidation of investment securities and overnight fed funds in the amount of
$40 million and additional advances from the FHLB totaling approximately $85
million.
 
    The following highlights information about each of the banking center sale
transactions that closed during 1997:
 
    On April 1, 1997, Republic entered into an agreement to sell its Murray
banking center to United Commonwealth Bank, FSB. The transaction included the
sale of real estate located in Murray, Kentucky, certain fixed assets, and a
transfer of certain deposit liabilities totaling approximately $18 million. The
transaction was closed on July 30, 1997 and Republic recognized a pre-tax gain
of approximately $1.7 million.
 
    On July 21, 1997, Republic entered into an agreement to sell its Benton
banking center to The Peoples First National Bank and Trust Company of Paducah.
The transaction included the sale of real estate located in Benton, Kentucky,
certain fixed assets, and a transfer of certain deposit liabilities totaling
approximately $31 million. The transaction was closed on September 23, 1997 and
Republic recognized a pre-tax gain of approximately $2.2 million.
 
    On July 18, 1997, Republic entered into an agreement to sell its two Paducah
banking centers to The Paducah Bank and Trust Company. The transaction included
the sale and lease of real estate located in Paducah, Kentucky, certain fixed
assets, and a transfer of certain deposit liabilities totaling approximately $65
million. The transaction was closed on November 7, 1997 and Republic recognized
a pre-tax gain of approximately $3.6 million.
 
    On September 12, 1997, Republic entered into an agreement to sell the
Mayfield banking center to First Federal Savings Bank of Leitchfield, Kentucky.
This sale included approximately $65.7 million in deposits and certain other
fixed assets. Republic retained substantially all of its Mayfield banking center
loan portfolio. The transaction was closed on January 8, 1998, and Republic
realized a pre-tax gain of approximately $4.1 million. The Mayfield transaction
represented the final Western Kentucky banking center sale.
 
    Also during 1997, Republic decided to change its strategy toward credit card
lending. Republic sold its $17 million credit card portfolio, its merchant
processing assets and its $6 million, 50% interest in a joint venture credit
card arrangement, totaling $23 million. Collectively, these asset sales resulted
in a pre-tax gain of $3.7 million. The portfolio sale to the joint venture
partner contained a limited recourse provision in the event losses on the
portfolio exceed certain defined loss rates. The gain on the sale of the
portfolio was recorded net of an accrual for the estimated liability under the
provision.
 
                                       25
<PAGE>
    As part of the sale of its credit card portfolio, Republic retained the
right to become an agent bank for another financial institution. As part of this
agreement, Republic is able to continue to offer credit cards in its name. While
Republic will not own the receivables, it will receive an origination fee for
all approved applications.
 
              FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997, 1996 AND 1995
 
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
  NET INTEREST INCOME
 
    The principal source of Republic's revenue is net interest income. Net
interest income is the difference between interest income on interest-earning
assets such as loans and securities and the interest expense on liabilities used
to fund those assets, such as interest-bearing deposits and borrowings. Net
interest income is impacted by both changes in the amount and composition of
interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities and the level of
interest rates. The change in net interest income is typically measured by net
interest spread and net interest margin. Net interest spread is the difference
between the average yield on interest-earning assets and the average cost of
interest-bearing liabilities. Net interest margin is determined by dividing net
interest income by average interest-earning assets.
 
    Net interest income increased 5% in 1997, following a 14% increase in 1996.
The increase in 1997 is attributable to Republic's loan growth, particularly
residential and home equity lending. The increase in 1996 was due to substantial
growth in the unsecured consumer loan portfolio which also favorably impacted
the Bank's net interest spread.
 
    Average interest-earning assets increased 16% in 1997, compared to a 15%
increase in 1996. The 1997 and 1996 growth resulted from increased loan volume
(see "Loan Portfolio" for discussion on increase in loan volume) supported by an
increase in investment securities.
 
    During 1997, average interest-bearing liabilities grew $127 million to $945
million, an increase of 15% over 1996. Certificates of deposit remained flat due
to the sale of deposits associated with the Western Kentucky banking centers.
Republic's loan growth was primarily funded by an increase in other borrowings
(see discussion on "Other Borrowed Funds"). In 1996, average interest-bearing
liabilities grew 17% over 1995. The increase of $119 million was primarily in
certificates of deposit, other time deposits and overnight repurchase
agreements.
 
    Republic's net interest margin was 3.85% in 1997, 4.21% in 1996 and 4.25% in
1995. The reduction in net interest margin and net interest spread in 1997
compared to 1996 is attributable to a decline in the overall yield on
interest-earning assets of 33 basis points while Republic's cost of funds
increased by 2 basis points. The decline in rate on interest-earning assets
resulted from a change in the overall loan portfolio mix. The reduction in the
unsecured loan portfolio was largely replaced by increased growth in Republic's
traditional secured residential loan products. These residential loan products
have lower yields and reduced credit risk compared to the Bank's unsecured loan
products.
 
    The net interest margin may be negatively impacted by the current interest
rate environment and changes in loan mix due to the higher yielding unsecured
consumer loans being replaced by lower yielding home equity loans. Approximately
$116 million of Republic's other borrowings from the FHLB are adjustable rate
advances and are subject to changes in market interest rates. Increased rates
may negatively impact Republic's borrowing costs as these wholesale funds
comprise a significant portion of interest-bearing liabilities.
 
    Table 1 provides detailed information as to average balances, interest
income/expense, and rates by major balance sheet category for fiscal years 1995
through 1997. Table 2 provides an analysis of the changes in net interest income
attributable to changes in rates and changes in volume of interest-earning
assets and interest-bearing liabilities.
 
                                       26
<PAGE>
TABLE 1--AVERAGE BALANCE SHEETS AND RATES FOR DECEMBER 31, 1997, 1996 AND 1995
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                   1997                                 1996                           1995
                                    -----------------------------------  -----------------------------------  ----------------------
<S>                                 <C>        <C>          <C>          <C>        <C>          <C>          <C>        <C>
                                     AVERAGE                  AVERAGE     AVERAGE                  AVERAGE     AVERAGE
                                     BALANCE    INTEREST       RATE       BALANCE    INTEREST       RATE       BALANCE    INTEREST
                                    ---------  -----------  -----------  ---------  -----------  -----------  ---------  -----------
                                                                         (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
                                                               ASSETS
EARNING ASSETS:
U.S. Treasury and U.S. Government
  Agency Securities...............  $ 209,599   $  12,473         5.95%  $ 147,376   $   9,040         6.13%  $ 115,897   $   7,469
State and political subdivision
  securities......................      4,447         381         8.57       4,557         390         8.56       4,689         407
Other investments.................      6,952         497         7.15       5,303         414         7.79       5,055         342
Mortgage-backed securities........      4,415         263         5.96         705          36         5.11         796          40
Federal funds sold................     12,452         691         5.55      23,847       1,275         5.35      26,144       1,537
Total loans and fees(1)...........    809,700      76,889         9.50     724,669      70,831         9.77     632,775      61,338
                                    ---------  -----------         ---   ---------  -----------         ---   ---------  -----------
TOTAL EARNING ASSETS..............  1,047,565      91,194         8.71     906,457      81,986         9.04     785,356      71,133
                                    ---------  -----------         ---   ---------  -----------         ---   ---------  -----------
Less: Allowance for loan losses...     (6,278)                              (6,196)                              (2,795)
NON-EARNING ASSETS:
Cash and due from banks...........     20,338                               20,830                               16,597
Bank premises and equipment,
  net.............................     16,793                               14,391                               11,284
Other assets......................     13,198                               10,974                               11,195
                                    ---------                            ---------                            ---------
TOTAL ASSETS......................  $1,091,616                           $ 946,456                            $ 821,637
                                    ---------                            ---------                            ---------
                                    ---------                            ---------                            ---------
 
                                                LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
 
INTEREST BEARING LIABILITIES:
Transaction accounts..............  $ 124,062   $   4,250         3.43   $ 149,383   $   5,163         3.46   $ 144,105   $   5,122
Money market accounts.............     47,036       2,329         4.95      35,557       1,622         4.56      18,999         892
Individual retirement accounts....     35,641       2,090         5.86      34,956       2,156         6.17      31,089       1,949
Certificates of deposits and other
  time deposits...................    512,260      30,271         5.91     450,759      27,143         6.02     413,428      24,549
Repurchase agreements and other
  borrowings......................    226,400      11,916         5.26     148,026       7,771         5.25      91,952       5,208
                                    ---------  -----------         ---   ---------  -----------         ---   ---------  -----------
TOTAL INTEREST BEARING
  LIABILITIES.....................    945,399      50,856         5.38     818,681      43,855         5.36     699,573      37,720
                                    ---------  -----------         ---   ---------  -----------         ---   ---------  -----------
NON-INTEREST BEARING LIABILITIES:
Non-interest bearing deposits.....     68,184                               57,041                               54,540
Other liabilities.................     12,875                               11,090                               13,657
Stockholders' equity..............     65,158                               59,644                               53,867
                                    ---------                            ---------                            ---------
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND
  STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY............  $1,091,616                           $ 946,456                            $ 821,637
                                    ---------                            ---------                            ---------
                                    ---------                            ---------                            ---------
Net interest income...............              $  40,338                            $  38,131                            $  33,413
                                               -----------                          -----------                          -----------
                                               -----------                          -----------                          -----------
Net interest spread...............                                3.33%                                3.68%
                                                                   ---                                  ---
                                                                   ---                                  ---
Net interest margin...............                                3.85%                                4.21%
                                                                   ---                                  ---
                                                                   ---                                  ---
 
<CAPTION>
 
<S>                                 <C>
                                      AVERAGE
                                       RATE
                                    -----------
 
EARNING ASSETS:
U.S. Treasury and U.S. Government
  Agency Securities...............        6.44%
State and political subdivision
  securities......................        8.68
Other investments.................        6.77
Mortgage-backed securities........        5.03
Federal funds sold................        5.88
Total loans and fees(1)...........        9.69
                                           ---
TOTAL EARNING ASSETS..............        9.06
                                           ---
Less: Allowance for loan losses...
NON-EARNING ASSETS:
Cash and due from banks...........
Bank premises and equipment,
  net.............................
Other assets......................
 
TOTAL ASSETS......................
 
INTEREST BEARING LIABILITIES:
Transaction accounts..............        3.55
Money market accounts.............        4.69
Individual retirement accounts....        6.27
Certificates of deposits and other
  time deposits...................        5.94
Repurchase agreements and other
  borrowings......................        5.66
                                           ---
TOTAL INTEREST BEARING
  LIABILITIES.....................        5.39
                                           ---
NON-INTEREST BEARING LIABILITIES:
Non-interest bearing deposits.....
Other liabilities.................
Stockholders' equity..............
 
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND
  STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY............
 
Net interest income...............
 
Net interest spread...............        3.67%
                                           ---
                                           ---
Net interest margin...............        4.25%
                                           ---
                                           ---
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
 
Note: Calculations include non-accruing loans in the average loan amounts
outstanding.
 
(1) The amount of fees included in interest on loans was $837,000, $520,000, and
    $139,000 for the years ended December 31, 1997, 1996, and 1995,
    respectively.
 
                                       27
<PAGE>
    The following table presents the extent to which changes in interest rates
and changes in the volume of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing
liabilities affected Republic's interest income and interest expense during the
periods indicated. Information is provided in each category with respect to (i)
changes attributable to changes in volume (changes in volume multiplied by prior
rate), (ii) changes attributable to changes in rate (changes in rate multiplied
by prior volume), and (iii) the net change. The changes attributable to the
combined impact of volume and rate have been allocated proportionately to the
changes due to volume and the changes due to rate.
 
TABLE 2--VOLUME/RATE VARIANCE ANALYSIS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997      YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996
                                                               COMPARED TO                       COMPARED TO
                                                      YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996      YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995
                                                    ---------------------------------  -------------------------------
<S>                                                 <C>          <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
                                                           INCREASE/(DECREASE)               INCREASE/(DECREASE)
                                                                 DUE TO                            DUE TO
                                                    ---------------------------------  -------------------------------
 
<CAPTION>
                                                     TOTAL NET                         TOTAL NET
                                                      CHANGE      VOLUME      RATE      CHANGE     VOLUME      RATE
                                                    -----------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                          (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                 <C>          <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
INTEREST INCOME(1):
U.S. Treasury and Government Agency Securities....   $   3,433   $   3,817  $    (384) $   1,571  $   2,029  $    (458)
State and political subdivision securities........          (9)        (10)         1        (17)       (11)        (6)
Other investments.................................          83         127        (44)        71         17         54
Mortgage backed securities........................         227         189         38         (4)        (5)         1
Federal funds sold................................        (584)       (609)        25       (261)      (135)      (126)
Total loans and fees(2)...........................       6,058       8,311     (2,253)     9,493      8,908        585
                                                    -----------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
TOTAL INCREASE (DECREASE) IN INTEREST INCOME......       9,208      11,825     (2,617)    10,853     10,803         50
                                                    -----------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
INTEREST EXPENSE:
Interest bearing transaction accounts.............        (913)       (875)       (38)        41        188       (147)
Money market accounts.............................         707         524        183        730        777        (47)
Individual retirement accounts....................         (66)         42       (108)       207        242        (35)
Certificates of deposit and other time deposits...       3,128       3,703       (575)     2,594      2,217        377
Repurchase agreements and other borrowings........       4,145       4,114         31      2,563      3,176       (613)
                                                    -----------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
TOTAL INCREASE (DECREASE) IN INTEREST EXPENSE.....       7,001       7,508       (507)     6,135      6,600       (465)
                                                    -----------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
INCREASE (DECREASE) IN NET INTEREST INCOME........   $   2,207   $   4,317  $  (2,110) $   4,718  $   4,203  $     515
                                                    -----------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                    -----------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
 
(1) Interest for loans on non-accrual status has been excluded from interest
    income.
 
(2) The amount of fee income included in interest on loans was $837,000,
    $520,000, and $139,000 for the years ended December 31, 1997, 1996, and
    1995, respectively.
 
                                       28
<PAGE>
NON-INTEREST INCOME
 
    Table 3 illustrates Republic's primary sources of non-interest income.
Non-interest income increased 167% to $19.0 million in 1997, compared to $7.1
million in 1996 and $7.5 million in 1995.
 
TABLE 3--ANALYSIS OF NON-INTEREST INCOME
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                            PERCENT
                                                                                                      INCREASE (DECREASE)
                                                                       YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                   -------------------------------  ------------------------
                                                                     1997       1996       1995       1997/96      1996/95
                                                                   ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------  -----------
                                                                       (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>          <C>
Service charges on deposit accounts..............................  $   3,284  $   2,642  $   1,974        24.3%        33.8%
Other service charges and fees...................................        661        445      1,434        48.5        (69.0)
Bankcard services................................................        457      1,010      1,263       (54.8)       (20.0)
Net gain on sale of deposits.....................................      7,527                                nm
Net gain on sale of Bankcard.....................................      3,660                                nm
Net gain on available for sale securities........................         81                                nm
Net gain on sale of loans........................................      1,852      1,212      1,083        52.8         11.9
Loan servicing income............................................        734        829        895       (11.5)        (7.4)
Other............................................................        674        959        871       (29.7)        10.1
                                                                   ---------  ---------  ---------
Total............................................................  $  18,930  $   7,097  $   7,520       166.7%        (5.6%)
                                                                   ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                   ---------  ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
    The large increase in non-interest income is principally due to the one time
gains realized from the sale of deposits at the Bank's Western Kentucky banking
centers and the gain realized from the sale of the Bankcard portfolio. The Bank
also realized a modest net gain on the sale of securities of $81,000 during
1997. Bankcard service fees declined during 1997 as a result of the sale.
Service charges on deposit accounts increased during 1997 as a result of an
increase in the number of transaction accounts. Management also restructured its
fee schedule and further reduced its previous level of fee waivers. The 1996
increase in service charges on deposit accounts was primarily attributable to
overall growth in the number of the Bank's transaction accounts. Other service
charges and fees, having shown a strong decline during 1996 from 1995 levels,
experienced an increase of $216,000 in 1997. The decline in 1996 was a result of
decreased credit life insurance commissions earned as Republic slowed its
unsecured consumer loan originations, a practice which continued into 1997.
Other non-interest income decreased moderately to $674,000 in 1997 compared to
$959,000 in 1996.
 
    Revenue from mortgage banking activities from 1995 through 1997 has been
positively influenced by increases in origination and sales volume and the sale
of most loans with servicing released. Proceeds from sales of loans were $124
million, $104 million, and $87 million in 1997, 1996, and 1995, respectively.
Secondary market residential loan originations are heavily influenced by
interest rates, which was the primary factor for the increased volume. Net gains
from sales of loans closely tracks loan origination volume. Net gains as a
percentage of loans sold were 1.49%, 1.16%, and 1.25% in 1997, 1996, and 1995,
respectively. Management made a change from selling loans with servicing
retained to servicing released in 1995 to offset downward market pressure on
loan sale pricing. The sale of a significant number of loans with servicing
released, coupled with normal loan paydowns and payoffs, has resulted in a
decline in the size of the loan servicing portfolio and a corresponding decline
in loan servicing income. As of December 31, 1997, Republic was servicing $263
million in mortgage loans for other investors compared to $297 million in 1996.
 
                                       29
<PAGE>
NON-INTEREST EXPENSE
 
    As shown in Table 4, total non-interest expense increased by 4.7% to $32.9
million in 1997, compared to $31.4 million in 1996 and $24.5 million in 1995.
The costs associated with Republic's addition of five new banking centers in
1996 and continued technology enhancements during 1997 resulted in increased
non-interest expense during 1997. While Republic anticipates receiving the
benefit from reduced non-interest expense at the Western Kentucky banking
centers, this benefit was not fully realized throughout 1997 due to the timing
of those transactions.
 
    Non-interest expense levels are often measured using an efficiency ratio
(non-interest expense divided by the sum of net interest income and non-interest
income). Excluding its one-time gains from the sale of deposits and related
fixed assets and Bankcard, Republic's efficiency ratio was 68% in 1997 compared
to 69% (64% exclusive of a one-time SAIF deposit insurance assessment) in 1996
and 60% in 1995.
 
TABLE 4--ANALYSIS OF NON-INTEREST EXPENSE
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                  PERCENT
                                                                                                  INCREASE
                                                             YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,             (DECREASE)
                                                         -------------------------------  ------------------------
                                                           1997       1996       1995       1997/96      1996/95
                                                         ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------  -----------
                                                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                      <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>          <C>          <C>
Salaries and employee benefits.........................  $  15,444  $  13,236  $  11,334        16.7%        16.8%
Occupancy and equipment................................      8,562      6,623      5,346        29.3         23.9
Communication and transportation.......................      1,796      1,548      1,407        16.0         10.0
Marketing and development..............................      1,299      1,620      1,308       (19.8)        23.9
FDIC deposit insurance.................................        107      3,277      1,245       (96.7)       163.2
Supplies...............................................      1,013        973        883         4.1         10.2
Litigation recovery....................................                             (738)                      nm
Other..................................................      4,659      4,132      3,720        12.8         11.1
                                                         ---------  ---------  ---------
Total..................................................  $  32,880  $  31,409  $  24,505         4.7         28.2
                                                         ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                         ---------  ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
    Salary and employee benefits expense increased approximately 16.7% and 16.8%
in 1997 and 1996, respectively. The increase was primarily due to additional
data processing and mortgage origination staffing requirements as well as other
additional operational support personnel and annual merit increases. Overall
Republic's staffing levels at year-end 1997 were 418 full-time equivalent
employees (FTE's) compared to 419 FTE's in 1996 and 361 FTE's in 1995. Overall
FTE's remained constant at year-end 1997 compared to year-end 1996 as several of
the Western Kentucky positions were reallocated to other retail and operational
areas of the Bank.
 
    Occupancy and equipment expenses rose 29.3% in 1997 and 23.9% in 1996. The
1996 increases were primarily due to depreciation and equipment maintenance
expenses associated with new enhancements to loan and customer support systems.
The $1.9 million increase in 1997 also reflects a full year of operating
expenses associated with the addition of five new banking centers opened in 1996
in Louisville (3), Frankfort and Paducah.
 
    Communication and transportation expenses increased 16.0% in 1997 and 10.0%
in 1996. Republic incurred additional costs for telecommunication enhancements
which are associated with Republic's platform, call center and computer
networks.
 
    Marketing and development expense decreased 19.8% in 1997, following a 23.9%
increase in 1996. The increases in 1996 primarily resulted from advertising and
promotional expenditures incurred for Republic's unsecured consumer loan
products and deposit gathering initiatives. Marketing expenses can fluctuate
from period to period based upon the timing and scope of various management
initiatives.
 
                                       30
<PAGE>
    FDIC deposit insurance expense decreased $3.2 million from 1996 to 1997.
This decrease is principally a result of the federally mandated one-time
assessment on the Bank's deposits insured in the FDIC's Savings Association
Insurance Fund (SAIF) deposits in the amount of $2.3 million during 1996. The
1996 federal legislation which mandated the one-time assessment provided for a
future ongoing reduction in the FDIC's insurance rate premiums on SAIF insured
deposits. Republic benefitted from this one time charge as it resulted in a
reduction of the FDIC's overall insurance rate premium charges during 1997.
 
    Republic expensed $738,000 in 1993 as a result of an adverse legal verdict.
The legal verdict was subsequently overturned in 1995 by a federal appellate
court. This previously expensed judgment reversal had a favorable impact on
total non-interest expense in 1995. All other operating expenses during 1997,
1996 and 1995 experienced minor increases.
 
    Republic was contractually required to reimburse the FDIC for tax benefits
received resulting from tax deductions for losses on loans and other real estate
owned (OREO) acquired through the acquisition of two failed institutions in 1985
and 1988. In the third quarter of 1995, Republic was notified by the FDIC that,
under its interpretation of the agreements, Republic may be obligated to remit
additional payments related to prior years. Republic disputed this
interpretation by the FDIC and final settlement of this matter was reached with
the FDIC during the second quarter of 1997. The terms of the settlement had no
significant impact on the financial position and results of operation of
Republic and provided for a release by the FDIC of any further obligations of
Republic under the agreements.
 
FINANCIAL CONDITION
  LOAN PORTFOLIO
 
    Republic continued to experience overall loan growth throughout its markets
in 1997. Total loans increased 5% to $805 million at December 31, 1997, compared
to $768 million at December 31, 1996. This growth was accomplished after taking
into account Republic's sale of its $23 million credit card portfolio. The
increase in loans was led by residential real estate and the home equity
component of consumer lending which combined increased $57 million from December
31, 1996. The rise in real estate loan volume was a result of a continuing
favorable interest rate environment and sustained customer demand for
residential financing throughout the Bank's markets. Republic also experienced a
47% increase in home equity lending as a result of the product's competitive
features and continuing consumer demand. The home equity product features
include elimination of up-front closing costs and an attractive six month fixed
introductory interest rate. After the introductory period, the loans convert to
an adjustable rate product.
 
    Republic's commercial real estate loan portfolio increased by 29% to $76
million at December 31, 1997. Republic's increased commercial real estate demand
has risen principally from the Bank's existing customer base. As a result of
this increased demand, Republic has allocated additional resources to the
commercial lending function. In conjunction with its commercial real estate
lending, emphasis has also been placed on acquiring the associated deposit
relationships from these clients.
 
    Republic's consumer loans decreased during 1997 to $189 million. The
consumer loan portfolio consists of both secured (home equity, auto, etc.) and
unsecured loans. Approximately 20% of loans in the consumer portfolio are
unsecured, including loans originated under both the "All Purpose" and "Pre-
Approved" loan programs. Republic's "All Purpose Loans," with total outstandings
of $13 million at December 31, 1997 and $22 million at December 31, 1996, are
originated through Republic's banking centers. This product has an average loan
amount of $7,000 and an annual average percentage rate of 16.98% with a standard
maximum maturity of five years. "Pre-Approved Loans," with total outstandings of
$25 million at December 31, 1997 and $33 million at December 31, 1996, were
delivered through direct mail, targeting clients both in and outside of
Republic's traditional markets. The "Pre-Approved Loan" product has an average
loan amount of $6,000 and an average annual percentage rate of 13.96% with a
 
                                       31
<PAGE>
standard maximum maturity of five years. Republic is not currently marketing
these two loan products and plans to continue to allow its unsecured loan
portfolio to reduce in the near term.
 
    Republic expects loan originations to continue at strong levels in the near
term. The rate of loan growth on the balance sheet may, however, slightly lag
behind the rate of originations. Republic's loan portfolio is comprised
primarily of adjustable rate single family loans which are subject to
refinancing pressures in a declining interest rate environment. Also, Republic
anticipates that the loan portfolio retained from the Western Kentucky deposit
sales will be subject to a higher level of prepayments than its overall loan
portfolio in general. Republic will continue to provide service to these clients
through its centralized loan operations, but a percentage of these clients may
elect to refinance with other local institutions. Republic is not able to
predict the rate at which the Western Kentucky loan portfolio will pre-pay.
 
TABLE 5--LOANS BY TYPE
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           AS OF DECEMBER 31,
                                                       ----------------------------------------------------------
                                                          1997        1996        1995        1994        1993
                                                       ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------
                                                                         (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                    <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>
Real Estate:
  Residential........................................  $  480,874  $  457,204  $  371,846  $  346,649  $  316,824
  Construction.......................................      37,940      32,130      31,230      21,919      24,316
  Commercial.........................................      76,306      59,086      75,648      76,725      45,044
Commercial...........................................      21,552      25,115      21,042      18,542      45,522
Consumer.............................................     188,573     194,546     175,979     114,993      59,740
                                                       ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------
Total Loans..........................................  $  805,245  $  768,081  $  675,745  $  578,828  $  491,446
                                                       ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------
                                                       ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------
</TABLE>
 
    The mortgage banking operation manages originations and secondary market
sales of first mortgage residential loans. This operation primarily sells fixed
rate originations in the secondary market without recourse. During 1997,
Republic sold $124 million of residential mortgage loans into the secondary
market compared to $104 million in 1996. At the end of 1997, Republic was
servicing $263 million in mortgage loans for other investors compared to $297
million in 1996 and $87 million in 1995. The decline in the mortgage banking
servicing portfolio from 1996 to 1997 resulted from management's election to
sell a majority of its originations on a servicing released basis combined with
regular loan principal paydowns.
 
    The table below illustrates Republic's fixed rate maturities and repricing
frequency for the loan portfolio:
 
TABLE 6--SELECTED LOAN DISTRIBUTION
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              AS OF DECEMBER 31, 1997
                                                                  -----------------------------------------------
                                                                                 ONE        OVER ONE      OVER
                                                                                 YEAR     THROUGH FIVE    FIVE
                                                                    TOTAL      OR LESS       YEARS        YEARS
                                                                  ----------  ----------  ------------  ---------
                                                                              (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                               <C>         <C>         <C>           <C>
Fixed Rate Maturities...........................................  $  178,471  $   44,668   $   83,732   $  50,071
Variable Rate Repricing Frequency...............................     626,774     463,161      162,703         910
                                                                  ----------  ----------  ------------  ---------
Total...........................................................  $  805,245  $  507,829   $  246,435   $  50,981
                                                                  ----------  ----------  ------------  ---------
                                                                  ----------  ----------  ------------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
PROVISION AND ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES
 
    The allowance for loan losses is regularly evaluated by management and
maintained at a level believed to be adequate to absorb future loan losses in
the Bank's portfolios. Periodic provisions to the allowance
 
                                       32
<PAGE>
are made as needed. The amount of the provision for loan losses necessary to
maintain an adequate allowance is based upon an assessment of current economic
conditions, analysis of periodic internal loan reviews, delinquency trends and
ratios, changes in the mixture and levels of the various categories of loans,
historical charge-offs, recoveries, and other information. Management believes
that the allowance for loan losses at December 31, 1997 was adequate. Although
management believes it uses the best information available to make allowance
provisions, future adjustments which could be material may be necessary if
management's assumptions differ from the loan portfolio's actual future
performance.
 
    The allowance for loan losses increased $1.9 million from December 31, 1996
to $8.2 million at December 31, 1997. The increase is primarily attributable to
an increase in commercial real estate and home equity lending which generally
present greater credit risk than 1-4 family residential loans, as well as
continued charge-off experience and losses in the unsecured consumer loan
portfolio. Republic's allowance for loan losses to total loan ratio increased
from .81% at December 31, 1996, to 1.02% at December 31, 1997.
 
    Net charge-offs were $5.3 million during 1997 compared to $6.6 million and
$2.4 million for 1996 and 1995, respectively. Republic's unsecured consumer loan
portfolio accounted for 83% of total charge-offs for the year ended December 31,
1997. The charge-offs in the unsecured loan portfolio were primarily comprised
of $1.8 million in the "All Purpose" program compared to $2.4 million during
1996 and $2.3 million in the "Pre-Approved" program compared to $2.1 million
during 1996 (see description of programs under "Loan Portfolio"). Beginning in
1996 and continuing through 1997, management significantly reduced the volume of
new originations under the "All Purpose" and "Pre-Approved" loan programs.
Republic also experienced charge-offs in its Bankcard portfolio of $844,000 for
the year ended December 31, 1997, compared to $1.6 million for the comparable
period in 1996.
 
TABLE 7--SUMMARY OF LOAN LOSS EXPERIENCE
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                               YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                -----------------------------------------------------
                                                                  1997       1996       1995       1994       1993
                                                                ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                               (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                             <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
Allowance for loan losses at beginning of year................  $   6,241  $   3,695  $   1,827  $   1,627  $   1,622
Charge-offs:
  Real Estate.................................................       (358)      (242)      (313)       (83)      (176)
  Commercial..................................................        (43)       (22)      (107)       (14)       (47)
  Consumer....................................................     (5,458)    (6,865)    (2,069)      (362)      (251)
                                                                ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
    Total.....................................................     (5,859)    (7,129)    (2,489)      (459)      (474)
                                                                ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Recoveries:
  Real Estate.................................................         23        290         22                    19
  Commercial..................................................                               25         29
  Consumer....................................................        520        236         42         93         69
                                                                ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
    Total.....................................................        543        526         89        122         88
                                                                ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Net loan charge-offs..........................................     (5,316)    (6,603)    (2,400)      (337)      (386)
Provision for loan losses.....................................      7,251      9,149      4,268        537        391
                                                                ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Allowance for loan losses at end of year......................  $   8,176  $   6,241  $   3,695  $   1,827  $   1,627
                                                                ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Ratios:
  Percentage of allowance for loan losses to total loans......       1.02%       .81%       .55%       .32%       .33%
  Net loans charged off to average loans outstanding for the
    period....................................................        .66        .91        .38        .06        .08
  Allowance for loan losses to non-performing loans...........        115         78        168         97         61
</TABLE>
 
                                       33
<PAGE>
    The following table is management's allocation of the allowance for loan
losses by loan type. Allowance funding and allocation is based on management's
assessment of economic conditions, past loss experience, loan volume, past due
history and other factors. Since these factors are subject to change, the
allocation is not necessarily predictive of future portfolio performance.
Management has accounted for the increase in charge-offs during 1996 and 1997
compared to previous years in the unsecured consumer loan portfolio by
increasing the allowance for unsecured consumer loans.
 
TABLE 8--MANAGEMENT'S ALLOCATION OF THE ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    AS OF DECEMBER 31,
                              -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                           <C>          <C>            <C>          <C>            <C>          <C>            <C>
                                         1997                        1996                        1995                1994
                              --------------------------  --------------------------  --------------------------  -----------
 
<CAPTION>
                                              PERCENT                     PERCENT                     PERCENT
                                             OF LOANS                    OF LOANS                    OF LOANS
                                             TO TOTAL                    TO TOTAL                    TO TOTAL
                               ALLOWANCE       LOANS       ALLOWANCE       LOANS       ALLOWANCE       LOANS       ALLOWANCE
                              -----------  -------------  -----------  -------------  -----------  -------------  -----------
                                                                  (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                           <C>          <C>            <C>          <C>            <C>          <C>            <C>
Real Estate.................   $   3,590          73.9%    $   1,771          71.4%    $     957          70.9%    $   1,091
Commercial..................          46           2.7            46           3.3            34           3.1           157
Consumer....................       4,540          23.4         4,424          25.3         2,704          26.0           579
                              -----------          ---    -----------          ---    -----------          ---    -----------
Total.......................   $   8,176           100%    $   6,241           100%    $   3,695           100%    $   1,827
                              -----------          ---    -----------          ---    -----------          ---    -----------
                              -----------          ---    -----------          ---    -----------          ---    -----------
 
<CAPTION>
 
<S>                           <C>            <C>          <C>
                                                        1993
                                             --------------------------
                                 PERCENT                     PERCENT
                                OF LOANS                    OF LOANS
                                TO TOTAL                    TO TOTAL
                                  LOANS       ALLOWANCE       LOANS
                              -------------  -----------  -------------
 
<S>                           <C>            <C>          <C>
Real Estate.................         76.9%    $     953          78.6%
Commercial..................          3.2           315           9.3
Consumer....................         19.9           359          12.1
                                      ---    -----------          ---
Total.......................          100%    $   1,627           100%
                                      ---    -----------          ---
                                      ---    -----------          ---
</TABLE>
 
ASSET QUALITY
 
    Loans (including impaired loans under SFAS 114 and 118 but excluding
consumer loans) are placed on non-accrual status when they become past due 90
days or more as to principal or interest, unless they are adequately secured and
in the process of collection. When loans are placed on non-accrual status, all
unpaid accrued interest is reversed. These loans remain on non-accrual status
until the borrower demonstrates the ability to remain current or the loan is
deemed uncollectible and is charged off. Consumer loans are not placed on
non-accrual status, but are reviewed and charged off when they reach 120 days
past due. At December 31, 1997, Republic had $497,000 in consumer loans 90 days
or more past due compared to $278,000 at December 31, 1996.
 
    Table 9 provides information related to non-performing assets and loans 90
days or more past due. Accruing loans contractually past due 90 days or more
decreased slightly from $5.0 million at December 31, 1996, to $4.5 million at
December 31, 1997. These loans are primarily secured 1-4 family residential
loans. Should the underlying collateral be determined to be insufficient to
satisfy the obligation, the loan is classified and the Bank's allowance is
increased accordingly. Historically, Republic's security in residential loans
has been adequate and has acted to limit the Bank's exposure to loss. Loans in
non-accrual status decreased marginally from $3.1 million to $2.7 million from
December 31, 1996, to December 31, 1997.
 
                                       34
<PAGE>
TABLE 9--NON-PERFORMING ASSETS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                    AS OF DECEMBER 31,
                                                                   -----------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
                                                                     1997       1996       1995       1994       1993
                                                                   ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
 
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
Loans on non-accrual status(1)(2)................................  $   2,676  $   3,055  $     742  $   1,285  $   2,230
Loans past due 90 days or more...................................      4,459      4,955      1,463        606        421
                                                                   ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Total non-performing loans.......................................      7,135      8,010      2,205      1,891      2,651
Other real estate owned..........................................         22        104        552        791      1,023
                                                                   ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Total non-performing assets......................................  $   7,157  $   8,114  $   2,757  $   2,682  $   3,674
                                                                   ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                   ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Percentage of non-performing loans to total loans................        .90%      1.04%       .33%       .33%       .54%
Percentage of non-performing assets to total loans...............        .90%      1.06%       .41%       .46%       .75%
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
 
(1) Loans on non-accrual status are exclusive of impaired loans as these loans
    remain on accrual status. See note 4 to the Consolidated Financial
    Statements for additional discussion on impaired loans.
 
(2) The interest income earned and received on non-accrual loans was not
    material.
 
    Republic defines impaired loans to be those commercial real estate and other
commercial loans greater than $499,999 that management has classified as
doubtful (collection of all amounts due is highly questionable or improbable) or
loss (all or a portion of the loan has been written off or a specific allowance
for loss has been provided). Republic's policy is to charge off all or that
portion of its investment in an impaired loan upon a determination it is
probable the full amount will not be collected. Impaired loans remained constant
from December 31, 1996 to December 31, 1997 at $1.6 million. Impaired loans
consists of one secured commercial real estate loan.
 
INVESTMENT SECURITIES
 
    The investment portfolio consists of U.S. Treasury and U.S. Government
Agency Obligations and mortgage-backed securities. The mortgage-backed
securities (MBS's) consist of 15 year fixed and 7.5 year balloon mortgage
securities, underwritten and guaranteed by FNMA, a government-sponsored agency.
 
    Securities, including those classified as held to maturity and available for
sale, decreased from $282 million at December 31, 1996, to $192 million at
December 31, 1997. The investment portfolio decreased as funds were used to
replace the sold Western Kentucky deposits and fund continued loan growth.
 
    In order to enhance the oversight of the Bank's investment portfolio,
Republic hired a chief investment officer during the second quarter of 1997.
Management also made certain modifications to its existing investment policy.
The policy changes will permit management to take advantage of market changes
and permit investments in additional MBS's and collateralized mortgage
obligations. The policy changes will also permit management to extend maturities
beyond prior limits.
 
                                       35
<PAGE>
TABLE 10--INVESTMENT SECURITIES AVAILABLE FOR SALE
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                    AS OF DECEMBER 31, 1997
                                                                        ------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                     <C>        <C>          <C>          <C>
                                                                                                  AVERAGE     WEIGHTED
                                                                        CARRYING                 MATURITY      AVERAGE
                                                                          VALUE    FAIR VALUE    IN YEARS       YIELD
                                                                        ---------  -----------  -----------  -----------
 
<CAPTION>
                                                                        (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                     <C>        <C>          <C>          <C>
U.S. Treasury and U.S. Government Agencies:
  Over one through five years.........................................  $  44,559   $  44,559          1.5         5.83%
Mortgage Backed Securities:
  Over five through ten years.........................................     34,158      34,158          6.6         6.30
  Over ten years......................................................     15,109      15,109         14.2         6.48
                                                                        ---------  -----------
Total.................................................................     49,267      49,267          8.9         6.35
                                                                        ---------  -----------
Total available for sale investment securities........................  $  93,826   $  93,826
                                                                        ---------  -----------
                                                                        ---------  -----------
</TABLE>
 
TABLE 11--INVESTMENT SECURITIES HELD TO MATURITY
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                    AS OF DECEMBER 31, 1997
                                                                        ------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                     <C>        <C>          <C>          <C>
                                                                                                  AVERAGE     WEIGHTED
                                                                        CARRYING                 MATURITY      AVERAGE
                                                                          VALUE    FAIR VALUE    IN YEARS       YIELD
                                                                        ---------  -----------  -----------  -----------
 
<CAPTION>
                                                                        (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                     <C>        <C>          <C>          <C>
U.S. Treasury and U.S. Government Agencies:
  Within one year.....................................................  $  52,786   $  52,775           .6         5.99%
  Over one through five years.........................................     30,269      30,212          1.7         6.07
  Over five through ten years.........................................     10,638      10,557          5.4         6.22
                                                                        ---------  -----------
  Total...............................................................     93,693      93,544          1.5         6.04
Obligations of states and political subdivision:
  Within one year
  Over one through five years.........................................        781         816          2.8         9.10
  Over five through ten years.........................................        800         929          7.6        11.03
  Over ten years......................................................      2,689       2,702         18.1         9.86
                                                                        ---------  -----------
  Total...............................................................      4,270       4,447         13.4         8.77
Mortgage backed securities............................................        583         549         25.5         6.15
                                                                        ---------  -----------
Total held to maturity investment securities..........................  $  98,546   $  98,540
                                                                        ---------  -----------
                                                                        ---------  -----------
</TABLE>
 
DEPOSITS
 
    Total deposits decreased from $783 million at December 31, 1996, to $732
million at December 31, 1997 as a result of the sale of $108 million of deposits
in Western Kentucky. If Republic had retained its Western Kentucky banking
centers, total deposits would have increased $64 million based on the level of
deposits at those banking centers at the time of sale. Management continues to
seek retail and commercial deposits through new products and initiatives. As
part of Republic's strategy to further reduce its cost of funds, money market
deposits were increased by 67% over year end 1996 to $69 million. The increase
was primarily in new funds resulting from the Bank's marketing programs designed
to attract large balance money market clients. The certificate of deposit
portfolio decreased by $20 million as a result of the sale of $79 million of
certificates of deposits in Western Kentucky. If Republic had retained its
Western Kentucky banking centers, certificates of deposit would have increased
$59 million.
 
                                       36
<PAGE>
TABLE 12--DEPOSITS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             DECEMBER 31,
                                                                        ----------------------
<S>                                                                     <C>         <C>
                                                                           1997        1996
                                                                        ----------  ----------
                                                                            (IN THOUSANDS)
Demand (NOW, SuperNOW and Money Market)...............................  $  118,870  $  116,180
Savings...............................................................      12,165      14,840
Money market certificates of deposit..................................      41,307      63,423
Individual retirement accounts........................................      30,167      35,845
Certificates of deposit, $100,000 and over............................      63,045      60,890
Other certificates of deposit.........................................     352,478     374,864
Brokered deposits.....................................................      47,653      50,130
                                                                        ----------  ----------
Total interest bearing deposits.......................................     665,685     716,172
Total non-interest bearing deposits...................................      65,913      66,969
                                                                        ----------  ----------
Total.................................................................  $  731,598  $  783,141
                                                                        ----------  ----------
                                                                        ----------  ----------
</TABLE>
 
    Republic does not have a high liability dependency ratio as evidenced by the
comparatively low level of deposit clients with deposits larger than $100,000.
The ratio of those deposits to average earning assets was 6.0% at the end of
1997 and 6.7% at the end of 1996. Table 13 provides a maturity distribution of
time deposits $100,000 and over.
 
TABLE 13--MATURITY OF TIME DEPOSITS $100,000 AND OVER
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          AS OF DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                 1997
                                                                        ----------------------
                                                                            (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                     <C>
Three months or less..................................................        $    5,685
Over three months through six months..................................            11,661
Over six months through twelve months.................................            24,511
Over twelve months....................................................            21,188
                                                                                 -------
  Total...............................................................        $   63,045
                                                                                 -------
                                                                                 -------
</TABLE>
 
    Republic's $48 million in brokered deposits remained steady during 1997.
Republic did not solicit or add any additional brokered deposits during 1997.
The brokered deposits have stated rates ranging from 5.35% to 6.15% and original
contractual maturities ranging from 3 to 5 years. Table 14 provides a maturity
distribution of brokered deposits, which are excluded from the maturity schedule
in Table 13:
 
TABLE 14--MATURITY OF BROKERED DEPOSITS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          AS OF DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                 1997
                                                                        ----------------------
                                                                            (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                     <C>
1998..................................................................        $   18,470
1999..................................................................            12,581
2000..................................................................            16,602
                                                                                 -------
  Total...............................................................        $   47,653
                                                                                 -------
                                                                                 -------
</TABLE>
 
SHORT-TERM BORROWINGS
 
    Short-term borrowings consist of short term excess funds from correspondent
banks, repurchase agreements and overnight liabilities to deposit clients
arising from Republic's cash management program.
 
                                       37
<PAGE>
During 1997, short-term borrowings decreased from $182 million at December 31,
1996, to $111 million at December 31, 1997. Approximately $92 million of the
December 31, 1996 balance represented short-term funds received from a local
governmental organization. As anticipated, substantially all of these funds
received from that governmental organization were withdrawn by March 31, 1997.
 
OTHER BORROWED FUNDS
 
    Other borrowed funds which consist principally of FHLB advances increased
from $107 million to $124 million at December 31, 1997. Republic increased its
borrowings from the FHLB from $84 million to $124 million at December 31, 1997.
These additional advances from the FHLB were primarily used to replace deposits
associated with the sale of the Western Kentucky banking centers. Republic's
management expects to continue to utilize FHLB borrowings as a source of funds
in addition to its utilization of retail deposits. Additional FHLB borrowings
above current levels will be evaluated by management, with consideration given
to the growth of the Bank's loan portfolio, liquidity needs, cost of retail
deposits, market conditions, and other factors.
 
LIQUIDITY
 
    Republic maintains sufficient liquidity in order to fund loan demand and
deposit withdrawals. Liquidity is managed by retaining sufficient liquid assets
in the form of investment securities and core deposits to meet demand. Funding
and cash flows can also be realized from the investment portfolio and paydowns
from within the loan portfolio. Republic's banking centers also provide access
to the retail deposit market. In addition, Republic has established lines of
credit with other financial institutions, the FHLB and brokerage firms. While
Republic utilizes numerous funding sources in order to meet its liquidity
requirements, FHLB borrowings remain a material component of management's
balance sheet strategies.
 
CAPITAL
 
    To further enhance Republic's capital position, management has utilized
alternative capital sources. During the first quarter of 1997, Republic issued
$6.4 million in 8.5% Quarterly Income Trust Preferred Securities (the "Trust
Preferred securities") through a newly formed subsidiary, Republic Capital
Trust. The effective cost of these securities is 5.5%. The interest paid on
these securities is deductible to Republic. Each Trust Preferred security, par
value $100, can be converted to ten shares of Class A Common Stock. Holders of
the Trust Preferred securities are entitled to the payments made on Republic's
subordinated convertible debentures issued to that subsidiary which have a
thirty year maturity with a right of redemption at par after five years, subject
to certain restrictions. See Note 11 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
    On December 31, 1997, Republic redeemed its $5 million outstanding Series A
Convertible Preferred stock. At the option of each shareholder, each security
was either convertible to 10 shares of Class A Common Stock and 2 share of Class
B Common Stock, or redeemable in cash for the initial offering price of $100 per
share plus a 20% premium. As a result of this redemption approximately 80% of
the outstanding securities were converted to Common Stock. The remaining
securities were redeemed for cash. The $1.2 million payout to those shareholders
included the 20% premium of $203,000 which was charged to retained earnings.
 
    Regulatory agencies measure capital adequacy within a framework that makes
capital requirements, in part, dependent on the individual risk profiles of
financial institutions. Republic improved its capital position during 1997 due
to the increased retained earnings achieved during the period. As a result of
the improved capital position, Republic's capital to average assets ratio
increased to 6.26% at December 31, 1997 compared to 6.24% at year end 1996.
Republic continues to exceed the regulatory requirements for Tier I, Tier I
leverage and total risk-based capital. The Bank intends to maintain a capital
position that meets or exceeds the "well capitalized" requirements as defined by
the FDIC. See Note 14 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
                                       38
<PAGE>
ASSET/LIABILITY MANAGEMENT AND MARKET RISK
 
    Asset/liability management control is designed to ensure safety and
soundness, maintain liquidity and regulatory capital standards, and achieve
acceptable net interest income. Management considers interest rate risk to be
Republic's most significant market risk. Interest rate risk is the exposure to
adverse changes in the net interest income as a result of market fluctuations in
interest rates.
 
    Management regularly monitors interest rate risk in relation to prospective
market and business conditions. The Bank's board of directors sets policy
guidelines establishing maximum limits on the Bank's interest rate risk
exposure. Republic's management monitors and adjusts exposure to interest rate
fluctuations as influenced by the Bank's loan and deposit portfolios.
 
    Republic uses an earnings simulation model to analyze net interest income
sensitivity. Potential changes in market interest rates and their subsequent
effect on interest income are then evaluated. The model projects the effect of
instantaneous movements in interest rates of both 100 and 200 basis points.
Assumptions based on the historical behavior of Republic's deposit rates and
balances in relation to changes in interest rates are also incorporated into the
model. These assumptions are inherently uncertain and, as a result, the model
cannot precisely measure net interest income or precisely predict the impact of
fluctuations in market interest rates on net interest income. Actual results
will differ from the model's simulated results due to timing, magnitude, and
frequency of interest rate changes as well as changes in market conditions and
the application of various management strategies.
 
    Interest rate risk management focuses on maintaining acceptable net interest
income within Board approved policy limits. The Bank's Asset/Liability
Management Committee monitors and manages interest rate risk to maintain an
acceptable level of change to net interest income resulting from market interest
rate changes. Republic's board approved policy established for interest rate
risk is stated in terms of the change in net interest income given a 100 and 200
basis point immediate and sustained increase or decrease in market interest
rates. The current limits approved by the board of directors are plus or minus
8% for a 100 basis point change and plus or minus 12% for a 200 basis point
movement.
 
    The following table illustrates Republic's estimated annualized earnings
sensitivity profile as of December 31, 1997:
 
TABLE 15--INTEREST RATE SENSITIVITY
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     DECREASE IN RATES                    INCREASE IN RATES
                                                  ------------------------             ------------------------
<S>                                               <C>          <C>          <C>        <C>          <C>
                                                      200          100                     100          200
                                                     BASIS        BASIS                   BASIS        BASIS
                                                    POINTS       POINTS       BASE       POINTS       POINTS
                                                  -----------  -----------  ---------  -----------  -----------
                                                                     (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
PROJECTED INTEREST INCOME
Loans...........................................   $  65,254    $  70,528   $  75,721   $  80,555    $  85,190
Investments.....................................      11,061       11,655      12,337      12,692       13,045
Short-term investments..........................          39           69         109         148          182
                                                  -----------  -----------  ---------  -----------  -----------
TOTAL INTEREST INCOME...........................   $  76,354    $  82,252   $  88,167   $  93,395    $  98,417
PROJECTED INTEREST EXPENSE
Deposits........................................   $  32,209    $  33,735   $  35,261   $  36,844    $  38,877
Other borrowings................................       7,418        9,584      11,750      13,916       16,081
Short-term borrowings...........................          95          117         136         157          179
                                                  -----------  -----------  ---------  -----------  -----------
TOTAL INTEREST EXPENSE..........................      39,722       43,436      47,147      50,917       55,137
                                                  -----------  -----------  ---------  -----------  -----------
NET INTEREST INCOME.............................   $  36,632    $  38,816   $  41,020   $  42,478    $  43,280
Change from base................................   $  (4,388)   $  (2,204)              $   1,458    $   2,260
% Change from base..............................      (10.70)%      (5.37)%                  3.56%        5.51%
</TABLE>
 
                                       39
<PAGE>
    Given an immediate, sustained 100 basis point upward shock to the yield
curve used in the simulation model, it is estimated net interest income would
increase by 3.56% compared to an increase of 5.51% given a 200 basis point
increase. A 100 basis point immediate, sustained downward shock to the yield
curve would decrease net interest income by an estimated 5.37% compared to a
decrease of 10.70% given a 200 basis point decrease. These potential changes in
net interest income are within the policy guidelines established by Republic's
board of directors.
 
    These interest rate sensitivity profiles of Republic at any point in time
will be affected by a number of factors. These factors include the mix of
interest sensitive assets and liabilities as well as their relative repricing
schedules. The forgoing table may not be a precise measurement of the effect of
changing interest rates on Republic in the future.
 
YEAR 2000
 
    Republic continues to implement plans to address the Year 2000 issue. The
issue arises from the fact that many existing computer programs use only two
digits to identify a year in the computer's date field. These programs were
designed without having considered the impact of the upcoming change in the
century. If not corrected, computer applications could fail or create inaccurate
results by or at the Year 2000. The Bank must not only evaluate, install and
test for its own Year 2000 readiness, it must also coordinate with other
entities with which it routinely interacts such as suppliers, creditors,
borrowers, clients, regulators and other financial service organizations.
Republic has retained certain employees whose primary function is related Year
2000 compliance. The loss of these employees could have a material adverse
effect on the implementation of Republic's Year 2000 plan.
 
    Republic has determined that the Year 2000 issue may be material to its
business, operations and suppliers. Customer readiness is not deemed by
management to be material to the Bank's overall financial performance. The Year
2000 issue principally involves the installation of selected software releases
which meet Year 2000 functional requirements. Many of these installations would
have been scheduled for completion by the Year 2000 in the normal course of
business. The performance of the Bank's software suppliers will be essential for
the Bank's successful implementation of its Year 2000 objectives.
 
    The Bank has completed the Year 2000 assessment stage and has actively
entered into the remediation phase. The Bank has initiated an implementation
plan providing for Year 2000 readiness by the end of 1998, with the year of 1999
available for testing and the performance of any required corrective actions.
The Bank projects that the cost of the remediation will be in a range of $1.2
million to $1.8 million. These costs are expected to impact Republic's
non-interest expenses in a range of approximately $400,000 to $600,000 for 1998.
These expenses could vary from management's estimates if the scope of the Bank's
Year 2000 remediation exceeds management's projections.
 
    Suppliers and any large computer dependent borrowers either have or will be
contacted by the Bank in order to evaluate their response capabilities and
readiness for Year 2000. At this time, the Bank has no reason to believe that
its software providers will not be able to adequately address the Bank's needs
for Year 2000 software functionality.
 
               FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1998 AND 1997
 
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
    For the first quarter 1998, net interest income increased $363,000 over the
$10.0 million attained during the first quarter of 1997. During the first
quarter 1998, average interest-earning assets were $1.1 billion, an increase of
$9.9 million over first quarter 1997. The yield on average interest-earning
assets decreased slightly from 8.63% during first quarter of 1997 to 8.62%
during first quarter of 1998. As a result of these small changes, interest
income was effectively unchanged. Total average interest-bearing liabilities
decreased from $948 million in the first quarter of 1997 to $935 million in the
first quarter of 1998. This
 
                                       40
<PAGE>
reduction in interest-bearing liabilities was primarily due to the sale of
deposits from Republic's Western Kentucky banking centers. The cost of average
interest-bearing liabilities decreased slightly from 5.32% during first quarter
of 1997 to 5.31% in the first quarter of 1998.
 
    Overall, the net interest rate spread remained unchanged at 3.31% from the
first quarter of 1997 compared to the first quarter of 1998. The Bank's net
interest margin increased from 3.82% in first quarter 1997 to 3.92% in first
quarter 1998. The increase in the net interest margin occurred because of an
increase in average earning assets over the prior period while average
interest-bearing liabilities decreased from the prior period. Also as a result
of the gains realized on the sale of assets during 1997 and the first quarter of
1998, Republic was able to fund a greater portion of interest-earning assets
through equity. The changes in average earning assets and average
interest-bearing liabilities led to an overall increase in net interest income
and the corresponding increase in the net interest margin percentage.
 
    Tables 16 and 17 provide detailed information as to average balance,
interest income/expense, and rates by major balance sheet category for the three
months ended March 31, 1998 and 1997.
 
                                       41
<PAGE>
TABLE 16--AVERAGE BALANCE SHEET RATES FOR MARCH 31, 1998 AND 1997
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              1998                                  1997
                                              ------------------------------------  ------------------------------------
<S>                                           <C>           <C>        <C>          <C>           <C>        <C>
                                                AVERAGE                  AVERAGE      AVERAGE                  AVERAGE
                                                BALANCE     INTEREST      RATE        BALANCE     INTEREST      RATE
                                              ------------  ---------  -----------  ------------  ---------  -----------
 
<CAPTION>
                                                                        (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                           <C>           <C>        <C>          <C>           <C>        <C>
                                                         ASSETS
 
EARNING ASSETS:
U.S. Treasury and U.S. Government
  Agency Securities.........................  $    157,199  $   2,307        5.87%  $    233,754  $   3,366        5.76%
State and political subdivision securities..         4,263         92        8.63          4,520         96        8.50
Other investments...........................        10,166        188        7.40          6,431        111        6.90
Mortgage-backed securities..................        46,773        721        6.17            656          9        5.49
Federal funds sold and securities purchased
  under agreements to resell................        24,783        354        5.71         15,258        213        5.58
Total loans and fees (1)....................       814,254     19,123        9.39        786,882     18,815        9.56
                                              ------------  ---------         ---   ------------  ---------         ---
Total earning assets........................     1,057,438     22,785        8.62      1,047,501     22,610        8.63
                                              ------------  ---------         ---   ------------  ---------         ---
Less: Allowance for loan losses.............        (8,221)                               (6,256)
NON-EARNING ASSETS:
Cash and due from banks.....................        21,199                                24,299
Bank premises and equipment, net............        12,795                                17,731
Other assets................................        12,410                                11,892
                                              ------------                          ------------
TOTAL ASSETS................................  $  1,095,621                          $  1,095,167
                                              ------------                          ------------
                                              ------------                          ------------
 
                                          LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
 
INTEREST BEARING LIABILITIES:
Transaction accounts........................  $     94,303  $     762        3.23%  $    136,416  $   1,175        3.45%
Money market accounts.......................        79,333        986        4.97         39,935        468        4.69
Individual retirement accounts..............        22,739        339        5.96         36,430        531        5.83
Certificates of deposit and other time
  deposits..................................       438,325      6,445        5.88        511,188      7,490        5.86
Repurchase agreements and other
  borrowings................................       300,799      3,883        5.16        223,884      2,939        5.25
                                              ------------  ---------         ---   ------------  ---------         ---
Total interest bearing liabilities..........       935,499     12,415        5.31        947,853     12,603        5.32
                                              ------------  ---------         ---   ------------  ---------         ---
NON-INTEREST BEARING LIABILITIES:
Non-interest bearing deposits...............        72,663                                72,189
Other liabilities...........................        14,157                                15,643
Stockholders' equity........................        73,302                                59,482
                                              ------------                          ------------
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS'
  EQUITY....................................  $  1,095,621                          $  1,095,167
                                              ------------                          ------------
                                              ------------                          ------------
Net interest income.........................                $  10,370                             $  10,007
                                                            ---------                             ---------
                                                            ---------                             ---------
Net interest spread.........................                                 3.31%                                 3.31%
                                                                              ---                                   ---
                                                                              ---                                   ---
Net interest margin.........................                                 3.92%                                 3.82%
                                                                              ---                                   ---
                                                                              ---                                   ---
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
 
(1) The amount of fee income included in interest on loans was $473,000 and
    $163,000 for the three months ended March 31, 1998 and 1997, respectively.
 
    For the purposes of these calculations, non-accruing loans are included in
the quarterly average loan amounts outstanding.
 
                                       42
<PAGE>
    The following table presents the extent to which changes in interest rates
and changes in the volume of interest earning assets and interest bearing
liabilities have affected Republic's interest income and interest expense during
the periods indicated. Information is provided in each category with respect to
(i) changes attributable to changes in volume (changes in volume multiplied by
prior rate), (ii) changes attributable to changes in rate (changes in rate
multiplied by prior volume), and (iii) the net change. The changes attributable
to the combined impact of volume and rate have been allocated proportionately to
the changes due to volume and the changes due to rate.
 
TABLE 17--VOLUME/RATE VARIANCE ANALYSIS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                               THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1998
                                                                                          COMPARED TO
                                                                               THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1997
                                                                              ------------------------------------
                                                                                      INCREASE/(DECREASE)
                                                                                             DUE TO
                                                                              ------------------------------------
                                                                               TOTAL NET
                                                                                CHANGE        VOLUME       RATE
                                                                              -----------  ------------  ---------
                                                                                         (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                           <C>          <C>           <C>
INTEREST INCOME(1):
U.S. Treasury and Government Agency Securities..............................   $  (1,059)   $   (1,102)  $      43
State and political subdivision securities..................................          (4)           (5)          1
Other investments...........................................................          77            64          13
Mortgage-backed securities..................................................         712           633          79
Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell......         141           133           8
Total loans and fees(2).....................................................         308           654        (346)
                                                                              -----------  ------------  ---------
  TOTAL INCREASE (DECREASE) IN INTEREST INCOME..............................         175           377        (202)
                                                                              -----------  ------------  ---------
INTEREST EXPENSE:
Interest bearing transaction accounts.......................................        (413)         (363)        (50)
Money market accounts.......................................................         518           462          56
Individual retirement accounts..............................................        (192)         (200)          8
Certificates of deposit and other time deposits.............................      (1,045)       (1,068)         23
Repurchase agreements and other borrowings..................................         944         1,010         (66)
                                                                              -----------  ------------  ---------
  TOTAL INCREASE (DECREASE) IN INTEREST EXPENSE.............................        (188)         (159)        (29)
                                                                              -----------  ------------  ---------
INCREASE (DECREASE) IN NET INTEREST INCOME..................................   $     363    $      536   $    (173)
                                                                              -----------  ------------  ---------
                                                                              -----------  ------------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
 
(1) Interest income for loans on non-accrual status have been included in
    interest income.
 
(2) The amount of fee income included in interest on loans was $473,000 and
    $163,000 for the three months ended March 31, 1998 and 1997, respectively.
 
    NON-INTEREST INCOME.  Non-interest income was $6.9 million during first
quarter 1998, up from $2.1 million during the first quarter of 1997. Excluding
the one-time gain on sale of deposits of $4.1 million, non-interest income
increased $700,000 to $2.8 million. This increase was principally due to the
Company's increase in income as a result of more loan originations and fees
generated from subsequent sales in the secondary market. The gains on sale of
investment securities resulted from an increase in the market value of a portion
of the Bank's available for sale securities. Other service charges and fees
increased $87,000 to $397,000 due to increased volume associated with Republic's
participation in a rapid tax refund joint venture. Revenues generated from this
joint venture are primarily realized only during the tax filing season comprised
of the first quarter and to a lesser extent the second quarter of the year.
 
                                       43
<PAGE>
TABLE 18--ANALYSIS OF NON-INTEREST INCOME
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                                                                   MARCH 31
                                                                             --------------------        PERCENT
                                                                               1998       1997     INCREASE/(DECREASE)
                                                                             ---------  ---------  -------------------
                                                                                 (DOLLARS IN
                                                                                  THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                          <C>        <C>        <C>
Service charges on deposit accounts........................................  $     753  $     777            (3.1)%
Other service charges and fees.............................................        397        310            28.1
Bankcard services..........................................................                   409          nm
Net gain on available for sale securities..................................        324                     nm
Net gain on sale of loans..................................................      1,009        281            259.1
Net gain on sale of deposits...............................................      4,116                   nm
Loan servicing income......................................................        166        189            (12.2)
Other......................................................................        147        130             13.1
                                                                             ---------  ---------
Total......................................................................  $   6,912  $   2,096            229.8
                                                                             ---------  ---------
                                                                             ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
    Income from mortgage banking, also a component of non-interest income,
includes proceeds from the sale of loans in the secondary market and servicing
income. Gain on sale of loans increased $728,000 in first quarter 1998 from
first quarter 1997. Republic's net gain on sale of loans increased due to
continued strong mortgage loan demand. Loan servicing income declined slightly
during first quarter 1998 compared to the comparable period in 1997. The
decrease was attributable to a decline in the servicing portfolio due to normal
payoff activity and the sale of new loan originations into the secondary market
with servicing released.
 
    NON-INTEREST EXPENSE.  Total non-interest expense increased modestly from
$8.0 million in first quarter 1997 to $8.1 million for first quarter 1998. The
increase for the three months ended March 31, 1998 was primarily attributable to
costs associated with Republic's banking center expansion strategies. Excluding
the one-time gain on sale of deposits, Republic's efficiency ratio (non-interest
expense divided by the sum of net interest income and non-interest income) was
61% in the first quarter 1998 compared to 66% for the comparable period in 1997.
 
TABLE 19--ANALYSIS OF NON-INTEREST EXPENSE
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                                                                   MARCH 31
                                                                             --------------------        PERCENT
                                                                               1998       1997     INCREASE/(DECREASE)
                                                                             ---------  ---------  -------------------
                                                                                 (DOLLARS IN
                                                                                  THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                          <C>        <C>        <C>
Salaries and employee benefits.............................................  $   4,076  $   3,688            10.5%
Occupancy and equipment....................................................      1,862      2,006            (7.2)
Communication and transportation...........................................        426        436            (2.3)
Marketing and development..................................................        305        363           (16.0)
FDIC deposit insurance.....................................................         84         53            58.5
Supplies...................................................................        260        242             7.4
Other......................................................................      1,061      1,207           (12.1)
                                                                             ---------  ---------
Total......................................................................  $   8,074  $   7,995             1.0
                                                                             ---------  ---------
                                                                             ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
    Republic's staffing level declined to 406 full-time equivalent employees
(FTE's) at March 31, 1998, compared to 439 FTE's at March 31, 1997, primarily
due to the sale of the Western Kentucky banking centers. While total FTE's
decreased, salary and employee benefit expense increased 10.5% for the first
 
                                       44
<PAGE>
quarter 1998 over first quarter 1997. The increased payroll cost is primarily
attributable to the addition of more highly compensated technical staff, annual
merit increases and compensation paid to the mortgage banking staff.
 
    Occupancy and equipment expense decreased from $2.0 million in first quarter
1997 to $1.9 million for the comparable period in 1998. The decrease was
primarily due to the sale of the Western Kentucky banking centers.
 
COMPARISON OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AT MARCH 31, 1998 AND DECEMBER 31, 1997
 
    CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS.  Cash and cash equivalents increased from $24.5
million at December 31, 1997 to $51.0 million at March 31, 1998. This increase
was primarily comprised of funds generated by core retail deposits and other
borrowed funds.
 
    Cash due from banks decreased $3.2 million, while federal funds sold and
securities purchased under agreements to resell totaled $29.7 million. This
$29.7 million is primarily comprised of overnight reverse repurchase agreements
totaling $20.0 million with the remaining balance in overnight fed funds sold.
The overnight reverse repurchase agreements provided the Bank with additional
collateral which can be pledged against public deposits and short-term
borrowings.
 
    INVESTMENT SECURITIES.  Securities available for sale increased from $93.8
million at December 31, 1997 to $134.4 million at March 31, 1998. Republic
elected to invest funds from core retail deposits and maturing securities
previously held to maturity into securities available for sale in order to
provide for more flexibility in administration of the investment portfolio under
changing market conditions.
 
TABLE 20--INVESTMENT SECURITIES AVAILABLE FOR SALE
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                    AS OF MARCH 31, 1998
                                                                      ------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                   <C>         <C>         <C>          <C>
                                                                                                AVERAGE     WEIGHTED
                                                                       CARRYING                MATURITY      AVERAGE
                                                                        VALUE     FAIR VALUE   IN YEARS       YIELD
                                                                      ----------  ----------  -----------  -----------
 
<CAPTION>
                                                                      (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                   <C>         <C>         <C>          <C>
INVESTMENT SECURITIES AVAILABLE FOR SALE
U.S. Treasury and U.S. Government Agencies:
  Within one year...................................................  $   12,004  $   12,004         0.9         5.85%
  Over one year through five years..................................      80,496      80,496         2.0         5.64
                                                                      ----------  ----------
Total...............................................................      92,500      92,500         1.7         5.67
                                                                      ----------  ----------
Mortgage backed securities:
  Over five years through ten years.................................      14,285      14,285         6.4         6.29
  Over ten years....................................................      27,579      27,579        14.3         6.16
                                                                      ----------  ----------
Total...............................................................      41,864      41,864        11.6         6.20
                                                                      ----------  ----------
Total available for sale investment securities......................  $  134,364  $  134,364
                                                                      ----------  ----------
                                                                      ----------  ----------
</TABLE>
 
                                       45
<PAGE>
    Securities to be held to maturity decreased from $98.5 million at December
31, 1997 to $80.1 million at March 31, 1998. The decrease was due to
management's decision to reinvest maturing securities into securities available
for sale. Securities to be held to maturity consist primarily of U.S. Treasury
and U.S. Government Agencies with a range of maturities, none of which exceed
5.5 years.
 
TABLE 21--INVESTMENT SECURITIES HELD TO MATURITY
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                      AS OF MARCH 31, 1998
                                                                        ------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                     <C>        <C>          <C>          <C>
                                                                                                  AVERAGE     WEIGHTED
                                                                        CARRYING                 MATURITY      AVERAGE
                                                                          VALUE    FAIR VALUE    IN YEARS       YIELD
                                                                        ---------  -----------  -----------  -----------
 
<CAPTION>
                                                                        (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                     <C>        <C>          <C>          <C>
INVESTMENT SECURITIES HELD TO MATURITY
U.S. Treasury and U.S. Government Agencies:
  Within one year.....................................................  $  58,931   $  59,052          0.6         6.19%
  Over one year through five years....................................     11,303      11,143          3.2         5.67
  Over five years through ten years...................................      5,064       5,026          5.4         6.00
                                                                        ---------  -----------
Total.................................................................     75,298      75,221          1.3         6.10
                                                                        ---------  -----------
Obligations of state and political subdivisions:
  Within one year.....................................................         86          87          0.8         7.76
  Over one year through five years....................................        669         728          2.8         9.35
  Over five years through ten years...................................        800         923          7.3        11.03
  Over ten years......................................................      2,689       2,700         17.9        10.01
                                                                        ---------  -----------
Total.................................................................      4,244       4,438         15.1        10.19
                                                                        ---------  -----------
Mortgage backed securities:
  Over ten years......................................................        561         532         25.3         7.75
                                                                        ---------  -----------
TOTAL HELD TO MATURITY INVESTMENT SECURITIES..........................  $  80,103   $  80,191
                                                                        ---------  -----------
                                                                        ---------  -----------
</TABLE>
 
    LOANS.  Loans decreased from $794.9 million at December 31, 1997 to $783.5
million at March 31, 1998. The decrease in loans is primarily due to paydowns in
the Bank's unsecured consumer loan portfolio. Consumer loans decreased from
$82.0 million at December 31, 1997 to $74.0 million at March 31, 1998.
Approximately 44.6% of loans in the consumer portfolio are unsecured. The
unsecured consumer portfolio includes the "All Purpose" and "Pre-Approved" loan
programs. Republic's "All Purpose" loans, with total outstandings of $11.9
million at March 31, 1998 and $13.4 million at December 31, 1997, are originated
through Republic's banking centers. "Pre-Approved Loans," with total
outstandings of $21.2 million at March 31, 1998 and $24.9 million at December
31, 1997, were originated through direct mail, targeting clients both in and
outside of Republic's traditional markets. Management plans to continue to allow
the outstanding "All Purpose" and "Pre-Approved" portfolios to reduce in the
near term.
 
    While the residential real estate segment of the portfolio remained flat
from December 31, 1997, overall loan origination volume remains strong. The
majority of Republic's new fixed rate residential real estate originations are
being sold into the secondary market.
 
                                       46
<PAGE>
TABLE 22--LOANS BY TYPE
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            MARCH 31, 1998  DECEMBER 31, 1997
                                                            --------------  -----------------
                                                                     (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                         <C>             <C>
Real estate:
  Residential.............................................    $  480,820       $   480,874
  Construction............................................        39,539            37,940
  Commercial..............................................        74,462            76,306
Commercial................................................        22,042            21,552
Consumer..................................................       176,827           188,573
                                                            --------------        --------
Total loans...............................................    $  793,690       $   805,245
                                                            --------------        --------
                                                            --------------        --------
</TABLE>
 
    The table below illustrates Republic's fixed rate maturities and repricing
frequency for the loan portfolio:
 
TABLE 23--SELECTED LOAN DISTRIBUTION
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        AS OF MARCH 31, 1998
                                                    -------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                 <C>         <C>         <C>                 <C>
                                                                 ONE YEAR     OVER ONE YEAR      OVER FIVE YEARS
                                                      TOTAL      OR LESS    THROUGH FIVE YEARS  THROUGH TEN YEARS
                                                    ----------  ----------  ------------------  -----------------
 
<CAPTION>
                                                                           (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                 <C>         <C>         <C>                 <C>
Fixed rate maturities.............................  $  183,039  $   50,149     $     79,493         $  53,397
Variable rate repricing frequency.................     610,651     440,308          165,246             5,097
                                                    ----------  ----------         --------           -------
Total.............................................  $  793,690  $  490,457     $    244,739         $  58,494
                                                    ----------  ----------         --------           -------
                                                    ----------  ----------         --------           -------
</TABLE>
 
    ALLOWANCE AND PROVISION FOR LOAN LOSSES.  The allowance for loan losses
remained constant at $8.2 million from December 31, 1997 to March 31, 1998.
Republic's allowance to total loan ratio was 1.04% at March 31, 1998 compared to
1.02% at December 31, 1997.
 
    The provision for loan losses was $643,000 for the three months ended March
31, 1998, compared to $1.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 1997.
Net charge-offs decreased significantly from first quarter 1997 to first quarter
1998. Republic's unsecured consumer loan portfolio accounted for 85% of total
charge-offs during the first quarter of 1998 and 96% for the first quarter of
1997. Management anticipates that charge-offs in the unsecured loan portfolio
may continue at recent levels in the near future and believes, based on
information presently available, that it has adequately provided for those
losses at March 31, 1998.
 
    Table 24 below depicts the allowance activity by loan type for the three
months ended March 31, 1998 and 1997.
 
                                       47
<PAGE>
TABLE 24--SUMMARY OF LOAN LOSS EXPERIENCE
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                                                                  MARCH 31,
                                                                             --------------------
<S>                                                                          <C>        <C>
                                                                               1998       1997
                                                                             ---------  ---------
 
<CAPTION>
                                                                                 (DOLLARS IN
                                                                                  THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                          <C>        <C>
Allowance for loan losses at beginning of period...........................  $   8,176  $   6,241
Charge-offs
  Real estate..............................................................        (19)       (22)
  Commercial...............................................................                   (38)
  Consumer.................................................................       (683)    (1,375)
                                                                             ---------  ---------
    Total..................................................................       (702)    (1,435)
                                                                             ---------  ---------
Recoveries
  Real estate..............................................................          3         18
  Commercial...............................................................          4          0
  Consumer.................................................................        110        159
                                                                             ---------  ---------
    Total..................................................................        117        177
                                                                             ---------  ---------
Net loan charge-offs.......................................................       (585)    (1,258)
Provision for loan losses..................................................        643      1,298
                                                                             ---------  ---------
Allowance for loan losses at end of period.................................  $   8,234  $   6,281
                                                                             ---------  ---------
                                                                             ---------  ---------
Ratios:
  Allowance for loan losses to total loans.................................       1.04%       .82%
  Net loans charged off to average loans...................................        .29        .64
  Allowance for loan losses to non-performing loans........................        108         88
</TABLE>
 
TABLE 25--MANAGEMENT ALLOCATION OF THE ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       MARCH 31, 1998              DECEMBER 31, 1997
                                                                ----------------------------  ----------------------------
<S>                                                             <C>          <C>              <C>          <C>
                                                                 ALLOCATED     % OF LOANS      ALLOCATED     % OF LOANS
                                                                 ALLOWANCE   TO TOTAL LOANS    ALLOWANCE   TO TOTAL LOANS
                                                                -----------  ---------------  -----------  ---------------
 
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                             <C>          <C>              <C>          <C>
Real estate...................................................   $   3,590           74.9%     $   3,590           73.9%
Commercial....................................................          46            2.8             46            2.7
Consumer......................................................       4,598           22.3          4,540           23.4
                                                                -----------         -----     -----------         -----
Total.........................................................   $   8,234          100.0%     $   8,176          100.0%
                                                                -----------         -----     -----------         -----
                                                                -----------         -----     -----------         -----
</TABLE>
 
    MORTGAGE LOANS HELD FOR SALE.  Mortgage loans held for sale increased from
$10.0 million at December 31, 1997 to $26.1 million at March 31, 1998.
Republic's origination of mortgage loans for sale increased from $41 million
during the quarter ended December 31, 1997 to $73 million for the quarter ended
March 31, 1998. The increase in origination loan volume was the result of
favorable long-term interest rates and an increase in mortgage loan origination
staff. Republic anticipates that the volume of secondary market originations
will continue in the near term if long-term interest rates remain at current
levels. Also during the first quarter of 1998, Republic securitized
approximately $6 million in 15 year fixed rate mortgage loan originations. These
securities were subsequently sold for a modest gain during April of 1998.
 
    DEPOSITS.  Total deposits decreased marginally to $728.0 million at March
31, 1998 compared to $731.6 million at December 31, 1997. The decrease in
deposits was primarily the result of the sale of
 
                                       48
<PAGE>
deposits totaling $65.7 million at the Mayfield banking center. This decrease
was offset by solid growth in retail deposits. Republic's growth in retail
deposits was the result of management's emphasis on retail deposit gathering and
its cash management program. Republic hired a cash management specialist and has
designated a senior officer to focus on deposit growth initiatives.
 
TABLE 26--DEPOSITS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                AS OF             AS OF
                                                            MARCH 31, 1998  DECEMBER 31, 1997
                                                            --------------  -----------------
                                                                     (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                         <C>             <C>
Demand (NOW, Super NOW and Money Market)..................    $  136,710       $   118,870
Savings...................................................        11,178            12,165
Money market certificates of deposit......................        36,897            41,307
Individual retirement accounts............................        22,555            30,167
Certificates of deposit, $100,000 and over................        65,116            63,045
Other certificates of deposit.............................       332,016           352,478
Brokered deposits.........................................        47,697            47,653
                                                            --------------        --------
Total interest bearing deposits...........................       652,169           665,685
Total non-interest bearing deposits.......................        75,900            65,913
                                                            --------------        --------
Total.....................................................    $  782,069       $   731,598
                                                            --------------        --------
                                                            --------------        --------
</TABLE>
 
TABLE 27--MATURITY DISTRIBUTION ON CD'S OVER $100,000
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                    AS OF
                                                                                MARCH 31, 1998
                                                                                --------------
                                                                                (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                             <C>
Three months or less..........................................................    $   14,254
Over three months through six months..........................................        21,268
Over six months through twelve months.........................................        12,551
Over twelve months............................................................        17,043
                                                                                     -------
Total.........................................................................    $   65,116
                                                                                     -------
                                                                                     -------
</TABLE>
 
    OTHER BORROWED FUNDS.  Other borrowed funds which consist of FHLB advances
increased from $124.4 million at December 31, 1997 to $179.1 million at March
31, 1998. During the first quarter of 1998 Republic borrowed $60 million from
the FHLB to fund the sale of deposits in Mayfield. Republic presently has the
capacity to increase its borrowings from the FHLB up to approximately $310
million as of March 31, 1998.
 
ASSET QUALITY
 
    Loans, including impaired loans under SFAS 114 and 118 and excluding
consumer loans, are placed on non-accrual status when they become past due 90
days or more as to principal or interest, unless they are adequately secured and
in the process of collection. When loans are placed on non-accrual status, all
unpaid accrued interest is reversed. These loans remain on non-accrual status
until the borrower demonstrates the ability to remain current or the loan is
deemed uncollectible and is charged off. Consumer loans are not placed on
non-accrual status but are reviewed periodically and charged off when they reach
120 days past due and are deemed uncollectible. At March 31, 1998, Republic had
$587,000 in consumer loans 90 days or more past due compared to $497,000 at
December 31, 1997.
 
                                       49
<PAGE>
    Table 28 provides information related to non-performing assets and loans 90
days or more past due. Total non-performing assets increased slightly from
December 31, 1997 to March 31, 1998.
 
TABLE 28--NON-PERFORMING LOANS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       MARCH 31,   DECEMBER 31,
                                                                        1998(1)       1997(1)
                                                                      -----------  -------------
                                                                        (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                   <C>          <C>
Loans on non-accrual status(2)......................................   $   2,537     $   2,676
Loans past due 90 days or more......................................       5,084         4,459
                                                                      -----------       ------
Total non-performing loans..........................................       7,621         7,135
Other real estate owned.............................................         504            22
                                                                      -----------       ------
Total non-performing assets.........................................   $   8,125     $   7,157
                                                                      -----------       ------
                                                                      -----------       ------
Percentage of non-performing loans to total loans...................         .96%          .90%
Percentage of non-performing assets to total loans..................        1.02           .90
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
 
(1) The table is exclusive of impaired loans which remained on accrual status.
 
(2) Interest income that would have been earned and received on non-accrual
    loans was not material.
 
    Non-performing assets increased from $7.2 million at December 31, 1997 to
$8.1 million at March 31, 1998. This increase is largely comprised of loans 90
days or more past due and real estate owned, both of which are primarily secured
by 1-4 family residential loans. Non-performing loans increased from $7.1
million at December 31, 1997 to $7.6 million at March 31, 1998. Management does
not consider the increase in non-performing assets to be material.
 
    Republic defines impaired loans to be those commercial real estate and
commercial loans greater than $499,999 that management has classified as
doubtful (collection of all amounts due is highly questionable or improbable) or
loss (all or a portion of the loan has been written off or a specific allowance
for loss has been provided). Republic's policy is to charge off all or that
portion of its investment in an impaired loan upon a determination it is
probable the full amount will not be collected.
 
LIQUIDITY
 
    Republic's objectives include preserving an adequate liquidity position.
Asset/liability management control is designed to ensure safety and soundness,
maintain liquidity and regulatory capital standards, and achieve an acceptable
net interest margin. Republic continues to experience strong loan demand and
management continues to monitor interest rate and liquidity risk while
implementing appropriate funding and balance sheet strategies.
 
    Republic maintains sufficient liquidity in order to fund loan demand and
deposit withdrawals. Liquidity is managed by retaining sufficient liquid assets
in the form of investment securities and core deposits to meet funding
requirements. Additional funding and cash flows can also be realized from
paydowns within the loan portfolio. Republic has established lines of credit
with other financial institutions, the FHLB and brokerage firms. While Republic
utilizes a variety of funding sources in order to meet its liquidity
requirements, the utilization of FHLB borrowings remains a material component of
management's balance sheet strategies. As of March 31, 1998, these FHLB
borrowings totaled $179.1 million.
 
CAPITAL
 
    Consolidated stockholders' equity increased from $68.4 million at December
31, 1997 to $73.4 million at March 31, 1998, a 7.4% increase. The increase was
primarily attributable to the gain on sale of the deposits and related fixed
assets at the Mayfield banking center, supported by core earnings. At March 31,
1998, Republic exceeded the Federal Reserve Board's regulatory definition of "a
well capitalized" institution. See Note 14 to the Consolidated Financial
Statements.
 
                                       50
<PAGE>
    Kentucky banking regulations limit the amount of dividends that may be paid
to Republic by the Bank without prior approval of the Bank's regulatory agency.
Under these regulations, the amount of dividends that may be paid in any
calendar year is limited to the Bank's current year's net income, as defined in
the regulations, combined with the retained net income of the preceding two
years, less any dividends declared during those periods. At March 31, 1998, the
Bank had $13 million of retained earnings available for payment of dividends.
 
ASSET/LIABILITY MANAGEMENT AND MARKET RISK
 
    Asset/liability management control is designed to ensure safety and
soundness, maintain liquidity and regulatory capital standards, and achieve
acceptable net interest income. Management considers interest rate risk to be
Republic's most significant market risk. Interest rate risk is the exposure to
adverse changes in the net interest income as a result of market fluctuations in
interest rates.
 
    Republic uses an earnings simulation model to analyze net interest income
sensitivity. Potential changes in market interest rates and their subsequent
effect on interest income is then evaluated. The model projects the effect of
instantaneous movements in interest rates of both 100 and 200 basis points.
Assumptions based on the historical behavior of Republic's deposit rates and
balances in relation to changes in interest rates are also incorporated into the
model. These assumptions are inherently uncertain and, as a result, the model
cannot precisely measure net interest income or precisely predict the impact of
fluctuations in market interest rates on net interest income. Actual results
will differ from the model's simulated results due to timing, magnitude, and
frequency of interest rate changes as well as changes in market conditions and
the application of various management strategies.
 
    The following table illustrates Republic's estimated annualized earnings
sensitivity profile as of March 31, 1998:
 
TABLE 29--INTEREST RATE SENSITIVITY
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     DECREASE IN RATES                    INCREASE IN RATES
                                                  ------------------------             ------------------------
                                                      200          100                     100          200
                                                     BASIS        BASIS                   BASIS        BASIS
                                                    POINTS       POINTS       BASE       POINTS       POINTS
                                                  -----------  -----------  ---------  -----------  -----------
                                                                     (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                               <C>          <C>          <C>        <C>          <C>
PROJECTED INTEREST INCOME
Loans...........................................   $  64,714    $  70,051   $  75,240   $  80,089    $  84,702
Investments.....................................      12,774       13,300      13,876      14,298       14,717
Short-term investments..........................       1,280        1,670       2,070       2,471        2,866
                                                  -----------  -----------  ---------  -----------  -----------
TOTAL INTEREST INCOME...........................   $  78,769    $  85,021   $  91,186   $  96,858    $ 102,285
 
PROJECTED INTEREST EXPENSE
Deposits........................................   $  30,378    $  32,536   $  34,670   $  36,842    $  39,412
Other borrowings................................      10,764       12,691      14,618      16,545       18,472
                                                  -----------  -----------  ---------  -----------  -----------
TOTAL INTEREST EXPENSE..........................      41,142       45,227      49,288      53,387       57,884
                                                  -----------  -----------  ---------  -----------  -----------
NET INTEREST INCOME.............................   $  37,627    $  39,794   $  41,898   $  43,471    $  44,401
Change from base................................      (4,271)      (2,104)     --           1,573        2,503
% Change from base..............................      (10.19)%      (5.02)%    --            3.75%        5.97%
</TABLE>
 
    The interest rate sensitivity profile of Republic at any point in time will
be effected by a number of factors. These factors include the mix of interest
sensitive assets and liabilities as well as their relative pricing schedules.
 
RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS
 
    See Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for a discussion of
recent accounting pronouncements.
 
                                       51
<PAGE>
                             PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS
 
    The following table sets forth certain information regarding the beneficial
ownership of Republic's Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock held by
each person who is known by Republic to own beneficially more than five percent
(5%) of each such class as of May 31, 1998, and as adjusted to reflect the sale
of 2,140,000 shares of Class A Common Stock by the Company and the Selling
Shareholder in the Offering. Except as otherwise indicated, no person named in
the table shares voting or investment power with respect to his or her
beneficially owned shares.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                SHARES BENEFICIALLY OWNED
                                                               -----------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                       AS ADJUSTED, TO
                                                                       AS OF MAY 31, 1998            REFLECT THE OFFERING
                                                               -----------------------------------  ----------------------
                                               CLASS OF                                  VOTING
5% SHAREHOLDERS                              COMMON STOCK       NUMBER      PERCENT       POWER      NUMBER      PERCENT
- ----------------------------------------  -------------------  ---------  -----------  -----------  ---------  -----------
<S>                                       <C>                  <C>        <C>          <C>          <C>        <C>
Mr. Bernard M. Trager ..................               A       7,696,986(1)       61.4%       63.1% 7,296,986(1)       51.1%
601 West Market Street                                 B       1,545,858(2)       63.9              1,545,858(2)       63.9
Louisville, Kentucky 40202
 
Steven E. Trager .......................               A       6,554,396(3)       52.3%       42.1% 6,554,396(3)       45.9%
601 West Market Street                                 B         889,678(4)       36.8                889,678(4)       36.8
Louisville, Kentucky 40202
 
Scott Trager ...........................               A       6,625,606(5)       52.8%       42.7% 6,625,606(5)       46.4%
601 West Market Street                                 B         903,920(6)       37.4                903,920(6)       37.4
Louisville, Kentucky 40202
 
Sheldon Gilman, Trustee ................               A       6,524,396(7)       52.0%       41.8% 6,524,396(7)       45.7%
for the grandchildren of                               B         883,678(8)       36.5                883,678(8)       36.5
Bernard M. Trager
500 Meidinger Tower
462 S. Fourth St.
Louisville, Kentucky 40202
 
Jaytee Properties(10) ..................               A       6,524,396(9)       52.0%       41.8% 6,524,396(9)       45.7%
Limited Partnership                                    B         883,678(9)       36.5                883,678(9)       36.5
7413 Cedar Bluff Court
Prospect, Kentucky 40059
 
<CAPTION>
                                            VOTING
5% SHAREHOLDERS                              POWER
- ----------------------------------------  -----------
<S>                                       <C>
Mr. Bernard M. Trager ..................        59.2%
601 West Market Street
Louisville, Kentucky 40202
Steven E. Trager .......................        40.2%
601 West Market Street
Louisville, Kentucky 40202
Scott Trager ...........................        40.7%
601 West Market Street
Louisville, Kentucky 40202
Sheldon Gilman, Trustee ................        39.9%
for the grandchildren of
Bernard M. Trager
500 Meidinger Tower
462 S. Fourth St.
Louisville, Kentucky 40202
Jaytee Properties(10) ..................        39.9%
Limited Partnership
7413 Cedar Bluff Court
Prospect, Kentucky 40059
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------------
 
 (1) Includes 6,524,396 shares held of record by Jaytee Properties Limited
     Partnership ("Jaytee") of which Mr. Bernard M. Trager is a general partner
     and Mrs. Jean S. Trager, his wife, is a limited partner.
 
 (2) Includes 883,678 shares held of record by Jaytee of which Mr. Bernard M.
     Trager is a general partner and Mrs. Jean S. Trager, his wife, is a limited
     partner, and 116,544 shares owned by Mrs. Jean S. Trager.
 
 (3) Includes 6,524,396 shares held of record by Jaytee of which Mr. Steven E.
     Trager is a general partner and Mr. Trager's two minor children are limited
     partners.
 
 (4) Includes 883,678 shares held of record by Jaytee of which Mr. Steven E.
     Trager is a general partner and Mr. Trager's two minor children are limited
     partners.
 
 (5) Includes 6,524,396 shares held of record by Jaytee of which Mr. Scott
     Trager is a limited partner and over which he shares the power to vote. Mr.
     Scott Trager shares the power to vote these shares with Mr. Bernard M.
     Trager, Mr. Steven E. Trager and Mr. Sheldon Gilman, as trustee.
 
 (6) Includes 883,678 shares held of record by Jaytee of which Mr. Scott Trager
     is a limited partner. Mr. Scott Trager shares the power to vote these
     shares with Mr. Bernard M. Trager, Mr. Steven E. Trager and Mr. Sheldon
     Gilman, as trustee.
 
 (7) Includes 6,524,396 shares held of record by Jaytee of which Mr. Sheldon
     Gilman is a limited partner, as trustee for the grandchildren of Mr.
     Bernard M. Trager. Mr. Sheldon Gilman shares the power to vote these shares
     with Mr. Bernard M. Trager, Mr. Steven E. Trager and Mr. Scott Trager.
 
 (8) Includes 883,678 shares held of record by Jaytee of which Mr. Sheldon
     Gilman is a limited partner, as trustee for the grandchildren of Mr.
     Bernard M. Trager. Mr. Sheldon Gilman shares the power to vote these shares
     with Mr. Bernard M. Trager, Mr. Steven E. Trager and Mr. Scott Trager.
 
                                       52
<PAGE>
 (9) Jaytee is a limited partnership of which Mr. Bernard M. Trager and Mr.
     Steven E. Trager are general partners. The shares of Common Stock
     beneficially owned by Jaytee are also shown in the above table as being
     beneficially owned by Mr. Bernard M. Trager, Mr. Steven E. Trager, Mr.
     Scott Trager and Mr. Sheldon Gilman, trustee, who share voting and
     investment power over the shares held by the partnership. The following
     table provides information about the units of Jaytee owned by directors and
     officers of Republic:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  PERCENT OF
NAME                                                          NO. OF UNITS        OUTSTANDING
- -----------------------------------------------------------  --------------  ---------------------
<S>                                                          <C>             <C>
Bernard M. Trager..........................................       1,312,351(a)           65.62%
Steven E. Trager...........................................         360,564(b)           18.03
Scott Trager...............................................           2,020             0.10
</TABLE>
 
       a)  Includes 639,121 units held by Mr. Bernard M. Trager's wife.
 
       b)  Includes 271,080 units held in a revocable trust and 89,484 units
         held for the benefit of Mr. Steven E. Trager's minor children.
 
 (10) Jaytee currently plans to transfer, subject to the receipt of all required
      regulatory clearances, substantially all of the shares of Common Stock
      owned by it to a family qualified limited partnership structured to
      qualify for an exemption under the Bank Holding Company Act which Jaytee
      cannot currently meet. Such a transfer would not change the ultimate
      beneficial ownership of the transferred Common Stock.
 
                              SELLING SHAREHOLDER
 
    A total of 400,000 shares of Class A Common Stock are being sold in the
Offering by Mr. Bernard M. Trager, Republic's Chairman and, prior to 1997, CEO.
The Company and the Selling Shareholder have entered into a Purchase Agreement
pursuant to which the Selling Shareholder will bear the underwriting discount
applicable to the shares sold by him, and the Company and the Selling
Shareholder will indemnify the Underwriters from certain liabilities, including
liabilities under the Securities Act. Information concerning the number of
shares of Class A Common Stock currently beneficially owned by the Selling
Shareholder and the number of shares of Class A Common Stock that will be
beneficially owned by the Selling Shareholder upon completion of the Offering is
set forth in the table under "PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS." For information
concerning the Selling Shareholder's positions, offices and material
relationships with Republic and the Bank, see "MANAGEMENT" and "CERTAIN
RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS."
 
                                       53
<PAGE>
                                   MANAGEMENT
 
DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF REPUBLIC
 
    Republic's board of directors currently consists of nine persons. The
following table sets forth the names of the members of the board of directors of
Republic, their ages and principal occupations during the past five years, the
year in which each became a director and the amount and percent of Common Stock
beneficially owned by each director on March 31, 1998. The table also includes,
as designated, Republic's executive officers.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                     CLASS OF
                                                                       DIRECTOR       COMMON
NAME, AGE AND PRINCIPAL OCCUPATION DURING THE PAST FIVE YEARS            SINCE         STOCK        NUMBER     PERCENT
- --------------------------------------------------------------------  -----------  -------------  ----------  ---------
<S>                                                                   <C>          <C>            <C>         <C>
BERNARD M. TRAGER, 69, served as Chairman of Republic since 1982.           1982             A     7,696,986(1)      61.4%
From 1982 through 1997, he also served as CEO of Republic. He served                         B     1,545,858(2)      63.9
as Chairman of the Bank from 1983 through 1997.
 
STEVEN E. TRAGER, 37, began serving as President and CEO of Republic        1988             A     6,554,396(1)      52.3%
in 1998. From 1994 to 1997 he served as Vice Chairman and Secretary                          B       889,678(2)      36.8
of Republic. From 1993 to 1994 he served as General Counsel of the
Bank. In 1990, he was promoted from Vice President, General Counsel
and Secretary to Senior Vice President, General Counsel and
Secretary of the Bank. In 1998, he began serving as Chairman and CEO
of the Bank.
 
SCOTT TRAGER, 45, has served as Vice Chairman of Republic since 1994        1990             A     6,625,606(1)      52.8%
and has served as President of the Bank since 1984.                                          B       903,920(2)      37.4
 
E. WILLIAM PETTER, JR., 48, began serving as Vice Chairman and Chief        1995             A        73,000         .6%
Operating Officer of Republic during 1997. From 1995 to 1997 he                              B        14,600         .6
served as Vice Chairman and Chief Financial Officer. He has served
as Executive Vice President of the Bank since 1993 and served as
Chief Financial Officer of the Bank from 1993 to 1997. From 1990 to
1993 he served as Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
of the Bank.
 
R. WAYNE STRATTON, 50, is a partner in the CPA firm of Jones, Nale &        1995             A         8,500(3)        .1%
Mattingly PLC.                                                                               B         1,700(4)        .1
 
LARRY M. HAYES, 50, is president of Midwest Construction Company,           1995             A        33,470(5)        .3%
Inc., Lexington, Kentucky.                                                                   B         4,694         .2
 
A. WALLACE GRAFTON, JR., 60, is a partner at Wyatt, Tarrant & Combs         1998             A        51,940(6)        .4%
law firm.                                                                                    B        10,388(7)        .4
 
SAMUEL G. SWOPE, 71, is the Chairman of Sam Swope Auto Group, Inc.          1998             A        33,470(8)        .3%
                                                                                             B         5,694         .2
 
D. HARRY JONES, 67, is an Executive Vice President of Jones Plastic         1995             A        38,470(9)        .3%
and Engineering Corporation.                                                                 B         5,694         .2
</TABLE>
 
                                       54
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                     CLASS OF
                                                                       DIRECTOR       COMMON
NAME, AGE AND PRINCIPAL OCCUPATION DURING THE PAST FIVE YEARS            SINCE         STOCK        NUMBER     PERCENT
- --------------------------------------------------------------------  -----------  -------------  ----------  ---------
<S>                                                                   <C>          <C>            <C>         <C>
NON-DIRECTOR EXECUTIVE OFFICER:
 
MARK A. VOGT, 29, has served as Chief Financial Officer of Republic                          A         2,600     --
since May, 1998, and has served as Chief Financial and Accounting                            B           200     --
Officer of the Bank since October 1997. He joined the Bank in 1995
as Vice President of Finance and has served as Senior Vice President
of the Bank since 1996. Prior to joining the Bank, he served as a
certified public accountant with Deloitte & Touche LLP.
 
All directors and executive officers as a group (10 persons)                                 A     8,069,646       64.4%
                                                                                             B     1,614,970       66.8%
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
 
 (1) Includes 6,524,396 shares of Class A Common Stock in the name of Jaytee.
     Messrs. Bernard M. Trager, Steven E. Trager, Scott Trager and Sheldon
     Gilman, Trustee for Mr. Bernard M. Trager's grandchildren, share voting and
     investment power over these shares. See the table and accompanying notes
     under the heading "PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS".
 
 (2) Includes 883,678 shares of Class B Common Stock in the name of Jaytee.
     Messrs. Bernard M. Trager, Steven E. Trager, Scott Trager and Sheldon
     Gilman, Trustee for Mr. Bernard M. Trager's grandchildren, share voting and
     investment power over these shares. See the table and the accompanying
     notes under the heading "PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS."
 
 (3) Includes 3,500 shares held jointly with his wife and 5,000 shares held by
     his wife.
 
 (4) Includes 700 shares held jointly with his wife and 1,000 shares held by his
     wife.
 
 (5) Includes 10,000 shares that can be acquired upon conversion of Trust
     Preferred securities.
 
 (6) Includes 51,590 shares held by his wife.
 
 (7) Includes 10,318 shares held by his wife.
 
 (8) Includes 5,000 shares that can be acquired upon conversion of Trust
     Preferred securities.
 
 (9) Includes 10,000 shares that can be acquired upon conversion of Trust
     Preferred securities.
 
    None of the Republic directors holds any directorships in companies with a
class of securities registered pursuant to Section 12 of the Securities Exchange
Act or subject to the requirements of Section 15(d) of such Act or any company
registered as an investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as
amended.
 
                                       55
<PAGE>
    The directors of Republic were elected at the most recent annual meeting of
shareholders held on January 12, 1998, to a one year term. The executive
officers of Republic are selected by the board of directors and hold office at
the discretion of the board of directors. The following table shows the family
relationships between certain directors and executive officers:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           RELATIONSHIP WITH OTHER
      NAME OF DIRECTOR/EXECUTIVE OFFICER                 DIRECTORS/EXECUTIVE OFFICERS
- ----------------------------------------------  ----------------------------------------------
<S>                                             <C>
              Bernard M. Trager                           Father of Steven E. Trager
                                                            Uncle of Scott Trager
 
               Steven E. Trager                            Son of Bernard M. Trager
                                                            Cousin of Scott Trager
 
                 Scott Trager                            Nephew of Bernard M. Trager
                                                          Cousin of Steven E. Trager
</TABLE>
 
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
 
    The following table sets forth the total compensation of the named executive
officers of Republic for services rendered in all capacities during the years
ended December 31, 1997, 1996, and 1995.
 
SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                               LONG TERM
                                                                                             COMPENSATION
                                                        ANNUAL COMPENSATION                     AWARDS
                                          ------------------------------------------------  ---------------
                                                                                 OTHER        SECURITIES
                                                                                ANNUAL        UNDERLYING       ALL OTHER
NAME & PRINCIPAL POSITION                   YEAR      SALARY     BONUS(1)    COMPENSATION       OPTIONS      COMPENSATION
- ----------------------------------------  ---------  ---------  -----------  -------------  ---------------  -------------
<S>                                       <C>        <C>        <C>          <C>            <C>              <C>
Bernard M. Trager ......................       1997  $ 220,000   $ 170,000     $  12,646(2)       --           $  55,155(5)
  Chairman and Director                        1996    220,000      90,000        12,703(3)       --              61,216(6)
                                               1995    220,000     100,000        10,885(4)       --              60,856(7)
 
Steven E. Trager .......................       1997  $ 160,000   $  80,000     $   9,088(2)       --           $   9,160(5)
  President, CEO and Director                  1996    160,000      --             7,062(3)       --               7,281(6)
                                               1995    160,000     100,000         8,260(4)       60,000(8)        6,921(7)
 
L. Lee Kinsolving, Jr. .................       1997  $ 160,000   $  80,000     $   7,371(2)       --           $   7,160(5)
  Vice Chairman and Director(10)               1996    160,000      --             6,676(3)       --               7,185(6)
                                               1995    160,000     100,000         6,334(4)       60,000(8)        6,825(7)
 
Scott Trager ...........................       1997  $ 160,000   $  80,000     $   6,901(2)       --           $   9,160(5)
  Vice Chairman and Director                   1996    160,000      --             5,171(3)       --               7,185(6)
                                               1995    160,000     100,000         6,046(4)       60,000(8)        6,825(7)
 
E. William Petter, Jr. .................       1997  $ 160,000   $  80,000     $   9,600(2)       --           $   9,160(5)
  Vice Chairman and Director                   1996    160,000      --             9,600(3)       --               7,494(6)
                                               1995    160,000     100,000         9,600(4)       60,000(8)        7,134(7)
 
Mark A. Vogt ...........................       1997  $ 100,000   $  18,000        --              --           $   5,379(5)
  Senior Vice President, CFO and CAO           1996     83,000       9,000        --              --               4,058(6)
                                               1995     65,000      12,300        --              20,000(9)          563(7)
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
 
 (1) Represents incentive bonuses awarded after year-end for achievement of
     corporate, individual and organizational objectives in fiscal years 1997,
     1996 and 1995.
 
 (2) Includes amounts paid for membership dues ($6,986 for Bernard M. Trager,
     $5,488 for Steven E. Trager, $6,883 for L. Lee Kinsolving, Jr., and $5,988
     for Scott Trager), car allowance ($9,600 for Mr. Petter) and allocated
     personal use of Company car ($5,660 for Bernard M. Trager, $3,600 for
     Steven E. Trager, $488 for L. Lee Kinsolving, Jr., and $913 for Scott
     Trager).
 
                                       56
<PAGE>
 (3) Includes amounts paid for membership dues ($7,065 for Bernard M. Trager,
     $3,474 for Steven E. Trager, $5,359 for L. Lee Kinsolving, Jr., $4,296 for
     Scott Trager), car allowance ($9,600 for Mr. Petter) and allocated personal
     use of Company car ($5,638 for Bernard M. Trager, $3,588 for Steven E.
     Trager, $1,317 for L. Lee Kinsolving, Jr., and $875 for Scott Trager).
 
 (4) Includes amounts paid for membership dues ($5,247 for Bernard M. Trager,
     $4,086 for Steven E. Trager, $5,359 for L. Lee Kinsolving, Jr., $4,296 for
     Scott Trager), car allowance ($9,600 for Mr. Petter) and allocated personal
     use of Company car ($5,638 for Bernard M. Trager, $4,174 for Steven E.
     Trager, $975 for L. Lee Kinsolving, Jr., and $1,750 for Scott Trager).
 
 (5) Includes matching contributions to 401(k) Retirement Plan, ($6,000 for
     Bernard M. Trager, $6,000 for Steven E. Trager, $4,000 for L. Lee
     Kinsolving, Jr., $6,000 for Scott Trager, $6,000 for E. William Petter,
     Jr., and $3,587 for Mark A. Vogt), amount paid on split dollar life
     insurance policy ($45,665 for Bernard M. Trager), and on life and
     disability insurance policies ($3,490 for Bernard M. Trager and $3,160 each
     for Steven E. Trager, L. Lee Kinsolving, Jr., Scott Trager and E. William
     Petter, Jr., and $1,792 for Mark A. Vogt).
 
 (6) Includes matching contributions to 401(k) Retirement Plan, ($5,625 for
     Bernard M. Trager, $5,625 for Steven E. Trager, $5,721 for L. Lee
     Kinsolving, Jr., $5,625 for Scott Trager, $5,625 for E. William Petter, Jr.
     and $2,689 for Mark A. Vogt), amount paid on split dollar life insurance
     policy ($54,031 for Bernard M. Trager) and on life and disability insurance
     policies ($1,560 for each of Bernard M. Trager, Steven E. Trager, L. Lee
     Kinsolving, Jr., Scott Trager, and E. William Petter, Jr. and $1,369 for
     Mark A. Vogt).
 
 (7) Includes matching contributions to 401(k) Retirement Plan, ($5,625 for
     Bernard M. Trager, $5,721 for Steven E. Trager, $5,625 for L. Lee
     Kinsolving, Jr., $5,625 for Scott Trager, and $5,934 for E. William Petter,
     Jr.), amount paid on split dollar life insurance policy ($54,031 for
     Bernard M. Trager) and on life and disability insurance policies ($1,200
     for each of Bernard M. Trager, Steven E. Trager, L. Lee Kinsolving, Jr.,
     Scott Trager, and E. William Petter, Jr. and $563 for Mark A. Vogt).
 
 (8) Includes options for 50,000 shares of Class A Common Stock and 10,000
     shares of Class B Common Stock.
 
 (9) Includes options for 20,000 shares of Class A Common Stock.
 
 (10) L. Lee Kinsolving retired as an executive officer of Republic in November
      1997.
 
STOCK OPTIONS
 
    During 1997, no stock options were granted to executive officers.
 
    The following table provides information about stock options outstanding at
December 31, 1997.
 
                AGGREGATED OPTION EXERCISES IN LAST FISCAL YEAR
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                NUMBER OF SECURITIES
                                                                               UNDERLYING UNEXERCISED
                                             SHARES                         OPTIONS AT DECEMBER 31, 1997
                             CLASS OF      ACQUIRED ON      VALUE     ----------------------------------------
NAME                       COMMON STOCK     EXERCISE     REALIZED(1)     EXERCISABLE (#)     UNEXERCISABLE (#)
- -------------------------  -------------  -------------  -----------  ---------------------  -----------------
<S>                        <C>            <C>            <C>          <C>                    <C>
Bernard M. Trager........            A                                              0               --
                                     B                                              0               --
 
Steven E. Trager.........            A          5,000     $   4,980                 0               45,000
                                     B          1,000     $   1,150                 0                9,000
 
Scott Trager.............            A                                              0               50,000
                                     B                                              0               10,000
 
E. William Petter, Jr....            A                                              0               50,000
                                     B                                              0               10,000
 
Mark A. Vogt.............            A                                              0               20,000
                                     B                                              0               --
 
<CAPTION>
                               VALUE OF UNEXERCISED IN-THE-MONEY
                                  OPTIONS AT DECEMBER 31, 1997
                           ------------------------------------------
                                                     UNEXERCISABLE
NAME                          EXERCISABLE (#)           (#)(1)
- -------------------------  ---------------------  -------------------
<S>                        <C>                    <C>
Bernard M. Trager........                0                     0
                                         0                     0
Steven E. Trager.........                0             $  43,650
                                         0             $   8,730
Scott Trager.............                0             $  65,000
                                         0             $  13,000
E. William Petter, Jr....                0             $  65,000
                                         0             $  13,000
Mark A. Vogt.............                0                     0
                                         0                --
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
 
(1)  Republic's Common Stock has no established public trading market. For
     purposes of this table, value is based on closing book value per share on
     December 31, 1997 of $4.58 minus the exercise price.
 
                                       57
<PAGE>
COMPENSATION COMMITTEE INTERLOCKS AND INSIDER PARTICIPATION
 
    Certain directors and executive officers, including certain members of the
Human Resources and Compensation Committee of the Bank, were clients of and had
transactions with Republic during 1997. During 1997, the members of the
committee were Karen Bearden, Harry Jones, Gordon Duke and Charles Weisberg, and
this committee set the compensation for the Bank's executive officers.
Transactions which involved loans or commitments by the Bank were made in the
ordinary course of business and on substantially the same terms, including
interest rates and collateral, as those prevailing at the time for comparable
transactions with other persons and did not involve more than normal risk of
collectibility or present other unfavorable features. The Bank's Human Resources
and Compensation Committee considers recommendations of the Chairman and CEO
regarding executive compensation as part of the committee's deliberations.
 
DEATH BENEFIT AGREEMENT
 
    The Bank entered into a death benefit agreement with Mr. Bernard M. Trager
which became effective September 10, 1996. This agreement provides for the
payment of three years compensation to the estate of Mr. Bernard M. Trager in
the event of death while a full-time employee of the Bank. In the event of a
change in control the agreement terminates.
 
CHANGE IN CONTROL ARRANGEMENTS
 
    Republic entered into officer compensation continuation agreements with each
of Steven E. Trager, Scott Trager, L. Lee Kinsolving, Jr., and E. William
Petter, Jr., which became effective January 1995, and Mark A. Vogt, which became
effective October 1997. These agreements provide for the payment of the
executive officer's base salary and continuation of such executive officer's
other employment benefits for up to a period of two years in the event of a
change in control of Republic. In addition, any stock options or other similar
rights will become immediately exercisable upon a change in control which
results in termination. For purposes of these agreements, a change in control
includes a substantial reduction in the voting power of the stock held by the
Trager family. L. Lee Kinsolving's agreement terminated upon his retirement,
effective December 31, 1997.
 
COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS
 
    As of December 31, 1997, no directors were paid for their services rendered
to Republic. During 1997, certain directors of Republic received fees from the
Bank for services rendered as Bank directors as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                  <C>
R. Wayne Stratton..................................................  $  10,900
Larry M. Hayes(1)..................................................      9,525
A. Wallace Grafton, Jr.(1).........................................      9,150
Samuel G. Swope....................................................      8,150
D. Harry Jones.....................................................      8,400
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
 
(1) See also the following discussion under the heading "CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS
    AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS".
 
    Directors of Republic who do not also serve as directors of the Bank
currently receive director's fees of $1,350 for each board meeting attended and
fees within the range from $250 to $475 for each committee meeting attended.
 
                                       58
<PAGE>
                 CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS
 
    LEASING ARRANGEMENTS.  Republic leases space in three buildings, as well as
land owned by Mr. Bernard M. Trager, Chairman of Republic, and Jean Trager, his
wife, and partnerships in which they own controlling interests, including
Jaytee. Jaytee is a significant shareholder of Republic, and relatives of Mr.
Bernard M. Trager, including Steven E. Trager and Scott Trager, directors and
executive officers of Republic, are also partners in Jaytee. See note (9) to the
table under "PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS." The buildings include Republic Corporate
Center, which serves as both a downtown banking center and administrative
headquarters and is owned and leased by TEECO Properties, a partnership in which
Mr. and Mrs. Bernard M. Trager are the general partners, as well as the
Hurstbourne Parkway and Bardstown Road banking centers, which are owned and
leased by Jaytee. The leased land is located on U.S. Highway 22 where Republic
currently has a temporary banking center and is owned and leased by Jaytee.
Altogether, these affiliate leases approximate 70,500 square feet and the Bank
pays approximately $99,600 per month with lease terms expiring through June 30,
2003.
 
    Each of the above transactions were obtained on terms comparable to those
which could have been obtained from an unaffiliated party.
 
    TRANSACTIONS WITH DIRECTORS.  The law firm of Wyatt, Tarrant & Combs
provides legal services to Republic. A. Wallace Grafton, Jr., a director of the
Bank and Republic, is a partner in Wyatt, Tarrant & Combs. Fees paid by Republic
to Wyatt, Tarrant & Combs totaled $30,801 in 1997.
 
    During 1997, the Bank paid $245,424 to Midwest Construction Company, Inc.
for banking center construction. Larry Hayes, a director of the Bank and
Republic is President of Midwest Construction Company, Inc.
 
    OTHER TRANSACTIONS.  Steven E. Trager, a director and executive officer, and
Shelley Trager Kusman, the daughter of Mr. Bernard M. Trager, and Jean Trager,
Mr. Bernard M. Trager's wife, are directors of Bankers Insurance Agency, Inc., a
title insurance agency which provides title insurance coverage to clients of
Republic. These services resulted in commissions to Bankers Insurance Agency of
$496,000 in 1997. The majority owner of Bankers Insurance Agency is Shelley
Trager Kusman. Minority shareholders in Bankers Insurance Agency include Steven
E. Trager, Jean Trager, and the grandchildren of Mr. Bernard M. Trager: Michael
Kusman, Andrew Kusman, Brett Kusman, Kevin Trager and Emily Trager. Steven E.
Trager and Shelley Trager Kusman are children of Mr. Bernard M. Trager.
 
    Bankers Insurance Agency had a similar relationship with Republic Savings
Bank, FSB, before the Savings Bank and Republic Bank of Shelby County combined
with Republic in 1994. At the time the Office of Thrift Supervision ("OTS")
maintained that the Savings Bank had federal statutory authority to conduct the
title insurance business then being conducted by Bankers Insurance Agency and
that the Savings Bank and all of its shareholders should benefit from the income
generated. The management of Savings Bank did not consider the relationship with
Bankers Insurance Agency to be inappropriate. However, to facilitate the
combination and to resolve the matter promptly, Mr. Bernard M. Trager and Steven
E. Trager voluntarily entered into a Stipulation and Consent to a Cease and
Desist Order for Restitution with the OTS relating to Bankers Insurance Agency.
They paid the Savings Bank $488,127 in restitution and paid the OTS $15,000 for
expenses incurred in resolving the matter. In addition, Mr. Bernard M. Trager
and Steven E. Trager voluntarily paid $17,272 in civil penalties.
 
    Since the 1994 combination, the Bank has continued its relationship with
Bankers Insurance Agency, Inc., given the limitations imposed under the Kentucky
banking statutes prohibiting a majority shareholder of a state bank (including a
bank holding company and, by extension, the subsidiary bank itself) to act as
agent for title insurance. These statutory limitations have been removed
effective July 15, 1998. Accordingly, Republic's board of directors will examine
the appropriateness of the Bank acting as a title insurance agent after that
time.
 
                                       59
<PAGE>
    INDEBTEDNESS OF MANAGEMENT.  Federal banking laws require that all loans or
extensions of credit by the Bank to its executive officers and directors be made
on substantially the same terms, including interest rate and collateral, as
those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with the general public
and must not involve more than the normal risk of repayment or present other
unfavorable features. In addition, loans made to Bank directors must be approved
in advance by a majority of the disinterested members of the board of directors.
 
    The Bank has made loans to executive officers, holders of ten percent (10%)
or more of the shares of any class of its common stock and affiliates and
directors in the ordinary course of business, on substantially the same terms,
including interest rate and collateral, as those prevailing at the time for
comparable transactions with other persons, which loans do not involve more than
the normal risk of collectibility or present other unfavorable features. As of
December 31, 1997, directors and executive officers of Republic had loans
outstanding of $4.7 million.
 
                           SUPERVISION AND REGULATION
 
    The supervision and regulation of bank holding companies and their
subsidiaries is intended primarily for the protection of depositors, the deposit
insurance funds of the FDIC and the banking system as a whole, and not for the
protection of the bank holding company shareholders or creditors. The banking
agencies have broad enforcement power over bank holding companies and banks
including the power to impose substantial fines and other penalties for
violations of laws and regulations.
 
    The following description summarizes some of the laws to which the Company
and the Bank are subject. References herein to applicable statutes and
regulations are brief summaries thereof, do not purport to be complete, and are
qualified in their entirety by reference to such statutes and regulations.
 
THE COMPANY
 
    The Company is a bank holding company registered under the BHCA, and it is
subject to supervision, regulation and examination by the Federal Reserve Board.
The BHCA and other federal laws subject bank holding companies to particular
restrictions on the types of activities in which they may engage, and to a range
of supervisory requirements and activities, including regulatory enforcement
actions for violations of laws and regulations.
 
    REGULATORY RESTRICTIONS ON DIVIDENDS; SOURCE OF STRENGTH.  It is the policy
of the Federal Reserve Board that bank holding companies should pay cash
dividends on common stock only out of income available over the past year and
only if prospective earnings retention is consistent with the organization's
expected future needs and financial condition. The policy provides that bank
holding companies should not maintain a level of cash dividends that undermines
the bank holding company's ability to serve as a source of strength to its
banking subsidiaries.
 
    Under Federal Reserve Board policy, a bank holding company is expected to
act as a source of financial strength to each of its banking subsidiaries and to
commit resources to their support. Such support may be required at times when,
absent this Federal Reserve Board policy, a holding company may not be inclined
to provide it. As discussed below, a bank holding company in certain
circumstances could be required to guarantee the capital plan of an
undercapitalized banking subsidiary.
 
    In the event of a bank holding company's bankruptcy under Chapter 11 of the
U.S. Bankruptcy Code, the trustee will be deemed to have assumed and is required
to cure immediately any deficit under any commitment by the debtor holding
company to any of the federal banking agencies to maintain the capital of an
insured depository institution, and any claim for breach of such obligation will
generally have priority over most other unsecured claims.
 
    ACTIVITIES "CLOSELY RELATED" TO BANKING.  The BHCA prohibits a bank holding
company, with certain limited exceptions, from acquiring direct or indirect
ownership or control of any voting shares of any
 
                                       60
<PAGE>
company which is not a bank or from engaging in any activities other than those
of banking, managing or controlling banks and certain other subsidiaries, or
furnishing services to or performing services for its subsidiaries. One
principal exception to these prohibitions allows the acquisition of interests in
companies whose activities are found by the Federal Reserve Board, by order or
regulation, to be so closely related to banking or managing or controlling
banks, as to be a proper incident to banking. Some of the activities that have
been determined by regulation to be closely related to banking are making or
servicing loans, performing certain data processing services, acting as an
investment or financial advisor to certain investment trusts and investment
companies, and providing securities brokerage services. Other activities
approved by the Federal Reserve Board include consumer financial counseling, tax
planning and tax preparation, futures and options advisory services, check
guaranty services, collection agency and credit bureau services, and personal
property appraisals. In approving acquisitions by bank holding companies of
companies engaged in banking-related activities, the Federal Reserve Board
considers a number of factors, and weighs the expected benefits to the public
(such as greater convenience and increased competition or gains in efficiency)
against the risks of possible adverse effects (such as undue concentration of
resources, decreased or unfair competition or conflicts of interest). The
Federal Reserve Board is also empowered to differentiate between activities
commenced de novo and activities commenced through acquisition of a going
concern. Despite prior approval, the Federal Reserve may order a holding company
or its subsidiaries to terminate any activity, or terminate its ownership or
control of any subsidiary, when it has reasonable cause to believe that
continuation of such activity constitutes a serious risk to the financial
safety, soundness or stability of any bank subsidiary of the bank holding
company.
 
    SECURITIES ACTIVITIES.  The Federal Reserve Board has approved applications
by bank holding companies to engage, through nonbank subsidiaries, in certain
securities-related activities (underwriting of municipal revenue bonds,
commercial paper, consumer receivable-related securities and one-to-four family
mortgage-backed securities), provided that the affiliates would not be
"principally engaged" in such activities for purposes of Section 20 of the
Glass-Steagall Act. In limited situations, holding companies may be able to use
such subsidiaries to underwrite and deal in corporate debt and equity
securities.
 
    SAFE AND SOUND BANKING PRACTICES.  Bank holding companies are not permitted
to engage in unsafe and unsound banking practices. The Federal Reserve Board's
Regulation Y, for example, generally requires a holding company to give the
Federal Reserve Board prior notice of any redemption or repurchase of its own
equity securities, if the consideration to be paid, together with the
consideration paid for any repurchases or redemptions in the preceding year, is
equal to 10% or more of the company's consolidated net worth. The Federal
Reserve Board may oppose the transaction if it believes that the transaction
would constitute an unsafe or unsound practice or would violate any law or
regulation.
 
    The Federal Reserve Board has broad authority to prohibit activities of bank
holding companies and their nonbanking subsidiaries which represent unsafe and
unsound banking practices or which constitute violations of laws or regulations,
and can assess civil money penalties for certain activities conducted on a
knowing and reckless basis, if those activities caused a substantial loss to a
depository institution. The penalties can be as high as $1,000,000 for each day
the activity continues.
 
    ANTI-TYING RESTRICTIONS.  With certain limited exceptions, bank holding
companies and their affiliates are prohibited from tying the provision of
certain services, such as extensions of credit, to other services offered by a
holding company or its affiliates.
 
    CAPITAL ADEQUACY REQUIREMENTS.  The Federal Reserve Board has adopted a
system using risk-based capital guidelines to evaluate the capital adequacy of
bank holding companies. Under the guidelines, specific categories of assets are
assigned different risk weights, based generally on the perceived credit risk of
the asset. These risk weights are multiplied by corresponding asset balances to
determine a "risk-weighted" asset base. The guidelines require a minimum total
risk-based capital ratio of 8.0% (of which at least 4.0% is required to consist
of Tier 1 capital elements). Total capital is the sum of Tier 1 and Tier 2
capital. As of March 31, 1998, the Company's ratio of Tier 1 capital to total
risk-weighted assets was
 
                                       61
<PAGE>
11.49% and its ratio of total capital to total risk-weighted assets was 12.67%.
See Note 14 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
    In addition to the risk-based capital guidelines, the Federal Reserve Board
uses a leverage ratio as an additional tool to evaluate the capital adequacy of
bank holding companies. The leverage ratio is a company's Tier 1 capital divided
by its average total consolidated assets (less goodwill and certain other
intangible assets). Certain highly-rated bank holding companies may maintain a
minimum leverage ratio of 3.0%, but other bank holding companies may be required
to maintain a leverage ratio of up to 200 basis points above the regulatory
minimum. As of March 31, 1998, the Company's leverage ratio was 7.31%.
 
    The federal banking agencies' risk-based and leverage ratios are minimum
supervisory ratios generally applicable to banking organizations that meet
certain specified criteria, assuming that they have the highest regulatory
rating. Banking organizations not meeting these criteria are expected to operate
with capital positions well above the minimum ratios. The federal bank
regulatory agencies may set capital requirements for a particular banking
organization that are higher than the minimum ratios when circumstances warrant.
Federal Reserve Board guidelines also provide that banking organizations
experiencing internal growth or making acquisitions will be expected to maintain
strong capital positions substantially above the minimum supervisory levels,
without significant reliance on intangible assets.
 
    IMPOSITION OF LIABILITY FOR UNDERCAPITALIZED SUBSIDIARIES.  Bank regulators
are required to take "prompt corrective action" to resolve problems associated
with insured depository institutions whose capital declines below certain
levels. In the event an institution becomes "undercapitalized," it must submit a
capital restoration plan. The capital restoration plan will not be accepted by
the regulators unless each company having control of the undercapitalized
institution guarantees the subsidiary's compliance with the capital restoration
plan up to a certain specified amount. Any such guarantee from a depository
institution's holding company is entitled to a priority of payment in
bankruptcy.
 
    The aggregate liability of the holding company of an undercapitalized bank
is limited to the lesser of 5% of the institution's assets at the time it became
undercapitalized or the amount necessary to cause the institution to be
"adequately capitalized." The bank regulators have greater power in situations
where an institution becomes "significantly" or "critically" undercapitalized or
fails to submit a capital restoration plan. For example, a bank holding company
controlling such an institution can be required to obtain prior Federal Reserve
Board approval of proposed dividends, or might be required to consent to a
consolidation or to divest the troubled institution or other affiliates.
 
    ACQUISITIONS BY BANK HOLDING COMPANIES.  The BHCA requires every bank
holding company to obtain the prior approval of the Federal Reserve Board before
it may acquire all or substantially all of the assets of any bank, or ownership
or control of any voting shares of any bank, if after such acquisition it would
own or control, directly or indirectly, more than 5% of the voting shares of
such bank. In approving bank acquisitions by bank holding companies, the Federal
Reserve Board is required to consider the financial and managerial resources and
future prospects of the bank holding company and the banks concerned, the
convenience and needs of the communities to be served, and various competitive
factors.
 
    CONTROL ACQUISITIONS.  The Change in Bank Control Act prohibits a person or
group of persons from acquiring "control" of a bank holding company unless the
Federal Reserve Board has been notified and has not objected to the transaction.
Under a rebuttable presumption established by the Federal Reserve Board, the
acquisition of 10% or more of a class of voting stock of a bank holding company
with a class of securities registered under Section 12 of the Exchange Act, such
as the Company, would, under the circumstances set forth in the presumption,
constitute acquisition of control of the Company.
 
    In addition, any company is required to obtain the approval of the Federal
Reserve Board under the BHCA before acquiring 25% (5% in the case of an acquiror
that is a bank holding company) or more of the outstanding Common Stock of the
Company, or otherwise obtaining control or a "controlling influence" over the
Company.
 
                                       62
<PAGE>
THE BANK
 
    The Bank is a Kentucky chartered banking corporation, the deposits of which
are insured by the Bank Insurance Fund ("BIF") and the SAIF of the FDIC. The
Bank is not a member of the Federal Reserve System; the Bank is subject to
supervision and regulation by the FDIC and the Kentucky Department of Financial
Institutions. Such supervision and regulation subjects the Bank to special
restrictions, requirements, potential enforcement actions and periodic
examination by the FDIC and the Kentucky Department of Financial Institutions.
Because the Federal Reserve Board regulates the bank holding company parent of
the Bank, the Federal Reserve Board also has supervisory authority which
directly affects the Bank.
 
    EQUIVALENCE TO NATIONAL BANK POWERS.  To the extent that the Kentucky laws
and regulations may have allowed state-chartered banks to engage in a broader
range of activities than national banks, the Federal Deposit Insurance Act has
been amended to limit this authority. Under that Act, no state bank or
subsidiary thereof may engage as principal in any activity not permitted for
national banks, unless the institution complies with applicable capital
requirements and the FDIC determines that the activity poses no significant risk
to the insurance fund. In general, statutory restrictions on the activities of
banks are aimed at protecting the safety and soundness of depository
institutions.
 
    BRANCHING.  Kentucky law permits a Kentucky chartered bank, with prior
regulatory approval, to establish a branch office in any county in which the
bank's principal office or an existing branch is located. In addition, a
Kentucky chartered bank is permitted to combine with a commonly controlled bank
or thrift regardless of its location in Kentucky, provided both of the
institutions have been in operation for at least five years. The Kentucky
banking statutes also permit a Kentucky bank, with prior regulatory approval, to
engage in an interstate merger transaction, and thereby establish a branch
office outside of Kentucky. In any case, the transaction must also be approved
by the FDIC, which considers a number of factors, including financial history,
capital adequacy, earnings prospects, character of management, needs of the
community and consistency with corporate powers.
 
    RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSACTIONS WITH AFFILIATES AND INSIDERS.  Transactions
between the Bank and its nonbanking affiliates, including the Company, are
subject to Section 23A of the Federal Reserve Act. In general, Section 23A
imposes limits on the amount of such transactions, and also requires certain
levels of collateral for loans to affiliated parties. It also limits the amount
of advances to third parties which are collateralized by the securities or
obligations of the Company or its subsidiaries.
 
    Affiliate transactions are also subject to Section 23B of the Federal
Reserve Act which generally requires that certain transactions between the Bank
and its affiliates be on terms substantially the same, or at least as favorable
to the Bank, as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with or
involving other nonaffiliated persons.
 
    The restrictions on loans to directors, executive officers, principal
shareholders and their related interests (collectively referred to herein as
"insiders") contained in the Federal Reserve Act and Regulation O apply to all
insured institutions and their subsidiaries and holding companies. These
restrictions include limits on loans to one borrower and conditions that must be
met before such a loan can be made. There is also an aggregate limitation on all
loans to insiders and their related interests. These loans cannot exceed the
institution's total unimpaired capital and surplus, and the FDIC may determine
that a lesser amount is appropriate. Insiders are subject to enforcement actions
for knowingly accepting loans in violation of applicable restrictions.
 
    RESTRICTIONS ON DISTRIBUTION OF SUBSIDIARY BANK DIVIDENDS AND
ASSETS.  Dividends paid by the Bank have provided a substantial part of the
Company's operating funds and for the foreseeable future it is anticipated that
dividends paid by the Bank to the Company will continue to be the Company's
principal source of operating funds. Capital adequacy requirements serve to
limit the amount of dividends that may be paid by the Bank. Under federal law,
the Bank cannot pay a dividend if, after paying the dividend, the
 
                                       63
<PAGE>
Bank will be "undercapitalized." The FDIC may declare a dividend payment to be
unsafe and unsound even though the Bank would continue to meet its capital
requirements after the dividend.
 
    Because the Company is a legal entity separate and distinct from its
subsidiaries, its right to participate in the distribution of assets of any
subsidiary upon the subsidiary's liquidation or reorganization will be subject
to the prior claims of the subsidiary's creditors. In the event of a liquidation
or other resolution of an insured depository institution, the claims of
depositors and other general or subordinated creditors are entitled to a
priority of payment over the claims of holders of any obligation of the
institution to its shareholders, including any depository institution holding
company (such as the Company) or any shareholder or creditor thereof.
 
    EXAMINATIONS.  The FDIC periodically examines and evaluates insured banks.
Based upon such an evaluation, the FDIC may revalue the assets of the
institution and require that it establish specific reserves to compensate for
the difference between the FDIC-determined value and the book value of such
assets. The Kentucky Department of Financial Institutions also conducts
examinations of state banks but may accept the results of a federal examination
in lieu of conducting an independent examination.
 
    AUDIT REPORTS.  Insured institutions with total assets of $500 million or
more must submit annual audit reports prepared by independent auditors to
federal and state regulators. In some instances, the audit report of the
institution's holding company can be used to satisfy this requirement. Auditors
must receive examination reports, supervisory agreements and reports of
enforcement actions. In addition, financial statements prepared in accordance
with generally accepted accounting principles, management's certifications
concerning responsibility for the financial statements, internal controls and
compliance with legal requirements designated by the FDIC, and an attestation by
the auditor regarding the statements of management relating to the internal
controls must be submitted. For institutions with total assets of more than $3
billion, independent auditors may be required to review quarterly financial
statements. The Federal Deposit Insurance Act requires that independent audit
committees be formed, consisting of outside directors only. The committees of
such institutions must include members with experience in banking or financial
management, must have access to outside counsel, and must not include
representatives of large clients.
 
    CAPITAL ADEQUACY REQUIREMENTS.  The FDIC has adopted regulations
establishing minimum requirements for the capital adequacy of insured
institutions. The FDIC may establish higher minimum requirements if, for
example, a bank has previously received special attention or has a high
susceptibility to interest rate risk.
 
    The FDIC's risk-based capital guidelines generally require state banks to
have a minimum ratio of Tier 1 capital to total risk-weighted assets of 4% and a
ratio of total capital to total risk-weighted assets of 8%. The capital
categories have the same definitions for the Bank as for the Company. As of
March 31, 1998, the Bank's ratio of Tier 1 capital to total risk-weighted assets
was 11.46% and its ratio of total capital to total risk-weighted assets was
12.65%. See Note 14 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
    The FDIC's leverage guidelines require state banks to maintain Tier 1
capital of no less than 5% of average total assets, except in the case of
certain highly rated banks for which the requirement is 3% of average total
assets. As of March 31, 1998, the Bank's ratio of Tier 1 capital to average
total assets (leverage ratio) was 7.29%. See Note 14 to the Consolidated
Financial Statements.
 
                                       64
<PAGE>
    CORRECTIVE MEASURES FOR CAPITAL DEFICIENCIES.  The federal banking
regulators are required to take "prompt corrective action" with respect to
capital-deficient institutions. Agency regulations define, for each capital
category, the levels at which institutions are "well capitalized," "adequately
capitalized," "undercapitalized," "significantly undercapitalized" and
"critically undercapitalized." A "well capitalized" bank has a total risk-based
capital ratio of 10% or higher; a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 6% or
higher; a leverage ratio of 5% or higher; and is not subject to any written
agreement, order or directive requiring it to maintain a specific capital level
for any capital measure. An "adequately capitalized" bank has a total risk-based
capital ratio of 8% or higher; a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 4% or
higher; a leverage ratio of 4% or higher (3% or higher if the bank was rated a
CAMEL 1 in its most recent examination report and is not experiencing
significant growth); and does not meet the criteria for a well capitalized bank.
A bank is "undercapitalized" if it fails to meet any one of the ratios required
to be adequately capitalized.
 
    In addition to requiring undercapitalized institutions to submit a capital
restoration plan, agency regulations contain broad restrictions on certain
activities of undercapitalized institutions including asset growth,
acquisitions, branch establishment, and expansion into new lines of business.
With certain exceptions, an insured depository institution is prohibited from
making capital distributions, including dividends, and is prohibited from paying
management fees to control persons if the institution would be undercapitalized
after any such distribution or payment.
 
    As an institution's capital decreases, the FDIC's enforcement powers become
more severe. A significantly undercapitalized institution is subject to mandated
capital raising activities, restrictions on interest rates paid and transactions
with affiliates, removal of management, and other restrictions. The FDIC has
only very limited discretion in dealing with a critically undercapitalized
institution and is virtually required to appoint a receiver or conservator.
 
    Banks with risk-based capital and leverage ratios below the required
minimums may also be subject to certain administrative actions, including the
termination of deposit insurance upon notice and hearing, or a temporary
suspension of insurance without a hearing in the event the institution has no
tangible capital.
 
    DEPOSIT INSURANCE ASSESSMENTS.  The Bank must pay assessments to the FDIC
for federal deposit insurance protection. The FDIC has adopted a risk based
assessment system as required by amendments made to the Federal Deposit
Insurance Act. Under this system, FDIC-insured depository institutions pay
insurance premiums at rates based on their risk classification. Institutions
assigned to higher-risk classifications (that is, institutions that pose a
greater risk of loss to their respective deposit insurance funds) pay
assessments at higher rates than institutions that pose a lower risk. An
institution's risk classification is assigned based on its capital levels and
the level of supervisory concern the institution poses to the regulators. In
addition, the FDIC can impose special assessments in certain instances.
 
    After the one-time SAIF assessment in 1996, the assessment rate disparity
between BIF and SAIF members was eliminated. The current range of BIF and SAIF
assessments is between 0% and .27% of deposits. Institutions which qualify for
the 0% assessment category such as the Bank do, however, still have to pay the
$1,000 minimum semi-annual assessment required by federal statute.
 
    The FDIC established a process for raising or lowering all rates for insured
institutions semi-annually if conditions warrant a change. Under this new
system, the FDIC has the flexibility to adjust the assessment rate schedule
twice a year without seeking prior public comment, but only within a range of
five cents per $100 above or below the premium schedule adopted. Changes in the
rate schedule outside the five cent range above or below the current schedule
can be made by the FDIC only after a full rulemaking with opportunity for public
comment.
 
    On September 30, 1996, President Clinton signed into law an act that
contained a comprehensive approach to recapitalizing the SAIF and to assure the
payment of the Financing Corporation's ("FICO") bond obligations. Under this new
act, banks insured under the BIF are required to pay a portion of the interest
due on bonds that were issued by FICO to help shore up the ailing Federal
Savings and Loan
 
                                       65
<PAGE>
Insurance Corporation in 1987. The BIF rate must equal one-fifth of the SAIF
rate through year-end 1999, or until the insurance funds are merged, whichever
occurs first. Thereafter BIF and SAIF payers will be assessed pro rata for the
FICO bond obligations. With regard to the assessment for the FICO obligation,
the current BIF rate is .0126% of deposits and the SAIF rate is .0630% of
deposits.
 
    ENFORCEMENT POWERS.  The FDIC and the other federal banking agencies have
broad enforcement powers, including the power to terminate deposit insurance,
impose substantial fines and other civil and criminal penalties and appoint a
conservator or receiver. Failure to comply with applicable laws, regulations and
supervisory agreements could subject the Company or its banking subsidiaries, as
well as officers, directors and other institution-affiliated parties of these
organizations, to administrative sanctions and potentially substantial civil
money penalties. The appropriate federal banking agency may appoint the FDIC as
conservator or receiver for a banking institution (or the FDIC may appoint
itself, under certain circumstances) if any one or more of a number of
circumstances exist, including, without limitation, the fact that the banking
institution is undercapitalized and has no reasonable prospect of becoming
adequately capitalized; fails to become adequately capitalized when required to
do so; fails to submit a timely and acceptable capital restoration plan; or
materially fails to implement an accepted capital restoration plan.
 
    BROKERED DEPOSIT RESTRICTIONS.  Well capitalized institutions may solicit
and accept, renew or roll over brokered deposits without restriction.
Institutions which are adequately capitalized, but not well capitalized, cannot
accept, renew or roll over brokered deposits except with a waiver from the FDIC,
and are subject to restrictions on the interest rates that can be paid on such
deposits. Undercapitalized institutions may not accept, renew, or roll over
brokered deposits.
 
    CROSS-GUARANTEE PROVISIONS.  The Financial Institutions Reform, Recovery and
Enforcement Act of 1989 ("FIRREA") contains a "cross-guarantee" provision which
generally makes commonly controlled insured depository institutions liable to
the FDIC for any losses incurred in connection with the failure of a commonly
controlled depository institution.
 
    COMMUNITY REINVESTMENT ACT.  The Community Reinvestment Act of 1977 ("CRA")
and the regulations issued thereunder are intended to encourage banks to help
meet the credit needs of their service area, including low and moderate income
neighborhoods, consistent with the safe and sound operations of the banks. These
regulations also provide for regulatory assessment of a bank's record in meeting
the needs of its service area when considering applications to establish banking
centers, merger applications and applications to acquire the assets and assume
the liabilities of another bank. FIRREA requires federal banking agencies to
make public a rating of a bank's performance under the CRA. In the case of a
bank holding company, the CRA performance record of the banks involved in the
transaction are reviewed in connection with the filing of an application to
acquire ownership or control of shares or assets of a bank or to merge with any
other bank holding company. An unsatisfactory record can substantially delay or
block the transaction.
 
    CONSUMER LAWS AND REGULATIONS.  In addition to the laws and regulations
discussed herein, the Bank is also subject to certain consumer laws and
regulations that are designed to protect consumers in transactions with banks.
While the list set forth herein is not exhaustive, these laws and regulations
include the Truth in Lending Act, the Truth in Savings Act, the Electronic Funds
Transfer Act, the Expedited Funds Availability Act, the Equal Credit Opportunity
Act, the Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act, and the Fair Housing Act, among
others. These laws and regulations mandate certain disclosure requirements and
regulate the manner in which financial institutions must deal with clients when
taking deposits or making loans to such clients. The Bank must comply with the
applicable provisions of these consumer protection laws and regulations as part
of its ongoing customer relations.
 
                                       66
<PAGE>
INSTABILITY OF REGULATORY STRUCTURE
 
    Various legislation, including proposals to overhaul the bank regulatory
system, expand the powers of banking institutions and bank holding companies and
limit the investments that a depository institution may make with insured funds,
is from time to time introduced in Congress. Such legislation may change banking
statutes and the operating environment of the Company and its banking
subsidiaries in substantial and unpredictable ways. The Company cannot determine
the ultimate effect that potential legislation, if enacted, or implementing
regulations with respect thereto, would have upon the financial condition or
results of operations of the Company or its subsidiaries.
 
EXPANDING ENFORCEMENT AUTHORITY
 
    One of the major additional burdens imposed on the banking industry by
amendments to the Federal Deposit Insurance Act is the increased ability of
banking regulators to monitor the activities of banks and their holding
companies. In addition, the Federal Reserve Board and FDIC are possessed of
extensive authority to police unsafe or unsound practices and violations of
applicable laws and regulations by depository institutions and their holding
companies. For example, the FDIC may terminate the deposit insurance of any
institution which it determines has engaged in an unsafe or unsound practice.
The agencies can also assess civil money penalties, issue cease and desist or
removal orders, seek injunctions, and publicly disclose such actions. The
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvements Act of 1991 (FDICIA), FIRREA
and other laws have expanded the agencies' authority in recent years, and the
agencies have not yet fully tested the limits of their powers.
 
EFFECT ON ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT
 
    The policies of regulatory authorities, including the monetary policy of the
Federal Reserve Board, have a significant effect on the operating results of
bank holding companies and their subsidiaries. Among the means available to the
Federal Reserve Board to affect the money supply are open market operations in
U.S. Government securities, changes in the discount rate on member bank
borrowings, and changes in reserve requirements against member bank deposits.
These means are used in varying combinations to influence overall growth and
distribution of bank loans, investments and deposits, and their use may affect
interest rates charged on loans or paid for deposits.
 
    Federal Reserve Board monetary policies have materially affected the
operating results of commercial banks in the past and are expected to continue
to do so in the future. The nature of future monetary policies and the effect of
such policies on the business and earnings of the Company and its subsidiaries
cannot be predicted.
 
                          DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK
 
GENERAL
 
    [This discussion assumes shareholder approval of amendments to the Articles
of Incorporation of Republic at a meeting to be held on or about June 30, 1998.]
 
    The authorized capital stock of Republic consists of 30,000,000 shares of
Class A Common Stock having no par value (the Class A Common Stock), 5,000,000
shares of Class B Common Stock having no par value ("Class B Common Stock"), and
100,000 shares of Preferred Stock having no par value (the "Preferred Stock").
Shares of Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock and Preferred Stock may be
issued at such time or times and for such consideration as the board of
directors may deem advisable, subject to such limitations as may be set forth in
the laws of Kentucky, the Company's Articles of Incorporation or Bylaws or,
after the Offering, the rules of the Nasdaq National Market. As of March 31,
1998, there were 12,541,062 shares of Class A Common Stock and 2,418,074 shares
of Class B Common Stock outstanding. No shares of Preferred Stock were
outstanding on that date, and management is not
 
                                       67
<PAGE>
aware of the existence of circumstances from which it may be inferred that such
issuance is imminent. THE CAPITAL STOCK OF REPUBLIC DOES NOT REPRESENT OR
CONSTITUTE A DEPOSIT ACCOUNT AND IS NOT INSURED BY THE FDIC OR ANY GOVERNMENTAL
AGENCY.
 
    Except as discussed below, the shares of the Class A Common Stock and the
Class B Common Stock are identical in all respects and have equal rights and
privileges with each other as Common Stock. If there is a recapitalization or
similar change in the number of shares of one class of Common Stock, a similar
change must be made to the other class of Common Stock.
 
    As discussed below, the board of directors of the Company is authorized
under the Articles of Incorporation to establish series of Preferred Stock and
to fix the relative rights and preferences of shares of the series established.
To the extent the board of directors of the Company exercises this authority
granted it in the Articles of Incorporation, the fixing of the relative rights,
preferences and limitations of shares of Preferred Stock, vis-a-vis the Common
Stock, could have the effect of modifying the rights of holders of Common Stock.
The issuance of Preferred Stock may have the effect of delaying, deferring or
preventing a change in control of the Company without further action by
shareholders and may adversely affect the voting and other rights of the holders
of Common Stock.
 
CLASS A COMMON STOCK
 
    VOTING RIGHTS.  The holders of the Class A Common Stock are entitled to one
(1) vote for each share of Class A Common Stock standing in their names on the
books of the Company.
 
    DIVIDENDS.  Subject to any preferential rights of any shares of Preferred
Stock then outstanding, and applicable requirements, the Class A Common Stock is
entitled to dividends from funds legally available therefor if, as and when
declared by the board of directors of the Company. If any dividend is paid with
respect to the Class B Common Stock a dividend of like kind must be declared and
paid contemporaneously with respect to the Class A Common Stock. If a cash
dividend is paid on the Class B Common Stock, a cash dividend must be paid on
the Class A Common Stock in an amount equal to 110% of the dividend paid per
share on the Class B Common Stock (rounded to the nearest $.0001). Any dividend
per share on the Class A Common Stock paid other than in cash must be equal to
the dividend paid on the Class B Common Stock.
 
    Although quarterly cash dividends have been paid on the Common Stock since
1995, and the board of directors of Republic has indicated its intention to
continue to pay cash dividends on the Class A Common Stock, no assurance can be
given that any dividends will be declared or, if declared, what the amount of
the dividends will be or whether such dividends, once declared, will continue.
See "DIVIDEND POLICY."
 
    CONVERSION.  The Class A Common Stock is not convertible into any other
class of the Company's capital stock.
 
    PREEMPTIVE RIGHTS.  Holders of the Class A Common Stock are not entitled to
preemptive rights with respect to any shares which may be issued. The Class A
Common Stock is not subject to redemption.
 
    DISSOLUTION.  If the Company is dissolved, the holders of the Class A Common
Stock, together with the holders of the Class B Common Stock, will be entitled
to receive, pro rata based on the number of shares held, the remaining assets of
the Company after the satisfaction of the Company's liabilities and any
preferential liquidation rights of any then outstanding shares of Preferred
Stock of the Company.
 
    Because the Company is a holding company, its rights and the rights of its
creditors and shareholders, including the holders of Class A Common Stock and
Class B Common Stock, to participate in the distribution of assets of a
subsidiary in its liquidation or recapitalization may be subject to prior claims
of such subsidiary's creditors except to the extent that the Company itself may
be a creditor having recognized claims against such subsidiary.
 
                                       68
<PAGE>
    OTHER ASPECTS.  Republic has applied for listing of the Class A Common Stock
on the Nasdaq National Market. Harris Trust Company of New York will serve as
registrar and transfer agent of the Class A Common Stock following the Offering.
 
CLASS B COMMON STOCK
 
    VOTING RIGHTS.  The holders of the Class B Common Stock are entitled to ten
(10) votes for each share of Class B Common Stock standing in their names on the
books of the Company.
 
    DIVIDENDS.  Subject to any preferential rights of any shares of Preferred
Stock then outstanding and the dividend differential in favor of the Class A
Common Stock, the Class B Common Stock is entitled to dividends from funds
legally available therefor if, as and when declared by the board of directors of
the Company.
 
    CONVERSION.  The Class B Common Stock is convertible into Class A Common
Stock on a one share for one share basis. The Company is required to reserve and
keep available out of its authorized but unissued shares of Class A Common
Stock, solely for the purpose of effecting the conversion of the shares of the
Class B Common Stock, such number of its shares of Class A Common Stock as shall
from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of all outstanding
shares of the Class B Common Stock. If at any time the number of authorized but
unissued shares of Class A Common Stock shall not be sufficient to effect the
conversion of all of the then outstanding shares of the Class B Common Stock,
the Company is required to take such corporate action as may, in the opinion of
its counsel, be necessary to increase its authorized but unissued shares of
Class A Common Stock to such number of shares as shall be sufficient for such
purpose, including, without limitation, engaging in best efforts to obtain the
requisite shareholder approval of any necessary amendment to the Company's
Articles of Incorporation.
 
    PREEMPTIVE RIGHTS.  Holders of the Class B Common Stock are not entitled to
preemptive rights with respect to any shares which may be issued. The Class B
Common Stock is not subject to redemption.
 
    DISSOLUTION.  If the Company is dissolved, the holders of the Class B Common
Stock, together with the holders of the Class A Common Stock, will be entitled
to receive, pro rata based on the number of shares held, the remaining assets of
the Company after the satisfaction of the Company's liabilities and any
preferential liquidation rights of any then outstanding shares of Preferred
Stock of the Company.
 
PREFERRED STOCK
 
    Preferred Stock is preferred as to the payment of dividends over any other
class of stock of the Company, and shall be preferred over any other class of
stock of the Company upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs
of the Company.
 
    Except as otherwise expressly provided by law or as otherwise provided by
the board of directors in establishing a particular series of Preferred Stock,
the holders of shares of Preferred Stock are not entitled to notice of meetings
of shareholders and are not entitled to vote at the election of directors or on
any question arising at any meeting of the shareholders of the Company.
 
    The Articles of Incorporation vest in the board of directors the authority
to divide the authorized shares of the Preferred Stock of the Company into
series and, within the limitations imposed by law and the Articles of
Incorporation, to fix and determine as to each such series:
 
        [1] The voting rights and powers, if any, of the holders of shares of
    such series;
 
        [2] The number of shares and designation of such series;
 
        [3] The annual dividend rate and whether cumulative, noncumulative, or
    partially cumulative;
 
                                       69
<PAGE>
        [4] The prices at which, and the terms and conditions on which, shares
    of such series may be redeemed;
 
        [5] The amounts payable on shares of such series in the event of any
    voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the
    affairs of the Company;
 
        [6] Whether the shares of such series shall have a preference, as to the
    payment of dividends or otherwise, over the shares of any other series;
 
        [7] The terms, if any, upon which shares of such series may be
    convertible into, or exchangeable for, shares of any other class or classes
    or of any other series of the same or any other class or classes, including
    the price or prices and the rate of conversion or exchange, any adjustments
    thereof, and all other terms and conditions;
 
        [8] The sinking fund provisions, if any, for the redemption or purchase
    of shares of such series; and
 
        [9] Such other provisions as may be fixed by the board of directors of
    the Company pursuant to Kentucky law.
 
    The board of directors does not intend to seek shareholder approval prior to
any issuance of shares of Preferred Stock or any series of Preferred Stock,
unless otherwise required by law. Under the Kentucky Business Corporation Act,
shareholder approval prior to the issuance of shares of Common Stock or
Preferred Stock is required in connection with certain mergers. Frequently,
opportunities arise that require prompt action, such as the possible acquisition
of a property or business or the private sale of securities, and it is the
belief of the board of directors that the delay necessary for shareholder
approval of a specific issuance could be to the detriment of the Company and its
shareholders. The board of directors does not intend to issue any shares of
Common Stock or Preferred Stock except on terms which the board of directors
deems to be in the best interests of the Company and its then existing
shareholders.
 
    Although the Preferred Stock and, because of its voting rights, the Class B
Common Stock could be deemed to have an anti-takeover effect, the board of
directors is not aware of any takeover efforts. If a hostile takeover situation
should arise, shares of Class B Common Stock and/or Preferred Stock could be
issued to purchasers sympathetic with the Company's management or others in such
a way as to render more difficult or to discourage a merger, tender offer, proxy
contest, the assumption of control by a holder of a large block of the Company's
securities or the removal of incumbent management.
 
    The effects of the issuance of the Preferred Stock on the holders of Common
Stock could include, among other things, (i) reduction of the amount otherwise
available for payments of dividends on Common Stock if dividends are payable on
the series of Preferred Stock; (ii) restrictions on dividends on Common Stock if
dividends on the series of Preferred Stock are in arrears; (iii) dilution of the
voting power of Common Stock if the series of Preferred Stock has voting rights,
including a possible "veto" power if the series of Preferred Stock has class
voting rights; (iv) dilution of the equity interest of holders of Common Stock
if the series of Preferred Stock is convertible, and is converted, into Common
Stock; and (v) restrictions on the rights of holders of Common Stock to share in
the Company's assets upon liquidation until satisfaction of any liquidation
preference granted to the holders of the series of Preferred Stock. Holders of
Class A Common Stock have no preemptive rights to purchase or otherwise acquire
any Preferred Stock that may be issued.
 
                                       70
<PAGE>
CERTAIN PROVISIONS OF KENTUCKY LAW AND THE ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION AND BYLAWS
  OF REPUBLIC AFFECTING THE RIGHTS OF SHAREHOLDERS
 
    The rights of Class A Common shareholders of Republic are governed by the
Kentucky Business Corporation Act and the Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws
of Republic. The following discussion is a summary of certain material
provisions of the Kentucky Business Corporation Act and Republic's Articles of
Incorporation and Bylaws affecting shareholders rights. Copies of the Articles
of Incorporation and Bylaws are filed as exhibits to the Registration Statement
of which this Prospectus is a part.
 
    SPECIAL MEETINGS OF SHAREHOLDERS.  The Articles of Incorporation limit the
right of shareholders holding shares representing less than a majority of the
voting power of the outstanding stock of the Company to call a special meeting
of the shareholders. Under Article XIII, special meetings of shareholders may
only be called by the board of directors or shareholders owning shares
representing more than 50% of the votes entitled to be cast by the holders of
all stock of the Company then outstanding. The affirmative vote of the holders
of more than 50% of the voting power is required to amend this provision of the
Articles of Incorporation.
 
    ELIMINATION OF CERTAIN LIABILITIES AND INDEMNIFICATION RIGHTS.  The Articles
of Incorporation of the Company limit the liability of directors to the Company
and its shareholders to the maximum extent permitted by applicable law. Under
Section 271B.2-020 of the Kentucky Business Corporation Act, the personal
liability of a director may not be limited for the following actions: (i) for
any transaction in which the director's personal financial interest is in
conflict with the financial interest of the corporation or its shareholders;
(ii) for acts of omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional
misconduct or are known by the director to violate law; (iii) actions involving
an improper distribution in violation of KRS 271B.8-330; and (iv) for any
transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit. If the
Kentucky General Assembly expands the types of director liabilities that can be
eliminated or limited, the personal liability of directors of Republic under the
Articles of Incorporation will likewise be eliminated or limited without any
further action by shareholders.
 
    Under Kentucky law, a corporation has broad powers of indemnification. A
person may be indemnified for judgments, penalties, fines, settlements, and
reasonable expenses incurred by that person in proceedings in connection with
the person's official capacity in the corporation. Indemnification against
reasonable legal expenses incurred by a person in such a proceeding is mandatory
when the person is wholly successful in the defense of the proceeding. The
Bylaws of the Company also require the Company to indemnify, and permit the
Company to advance expenses to, all directors, officers, employees or agents of
the Company who were or are threatened to be made a defendant or respondent to
any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding (whether civil,
criminal, administrative or investigative) by reason of the fact that he or she
is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company, to the fullest
extent that is expressly permitted or required by the Kentucky statutes and all
other applicable law.
 
    ELECTION OF DIRECTORS.  Kentucky law requires cumulative voting in the
election of directors. Under cumulative voting, each shareholder is entitled to
vote the number of votes of the shares owned by him on the record date
multiplied by the number of directors to be elected. Each shareholder may cast
all of his votes for a single nominee or may distribute his votes in any manner
among as many candidates as the shareholder sees fit.
 
    The Company's Articles of Incorporation fix the minimum number of directors
at five, with the exact number of directors to be fixed in accordance with the
Bylaws. The number of directors is currently set at nine.
 
    CONFLICT OF INTEREST TRANSACTIONS.  The Articles of Incorporation provide
that the Company may enter into conflict of interest transactions with officers,
directors and/or shareholders. According to the Articles of Incorporation, a
conflict of interest transaction that is approved by shareholders holding a
majority of the voting power is valid and binding as though ratified by every
shareholder of the Company.
 
                                       71
<PAGE>
                        SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
 
    Upon the completion of this Offering, the Company's directors, executive
officers and all other current shareholders will own 12,141,062 shares of Class
A Common Stock, representing approximately 85% of the total outstanding shares.
The Company and its directors, officers and certain shareholders (who
collectively will own approximately 59% of the outstanding shares of Class A
Common Stock after the consummation of the Offering) have agreed with the
Underwriters not to offer, sell, contract to sell or otherwise dispose of any of
their shares of Class A Common Stock for a period of 180 days after the date of
this Prospectus without the permission of the Underwriters. Currently 4,170,044
outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock are not subject to such agreement,
and are freely tradable in accordance with Rule 144(k) under the Securities Act.
After such 180 day period, all of such shares held by existing shareholders will
be eligible for sale by the holders thereof in accordance with Rule 144 under
the Securities Act. In addition, the outstanding Class B Common Stock and Trust
Preferred securities held by nonaffiliates can be converted into approximately
1,329,388 shares of Class A Common Stock, which, upon conversion, will be
tradable in accordance with Rule 144.
 
    In general, Rule 144 provides that, subject to its provisions and other
applicable federal and state securities law requirements, any person (or persons
whose shares are aggregated), including any person who may be deemed an
"affiliate" as defined under the Securities Act, who has acquired securities
directly or indirectly from the issuer or an affiliate in a transaction not
involving a public offering ("restricted securities"), and who has beneficially
owned such restricted securities for at least one year is entitled to sell
within any three-month period, a number of such shares that does not exceed the
greater of (i) the average weekly trading volume of the same class of securities
during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of the notice of the sale
with the Securities and Exchange Commission ("Commission" or "SEC"); or (ii) 1%
of the same class of securities then outstanding, subject to certain
manner-of-sale provisions, notice requirements, and the availability of current
information concerning the Company. A person who is not deemed an "affiliate" of
the Company and who has beneficially owned shares for at least two years is
entitled to sell such shares under Rule 144 without regard to the volume
limitations and current public information, manner of sale and notice
requirements described above. Affiliates, including officers, directors and
principal shareholders of the Company, are subject to the volume limitations and
certain other requirements as to all shares owned by them, regardless of the
length of time such shares have been beneficially owned and irrespective of
whether such shares were acquired from the issuer or otherwise and whether
acquired in transaction involving a public offering.
 
                                  UNDERWRITING
 
    Subject to the terms and conditions of the Purchase Agreement among Morgan
Keegan & Company, Inc. and J.J.B. Hilliard, W.L. Lyons, Inc. (the
"Underwriters"), the Selling Shareholder and the Company, the Underwriters have
severally agreed to purchase from the Selling Shareholder and the Company the
following respective numbers of shares of Class A Common Stock at the initial
public offering price less the underwriting discounts and commissions set forth
on the cover page of this Prospectus.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NAME                                                                         NUMBER OF SHARES
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------  -----------------
<S>                                                                          <C>
Morgan Keegan & Company, Inc...............................................
J.J.B. Hilliard, W.L. Lyons, Inc...........................................
</TABLE>
 
    The Purchase Agreement provides that the obligations of the Underwriters are
subject to certain conditions precedent and that the Underwriters will purchase
all such shares of the Common Stock if any of such shares are purchased. The
Underwriters are obligated to take and pay for all of the shares of Class A
Common Stock offered hereby (other than those covered by the over-allotment
option described below) if any are taken.
 
                                       72
<PAGE>
    Republic has been advised by the Underwriters that the Underwriters propose
to offer such shares of Common Stock to the public at the public offering price
set forth on the cover page of this Prospectus and to certain dealers at such
price less a concession not in excess of $         per share. The Underwriters
may allow, and such dealers may re-allow, a concession not in excess of
$         per share to certain other dealers. After the initial public offering,
the offering price and other selling terms may be changed by the Underwriters.
 
    Pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, the Company has granted to the
Underwriters an option, exercisable not later than 30 days after the date of
this Prospectus, to purchase up to 260,000 additional shares of Class A Common
Stock at the public offering price, less the underwriting discounts and
commissions set forth on the cover page of this Prospectus, solely to cover
over-allotments. To the extent that the Underwriters exercise such option, each
Underwriter will become obligated, subject to certain conditions, to purchase
approximately the same percentage of such additional shares as the number set
forth next to such Underwriter's name in the preceding table bears to the total
number of shares in such table, and the Company will be obligated, pursuant to
the option, to sell such shares to the Underwriters.
 
    The Company, each of its directors and executive officers, and certain other
shareholders of the Company have agreed not to sell or otherwise dispose of any
shares of Common Stock for a period of 180 days after the date of this
Prospectus without the prior written consent of the Underwriters, except that
the Company may issue shares of Class A Common Stock upon the exercise of
currently outstanding options or upon conversion of currently outstanding Trust
Preferred securities. See "RISK FACTORS-- SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE."
 
    The representatives of the Underwriters have advised the Company that the
Underwriters do not intend to confirm sales to any account over which they
exercise discretionary authority. The Company has agreed to indemnify the
Underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the
Securities Act.
 
    Until the distribution of the Class A Common Stock is completed, rules of
the Securities and Exchange Commission may limit the ability of the Underwriters
or members of the selling group to bid for and purchase the Class A Common
Stock. As an exception to these rules, the Underwriters are permitted to engage
in certain transactions that stabilize the price of the Class A Common Stock.
Such transactions consist of bids or purchases for the purpose of pegging,
fixing or maintaining the price of the Class A Common Stock.
 
    If the Underwriters create a short position in the Class A Common Stock in
connection with the Offering, i.e., if they sell a greater aggregate number of
shares of Class A Common Stock than is set forth on the cover page of this
Prospectus, the Underwriters may reduce the short position by purchasing shares
of Class A Common Stock in the open market. The Underwriters may also elect to
reduce any short position by exercising all or part of the over-allotment option
described above.
 
    The Underwriters may also impose a penalty bid on certain selling group
members. This means that if the Underwriters purchase Class A Common Stock in
the open market to reduce the selling group members' short position or to
stabilize the price of the Class A Common Stock, they may reclaim the amount of
the selling concession from the selling group members who sold those shares of
Class A Common Stock as part of the Offering. In general, purchases of a
security for the purpose of stabilization or to reduce a short position could
cause the price of the security to be higher than it might be in the absence of
such purchases. The imposition of a penalty bid might also have an effect on the
price of a security to the extent that it were to discourage resales of the
security.
 
    Neither the Company nor the Underwriters make any representation or
prediction as to the direction or magnitude of any effect that the transactions
described above may have on the price of the Class A Common Stock. In addition,
neither the Company nor the Underwriters make any representation that the
 
                                       73
<PAGE>
Underwriters will engage in such transactions or that such transactions, once
commenced, will not be discontinued without notice.
 
    Prior to the Offering, there has been no public market for the Class A
Common Stock. Consequently, the initial public offering price for the Class A
Common Stock has been determined by negotiations between the Company and the
representatives of the Underwriters. Among the factors considered in such
negotiations were prevailing market and general economic conditions, the market
capitalizations, trading histories and stages of development of other traded
companies that the Company and the Underwriters believed to be comparable to the
Company, the results of operations of the Company in recent periods, the current
financial position of the Company, estimates of the business potential of the
Company and the present state of the Company's development and the availability
for sale in the market of a significant number of shares of Class A Common
Stock. Additionally, consideration has been given to the general status of the
securities market, the market conditions for new issues of securities and the
demand for securities of comparable companies at the time the Offering was made.
 
    Application [has been] made for quotation of the Class A Common Stock on the
Nasdaq National Market.
 
                                 LEGAL MATTERS
 
    The legality of the shares of the Class A Common Stock offered hereby will
be passed upon by Wyatt, Tarrant & Combs, Louisville, Kentucky, counsel to
Republic. A. Wallace Grafton, Jr., a partner of Wyatt, Tarrant & Combs, is a
director of Republic and the Bank and, as of May 31, 1998, beneficially owns
51,940 shares of Class A Common Stock and 10,388 shares of Class B Common Stock.
Certain legal matters in connection with the Offering will be passed on for the
Underwriters by Baker, Donelson, Bearman & Caldwell, Memphis, Tennessee.
 
                                    EXPERTS
 
    The consolidated financial statements of Republic and its subsidiaries at
December 31, 1997 and 1996 and for the years then ended, included in this
Prospectus and Registration Statement, have been audited by Crowe, Chizek and
Company LLP, independent auditors, as set forth in their reports appearing
elsewhere herein, and are included in reliance upon such reports given upon the
authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.
 
    The consolidated statements of income, stockholders' equity, and cash flows
of Republic and its subsidiaries for the year ended December 31, 1995, included
in this Prospectus and Registration Statement, have been audited by Deloitte &
Touche LLP, independent auditors, as stated in their report thereon appearing
herein, and have been so included in reliance upon the report of such firm given
upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.
 
    Deloitte & Touche LLP were the principal accountants for Republic Bancorp,
Inc. from 1983 through 1995. As reported on Form 8-K filed with the Securities
and Exchange Commission on May 31, 1996, Deloitte & Touche LLP were dismissed as
the principal accountants and Crowe, Chizek and Company LLP were engaged as the
principal accountants. The decision to change accountants was approved by the
Company's board of directors.
 
    The audit reports of Deloitte & Touche LLP on the consolidated financial
statements of Republic Bancorp, Inc. as of and for the year ended December 31,
1995 did not contain any adverse opinion or disclaimer of opinion, nor were they
qualified or modified as to uncertainty, audit scope or accounting principles.
 
    There have been no disagreements with any of the independent accountants
relating to accounting principles or practices or financial statement
disclosure.
 
                                       74
<PAGE>
                             AVAILABLE INFORMATION
 
    Republic is subject to the informational requirements of the Exchange Act
and in accordance therewith files reports and other information with the
Securities and Exchange Commission (the "Commission" or "SEC"). Copies of such
reports and other information can be obtained, at prescribed rates, from the SEC
by addressing written requests for such copies to the Public Reference Section
at the SEC at 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Judiciary Plaza, Washington, D.C. 20549.
In addition, such reports and other information can be inspected and copied at
the public reference facilities referred to above and at the regional offices of
the SEC at 7 World Trade Center, 13th Floor, New York, New York 10048 and
northwestern Atrium Center, 500 West Madison Street, Suite 1400, Chicago,
Illinois 60661. The SEC also maintains a site on the World Wide Web at
http://www.sec.gov that contains reports, proxy and information statements, and
other information regarding registrants.
 
    Following the Offering, the shares of Class A Common Stock will be traded on
the Nasdaq National Market under the symbol RBCA, and reports, proxy and
informa-tion statements, and other information filed by Republic following the
Offering may also be inspected at the offices of the National Association of
Securities Dealers, Inc., 1735 K Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20006.
 
    The Company has filed with the Commission a Registration Statement on Form
S-1 (together with all amendments and supplements, the "Registration Statement")
under the Securities Act, with respect to the Class A Common Stock. This
Prospectus omits certain information contained in the Registration Statement,
certain items of which are contained in exhibits to the Registration Statement
as permitted by the rules and regulations of the Commission. For further
information with respect to the Company and the Class A Common Stock, reference
is made to the Registration Statement, including the exhibits filed as a part
thereof, which may be inspected at the principal office of the Commission
without charge at 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549.
 
    Copies of the Registration Statement may be obtained from the Commission at
its principal office at Room 1024, 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C.
20549, upon payment of prescribed fees. Statements contained in this Prospectus
as to the contents of any contract or other document are not necessarily
complete, and, where the contract or the document has been filed as an exhibit
to the Registration Statement, each such statement is qualified in all respects
by reference to the applicable document filed with the Commission.
 
                                       75
<PAGE>
                   INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                               PAGE
<S>                                                                                                          <C>
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS.............................................................................     F-2
 
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS.............................................................................     F-3
 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS:
 
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of March 31, 1998 (unaudited) and
  December 31, 1997 and 1996...............................................................................     F-4
 
Consolidated Statements of Income for the three months ended March 31, 1998 and 1997 (unaudited) and for
  the years ended December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995.........................................................     F-5
 
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity for the three months ended March 31, 1998 (unaudited) and
  for the years ended December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995.....................................................     F-7
 
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the three months ended March 31, 1998 and 1997 (unaudited) and
  for the years ended December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995.....................................................     F-8
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.................................................................    F-10
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-1
<PAGE>
                         REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS
 
Board of Directors and Stockholders
 
of Republic Bancorp, Inc.
 
    We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Republic
Bancorp, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 1997 and 1996, and the related
consolidated statements of income, stockholders' equity and cash flows for the
years then ended. These financial statements are the responsibility of
Republic's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these
financial statements based on our audits.
 
    We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
    In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above
present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Republic
Bancorp, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 1997 and 1996, and the results
of their operations and their cash flows for the years then ended, in conformity
with generally accepted accounting principles.
 
Crowe, Chizek and Company LLP
 
Louisville, Kentucky
January 30, 1998
 
                                      F-2
<PAGE>
                         REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS
 
Board of Directors and Stockholders
of Republic Bancorp, Inc.
 
    We have audited the consolidated statements of income, stockholders' equity
and cash flows of Republic Bancorp, Inc. and subsidiaries (the Company) for the
year ended December 31, 1995. These financial statements are the responsibility
of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on
these financial statements based on our audit.
 
    We conducted our audit in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
    In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in
all material respects, the results of operations and cash flows of Republic
Bancorp, Inc. and subsidiaries for the year ended December 31, 1995, in
conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.
 
Deloitte & Touche LLP
 
March 1, 1996
Louisville, Kentucky
 
                                      F-3
<PAGE>
                    REPUBLIC BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
                          CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
 
           MARCH 31, 1998 (UNAUDITED) AND DECEMBER 31, 1997 AND 1996
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                               DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                        --------------------------
                                                                                            1997          1996
                                                                           MARCH 31,    ------------  ------------
                                                                              1998
                                                                          ------------
                                                                          (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                                       <C>           <C>           <C>
ASSETS:
  Cash and cash equivalents:
    Cash and due from banks.............................................  $     21,354  $     24,546  $     40,021
    Federal funds sold..................................................        29,675                      16,650
                                                                          ------------  ------------  ------------
      Total cash and cash equivalents...................................        51,029        24,546        56,671
  Securities available for sale.........................................       134,364        93,826       107,937
  Securities to be held to maturity.....................................        80,103        98,546       173,918
  Mortgage loans held for sale..........................................        26,100         9,970         7,624
  Loans, less allowance for loan losses of $8,234 (1998), $8,176 (1997)
    and $6,241 (1996)...................................................       783,505       794,939       759,424
  Federal Home Loan Bank stock..........................................        10,716         8,124         5,548
  Accrued interest receivable...........................................         9,033         8,803         9,685
  Premises and equipment, net...........................................        13,059        12,774        17,509
  Other assets..........................................................         4,667         3,422         2,566
                                                                          ------------  ------------  ------------
    TOTAL...............................................................  $  1,112,576  $  1,054,950  $  1,140,882
                                                                          ------------  ------------  ------------
                                                                          ------------  ------------  ------------
LIABILITIES
  Deposits:
    Non-interest bearing................................................  $     75,900  $     65,913  $     66,969
    Interest bearing....................................................       652,169       665,685       716,172
  Securities sold under agreements to repurchase and other short-term
    borrowings..........................................................       110,477       111,137       181,634
  Other borrowed funds..................................................       179,164       124,405       106,974
  Accrued interest payable..............................................        10,349         6,233         5,643
  Guaranteed preferred beneficial interests in Republic's subordinated
    debentures..........................................................         6,452         6,452
  Other liabilities.....................................................         4,631         6,739         4,471
                                                                          ------------  ------------  ------------
    Total liabilities...................................................     1,039,142       986,564     1,081,863
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY:
  Preferred stock, no par value, 100,000 shares authorized, Series A
    8.5% noncumulative convertible, 50,000 shares issued and outstanding
    (liquidation preference $5,000).....................................       --            --              5,000
  Class A common stock, no par value, 15,000,000 shares authorized,
    6,270,531 shares (1998) 6,265,531 shares (1997) and 6,051,611 shares
    (1996) issued and outstanding; Class B common stock, no par value,
    2,000,000 shares authorized, 1,209,037 shares (1998 and 1997) and
    1,169,857 shares (1996) issued and outstanding......................         3,615         3,613         3,491
  Additional paid-in capital............................................        10,890        10,833         6,817
  Retained earnings.....................................................        59,113        53,994        43,930
  Net unrealized depreciation on securities available for sale, net of
    tax.................................................................          (184)          (54)         (219)
                                                                          ------------  ------------  ------------
    Total stockholders' equity..........................................        73,434        68,386        59,019
                                                                          ------------  ------------  ------------
    TOTAL...............................................................  $  1,112,576  $  1,054,950  $  1,140,882
                                                                          ------------  ------------  ------------
                                                                          ------------  ------------  ------------
</TABLE>
 
          See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
                                      F-4
<PAGE>
                    REPUBLIC BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
                       CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
 
           THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1998 AND 1997 (UNAUDITED) AND
                  YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997, 1996 AND 1995
                     (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                                                    MARCH 31,           YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                               --------------------  -------------------------------
                                                                 1998       1997       1997       1996       1995
                                                               ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                   (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                            <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
INTEREST INCOME:
  Loans, including fees......................................  $  19,123  $  18,815  $  76,889  $  70,831  $  61,338
  Securities available for sale..............................      1,725      1,463      5,748        569
  Securities to be held to maturity:
    Taxable..................................................      1,367      1,978      7,249      8,806      7,781
    Non-taxable..............................................         28         31        123        127        139
  FHLB dividends.............................................        188        110        494        378        338
  Other......................................................        354        213        691      1,275      1,537
                                                               ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
    Total interest income....................................     22,785     22,610     91,194     81,986     71,133
                                                               ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
INTEREST EXPENSE:
  Deposits...................................................      8,532      9,664     38,940     36,084     32,512
  Securities sold under agreements to repurchase and
    short-term borrowings....................................      1,216      1,242      4,533      3,481        975
  Other borrowed funds.......................................      2,667      1,697      7,383      4,290      4,233
                                                               ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
    Total interest expense...................................     12,415     12,603     50,856     43,855     37,720
                                                               ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
 
NET INTEREST INCOME..........................................     10,370     10,007     40,338     38,131     33,413
 
PROVISION FOR LOAN LOSSES....................................        643      1,298      7,251      9,149      4,268
                                                               ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
NET INTEREST INCOME AFTER PROVISION FOR LOAN LOSSES..........      9,727      8,709     33,087     28,982     29,145
                                                               ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
NON-INTEREST INCOME:
  Service charges on deposit accounts........................        753        777      3,284      2,642      1,974
  Other service charges and fees.............................        397        310        661        445      1,434
  Bankcard services..........................................                   409        457      1,010      1,263
  Net gain on sale of deposits...............................      4,116                 7,527
  Net gain on sale of Bankcard...............................                            3,660
  Net gain on sale of mortgage loans.........................      1,009        281      1,852      1,212      1,083
  Net gain on available for sale securities..................        324                    81
  Loan servicing income......................................        166        189        734        829        895
  Other......................................................        147        130        674        959        871
                                                               ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
    Total non-interest income................................      6,912      2,096     18,930      7,097      7,520
                                                               ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-5
<PAGE>
                    REPUBLIC BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
                 CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME (CONTINUED)
 
           THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1998 AND 1997 (UNAUDITED) AND
                  YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997, 1996 AND 1995
                     (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                                                    MARCH 31,           YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                               --------------------  -------------------------------
                                                                 1998       1997       1997       1996       1995
                                                               ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                   (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                            <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
NON-INTEREST EXPENSE:
  Salaries and employee benefits.............................      4,076      3,688     15,444     13,236     11,334
  Occupancy and equipment....................................      1,862      2,006      8,562      6,623      5,346
  Communication and transportation...........................        426        436      1,796      1,548      1,407
  Marketing and development..................................        305        363      1,299      1,620      1,308
  FDIC deposit insurance.....................................         84         53        107      3,277      1,245
  Supplies...................................................        260        242      1,013        973        883
  Litigation recovery........................................                                                   (738)
  Other......................................................      1,061      1,207      4,659      4,132      3,720
                                                               ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
    Total non-interest expense...............................      8,074      7,995     32,880     31,409     24,505
                                                               ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
 
INCOME BEFORE INCOME TAXES...................................      8,565      2,810     19,137      4,670     12,160
 
INCOME TAXES.................................................      3,041        930      6,878      1,943      4,372
                                                               ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
 
NET INCOME...................................................  $   5,524  $   1,880  $  12,259  $   2,727  $   7,788
                                                               ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                               ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS), NET OF TAX:
  Change in unrealized gain (loss) on securities.............  $     194  $    (664) $     246  $    (219)
  Reclassification of realized amount........................       (324)                  (81)
                                                               ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
  Net unrealized gain (loss) recognized in comprehensive
    income...................................................       (130)      (664)       165       (219)
                                                               ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
 
COMPREHENSIVE INCOME.........................................  $   5,394  $   1,216  $  12,424  $   2,508  $   7,788
                                                               ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                               ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
EARNINGS PER SHARE
  Class A....................................................  $     .74  $     .25  $    1.64  $     .32
  Class B....................................................  $     .73  $     .24  $    1.62  $     .30
  Common Stock...............................................                                              $    1.03
 
EARNINGS PER SHARE ASSUMING DILUTION
  Class A....................................................  $     .71  $     .24  $    1.58  $     .32
  Class B....................................................  $     .70  $     .24  $    1.56  $     .30
  Common Stock...............................................                                              $    1.02
</TABLE>
 
          See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
                                      F-6
<PAGE>
                    REPUBLIC BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1998 (UNAUDITED) AND YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997,
                                 1996 AND 1995
                     (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                               COMMON STOCK                                       NET UNREALIZED
                  PREFERRED STOCK   ----------------------------------  ADDITIONAL               DEPRECIATION ON         TOTAL
                  ----------------  CLASS A   CLASS B                    PAID-IN     RETAINED   AVAILABLE FOR SALE   STOCKHOLDERS'
                  SHARES   AMOUNT   SHARES    SHARES    SHARES  AMOUNT   CAPITAL     EARNINGS       SECURITIES          EQUITY
                  ------   -------  -------   -------   ------  ------  ----------   --------   ------------------   -------------
<S>               <C>      <C>      <C>       <C>       <C>     <C>     <C>          <C>        <C>                  <C>
BALANCE, January
 1, 1995........                                         7,174  $3,467   $ 6,609     $36,969                            $47,045
Sale of
 preferred
 stock..........     50    $ 5,000                                                                                        5,000
Exercise of
 common stock
 options........                                            54     27        279                                            306
Purchases and
 retirements of
 common stock...                                            (6)    (3 )      (71)                                           (74)
Dividends
 declared:
  Preferred
    ($7.28 per
    share)......                                                                        (364)                              (364)
  Common ($.17
    per
    share)......                                                                      (1,199)                            (1,199)
Net income......                                                                       7,788                              7,788
                  ------   -------                      ------  ------  ----------   --------                        -------------
BALANCE,
 December 31,
 1995...........     50      5,000                       7,222  3,491      6,817      43,194                             58,502
Stock split.....                     6,018     1,204    (7,222)
Conversions of
 Class B common
 to Class A
 common.........                        34       (34)
Dividends
 declared:
  Preferred
    ($8.50 per
    share)......                                                                        (425)                              (425)
  Common: Class
    A ($.22 per
    share)......                                                                      (1,330)                            (1,330)
          Class
    B ($.20 per
    share)......                                                                        (236)                              (236)
Net changes in
 unrealized
 depreciation on
 securities
 available for
 sale, net of
 tax............                                                                                      $(219)               (219)
Net income......                                                                       2,727                              2,727
                  ------   -------  -------   -------   ------  ------  ----------   --------         -----          -------------
BALANCE,
 December 31,
 1996...........     50      5,000   6,052     1,170            3,491      6,817      43,930           (219)             59,019
Exercise of
 common stock
 options........                        14                          7        146                                            153
Redemption of
 preferred
 stock..........    (10)    (1,015)                                                     (203)                            (1,218)
Conversion of
 preferred stock
 into common
 stock..........    (40)    (3,985)    199        40              115      3,870
Conversions of
 Class B common
 to Class A
 common.........                         1        (1)
Dividends
 declared:
  Preferred
    ($8.50 per
    share)......                                                                        (425)                              (425)
  Common: Class
    A ($.22 per
    share)......                                                                      (1,335)                            (1,335)
          Class
    B ($.20 per
    share)......                                                                        (232)                              (232)
Net changes in
 unrealized
 depreciation on
 securities
 available for
 sale, net of
 tax............                                                                                        165                 165
Net income......                                                                      12,259                             12,259
                  ------   -------  -------   -------   ------  ------  ----------   --------         -----          -------------
BALANCE,
 December 31,
 1997...........                     6,266     1,209            3,613     10,833      53,994            (54)             68,386
Exercise of
 common stock
 options(1).....                         5                          2         57                                             59
Dividends
 declared(1)
  Common: Class
    A ($.055 per
    share)......                                                                        (345)                              (345)
          Class
    B ($.05 per
    share)......                                                                         (60)                               (60)
Net changes in
 unrealized
 depreciation on
 securities
 available for
 sale, net of
 tax(1).........                                                                                       (130)               (130)
Net income(1)...                                                                       5,524                              5,524
                  ------   -------  -------   -------   ------  ------  ----------   --------         -----          -------------
BALANCE, March
 31, 1998(1)....                     6,271     1,209            $3,615   $10,890     $59,113          $(184)            $73,434
                  ------   -------  -------   -------   ------  ------  ----------   --------         -----          -------------
                  ------   -------  -------   -------   ------  ------  ----------   --------         -----          -------------
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
(1)  Unaudited
          See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
                                      F-7
<PAGE>
                    REPUBLIC BANCORP. INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
 
           THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1998 AND 1997 (UNAUDITED) AND
                  YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997, 1996 AND 1995
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                                               MARCH 31,               YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                         ----------------------  -------------------------------------
                                                            1998        1997        1997         1996         1995
                                                         ----------  ----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
                                                              (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                      <C>         <C>         <C>          <C>          <C>
OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
  Net income...........................................  $    5,524  $    1,880  $    12,259  $     2,727  $     7,788
  Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash
    provided by operating activities:
    Depreciation and amortization of premises and
      equipment........................................         838       1,047        4,683        3,179        2,353
    Amortization and accretion of securities...........          57         135          606         (124)        (370)
    FHLB stock dividends...............................        (188)        (97)        (456)        (372)        (331)
    Provision for loan losses..........................         643       1,298        7,251        9,149        4,268
    Net gain on sale of deposits.......................      (4,116)                  (7,527)
    Net gain on sale of Bankcard.......................                               (3,660)
    Net gain on sale of mortgage loans.................      (1,009)       (281)      (1,852)      (1,212)      (1,083)
    Net gain on sale of securities.....................        (324)                     (81)
    Proceeds from sale of loans held for sale..........      58,043      24,235      123,909      104,115       86,808
    Origination of mortgage loans held for sale........     (73,164)    (22,415)    (124,403)    (104,539)     (91,407)
    Changes in assets and liabilities:
      Accrued interest receivable......................        (230)        532          882       (2,441)      (1,968)
      Other assets.....................................        (595)       (150)          17          415          960
      Accrued interest payable.........................       4,116       1,779          590        1,329          755
      Other liabilities................................      (2,108)        894        2,268           83       (1,281)
                                                         ----------  ----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
        Net cash provided by (used in) operating
          activities...................................     (12,513)      8,857       14,486       12,309        6,492
 
INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
  Purchases of securities available for sale...........     (81,269)                 (69,355)    (108,350)
  Purchases of securities to be held to maturity.......                 (11,089)     (11,189)    (215,655)    (100,039)
  Purchases of FHLB stock..............................      (2,404)     (1,000)      (2,120)
  Proceeds from maturities of securities to be held to
    maturity...........................................      18,522      53,305       86,746      156,596       86,460
  Proceeds from sales of securities available for
    sale...............................................      40,722       9,124       83,006
  Proceeds from sale of Bankcard.......................                               26,590
  Net (increase) decrease in loans.....................      10,208     (26,470)     (66,654)    (100,484)    (101,313)
  Purchases of premises and equipment..................      (2,001)     (1,028)      (3,364)      (8,673)      (2,922)
  Proceeds from sales of premises and equipment........         878                    3,416
                                                         ----------  ----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
    Net cash provided by (used in) investing
      activities.......................................     (15,344)     22,842       47,076     (276,566)    (117,814)
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-8
<PAGE>
                    REPUBLIC BANCORP. INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
               CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (CONTINUED)
 
           THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1998 AND 1997 (UNAUDITED) AND
                  YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997, 1996 AND 1995
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                                               MARCH 31,               YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                         ----------------------  -------------------------------------
                                                            1998        1997        1997         1996         1995
                                                         ----------  ----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
                                                              (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                      <C>         <C>         <C>          <C>          <C>
FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
  Net increase in deposits.............................      62,151      29,301       63,593       48,698      144,407
  Sale of deposits.....................................     (61,564)                (107,609)
  Net increase (decrease) in securities sold under
    agreements to repurchase and other short-term
    borrowings.........................................        (660)    (94,183)     (70,497)     159,905        8,997
  Payments on other borrowed funds.....................     (35,241)    (42,228)    (296,819)     (77,089)     (19,997)
  Proceeds from other borrowed funds...................      90,000      47,000      314,250      116,000       11,000
  Purchases and retirements of common stock............                                                            (74)
  Sale of preferred stock..............................                                                          5,000
  Proceeds from issuance of guaranteed preferred
    beneficial interests in Republic's subordinated
    debentures.........................................                   6,452        6,452
  Proceeds from common stock options exercised.........          59                      153                       306
  Redemption of preferred stock........................                               (1,218)
  Cash dividends paid..................................        (405)       (497)      (1,992)      (1,899)      (1,563)
                                                         ----------  ----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
    Net cash provided by (used in) financing
      activities.......................................      54,340     (54,155)     (93,687)     245,615      148,076
                                                         ----------  ----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
 
NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS...      26,483     (22,456)     (32,125)     (18,642)      36,754
 
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT BEGINNING OF YEAR.........      24,546      56,671       56,671       75,313       38,559
                                                         ----------  ----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
 
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT END OF YEAR...............  $   51,029  $   34,215  $    24,546  $    56,671  $    75,313
                                                         ----------  ----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
                                                         ----------  ----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
 
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION:
  Cash paid during the year for:
    Interest...........................................  $    8,299  $   13,135  $    50,266  $    42,526  $    36,965
    Income taxes.......................................  $    2,581              $    $6,095  $     2,902  $     3,920
  Transfers from loans to real estate acquired in
    settlement of loans................................  $      583  $       61  $       958  $       104  $       802
  Conversion of preferred stock to common stock........                          $     3,985  $
</TABLE>
 
          See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
                                      F-9
<PAGE>
                    REPUBLIC BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
      AS OF AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1998 (UNAUDITED) AND
                  YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997, 1996 AND 1995
 
1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
    PRINCIPLES OF CONSOLIDATION AND BUSINESS--The consolidated financial
statements include the accounts of Republic Bancorp, Inc. (Parent Company) and
its wholly-owned subsidiaries; Republic Bank & Trust Company (Bank), Republic
Capital Trust, Republic Mortgage Company and Republic Insurance Agency, Inc.
(collectively Republic). All significant intercompany balances and transactions
have been eliminated.
 
    Republic operates 18 banking centers primarily in the retail banking
industry and conducts its operations predominately in metropolitan Louisville
and in Central Kentucky. Republic's consolidated results of operations are
dependent upon net interest income, which is the difference between the interest
income on interest-earning assets and the interest expense on interest-bearing
liabilities. Principal interest-earning assets are securities and commercial,
real estate mortgage and consumer loans. Interest-bearing liabilities consist of
interest-bearing deposit accounts and short-term and long-term borrowings.
 
    Other sources of income include fees charged to customers for a variety of
banking services such as credit cards, transaction deposit accounts, and trust
services. Republic also generates revenue from its mortgage banking activities
including the origination and sale of loans in the secondary market and
servicing loans for others.
 
    Republic's operating expenses consist primarily of salaries and employee
benefits, occupancy and equipment expenses, communications and transportation
costs and other general and administrative expenses. Republic's results of
operations are significantly affected by general economic and competitive
conditions, particularly changes in market interest rates, government policies
and actions of regulatory agencies.
 
    SECURITIES--Securities to be held to maturity are those which Republic has
the positive intent and ability to hold to maturity and are reported at cost,
adjusted for premiums and discounts that are recognized in interest income using
the interest method over the period to maturity.
 
    Securities available for sale consist of securities not classified as
trading securities nor as held to maturity securities. Unrealized holding gains
and losses, net of tax, on securities available for sale are reported as a
separate component of shareholders' equity until realized. Gains and losses on
the sale of available for sale securities are determined using the
specific-identification method. Premiums and discounts are recognized in
interest income using the interest method over the period to maturity.
 
    Declines in the fair value of individual securities below their cost that
are other than temporary result in write-downs of the individual securities to
their fair value. The related write-downs are included in earnings as realized
losses.
 
    Federal Home Loan Bank stock is not considered a marketable equity security
under Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 115 "Accounting for
Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities" and, therefore, is carried at
cost.
 
    MORTGAGE BANKING ACTIVITIES--Mortgage loans originated and intended for sale
in the secondary market are carried at the lower of aggregate cost or market
value. Republic controls its interest rate risk with respect to mortgage loans
held for sale and loan commitments expected to close by entering into option
agreements to sell loans. The aggregate market value of mortgage loans held for
sale considers the sales prices of such agreements. Republic also provides
currently for any losses on uncovered commitments to lend or sell.
 
                                      F-10
<PAGE>
                    REPUBLIC BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
      AS OF AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1998 (UNAUDITED) AND
                  YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997, 1996 AND 1995
 
1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
    On January 1, 1996, Republic adopted SFAS No. 122, "Accounting for Mortgage
Servicing Rights" which requires an enterprise with mortgage banking activities
to recognize the right to service mortgage loans for others as a separate asset,
however those rights were acquired. Under previous accounting guidance, a
separate asset was recognized for purchased, but not originated, mortgage
servicing rights. Under SFAS No. 122, the total cost of mortgage loans
originated with the intent to sell is allocated between the servicing right and
the loan without the servicing right based on their relative fair values at the
date of origination. The capitalized cost of servicing rights are amortized in
proportion to, and over the period of, the estimated net servicing income. The
mortgage servicing asset is periodically evaluated for impairment.
 
    Since adoption of this Statement, loans sold in the secondary market have
been primarily servicing released. Accordingly, adoption of SFAS No. 122 has had
no material impact on Republic's financial position or results of operations.
 
    LOANS--Loans receivable that management has the intent and ability to hold
for the foreseeable future or until maturity or pay-off are reported at their
outstanding principal adjusted for any charge-offs, the allowance for loan
losses, and any deferred fees or costs on originated loans and unamortized
premiums or discounts on purchased loans.
 
    Interest on loans is computed on the principal balance outstanding. Loan
origination fees and certain direct loan origination costs relating to
successful loan origination efforts are deferred and recognized over the lives
of the related loans as an adjustment to yield.
 
    Generally, the accrual of interest on loans, including impaired loans, is
discontinued when it is determined that the collection of interest or principal
is doubtful, or when a default of interest or principal has existed for 90 days
or more, unless such loan is well secured and in the process of collection.
Interest received on non-accrual loans generally is either applied against
principal or reported as interest income, according to management's judgment as
to the collectibility of principal. When loans are placed on non-accrual status,
all unpaid accrued interest is reversed. Such loans remain on non-accrual status
until the borrower demonstrates the ability to remain current or the loan is
deemed uncollectible and is charged off. Consumer loans generally are not placed
on non-accrual status but are reviewed periodically and charged off when deemed
uncollectible.
 
    Republic recognizes interest income on an impaired loan when earned, unless
the loan is on non-accrual status, in which case interest income is recognized
when received.
 
    ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES--The allowance for loan losses is an amount that
management believes will be adequate to absorb losses on existing loans that may
become uncollectible, based on evaluations of the collectibility of loans and
prior loan loss experience. The evaluations take into consideration such factors
as changes in the nature and volume of the loan portfolio, overall portfolio
quality, review of specific problem loans, and current economic conditions that
may affect the borrowers' ability to pay. Although management believes it uses
the best information available to make determinations with respect to Republic's
allowance for loan losses, future adjustments, which could be material, may be
necessary if original assumptions differ from actual performance.
 
                                      F-11
<PAGE>
                    REPUBLIC BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
      AS OF AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1998 (UNAUDITED) AND
                  YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997, 1996 AND 1995
 
1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
    A loan is defined as "impaired" when it is probable that a creditor will be
unable to collect all principal and interest due according to the contractual
terms of the loan agreement. Republic has defined its population of impaired
loans to be those commercial real estate and commercial loans $500,000 or
greater that management has classified as doubtful (collection of all amounts
due under the terms of the loan is highly questionable or improbable) or loss
(all or a portion of the loan has been written off or a specific allowance for
loss has been provided). Republic's policy is to charge off all or that portion
of its investment in an impaired loan upon determination that it is probable the
amount will not be collected.
 
    Impairment of smaller balance, homogeneous loans (commercial real estate and
commercial loans less than $500,000, residential real estate, consumer, home
equity, and credit card loans) is measured on an aggregate basis giving
consideration to historical charge-off experience of the related portfolios.
 
    PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT--Premises and equipment are stated at cost less
accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation is computed over the
estimated useful lives of the related assets on the straight-line method.
Estimated lives are 25 to 31 1/2 years for buildings and improvements, 3 to 5
years for furniture, fixtures and equipment and 3 to 9 years for leasehold
improvements.
 
    LONG LIVED ASSETS--Effective January 1, 1996, Republic adopted SFAS No. 121
"Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets", which requires that
long-lived assets and certain identifiable intangibles to be held and used by an
entity be reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances
indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. The effect
of adopting this standard is considered to be a component of other operating
expense and was not significant.
 
    LOAN SERVICING--Loan servicing income is recorded as principal payments are
collected and includes servicing fees from investors and certain charges
collected from borrowers, such as late payment fees. Costs of loan servicing are
charged to expense as incurred.
 
    STOCK OPTION PLANS--On January 1, 1996, Republic adopted SFAS No. 123,
"Accounting for Stock Based Compensation." This Statement establishes a fair
value based method of accounting for stock options and similar equity
instruments such as warrants. Companies may either adopt the fair value method
of accounting introduced in SFAS No. 123 or continue to apply the intrinsic
value method required under prior accounting methods. Under the intrinsic value
method, because the exercise price of Republic's employee stock options equals
the market price of the underlying stock on the date of grant, no compensation
expense is recognized. Companies which do not elect to use the fair value method
must make pro forma disclosures of net income and earnings per share as if the
fair value method provided for in SFAS No. 123 had been adopted. Management has
elected to continue the intrinsic value method and has provided the pro forma
disclosures.
 
    INCOME TAXES--Deferred tax assets and liabilities are reflected at currently
enacted income tax rates applicable to the period in which the deferred tax
assets or liabilities are expected to be realized or settled. As changes in tax
laws or rates are enacted, deferred tax assets and liabilities are adjusted
through the provision for income taxes.
 
    EARNINGS PER SHARE--Earnings per share and earnings per share assuming
dilution are computed under a new accounting standard effective in the quarter
ended December 31, 1997. All prior amounts have been restated to be comparable.
Earnings per share is based on income less preferred stock dividends (and, in
 
                                      F-12
<PAGE>
                    REPUBLIC BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
      AS OF AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1998 (UNAUDITED) AND
                  YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997, 1996 AND 1995
 
1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
the case of Class B common stock, less the dividend preference on Class A common
stock) divided by the weighted average number of shares outstanding during the
period. Earnings per share assuming dilution shows the effect of additional
common shares issuable under stock options, convertible preferred stock and
guaranteed preferred beneficial interests in Republic's subordinated debentures.
All per share amounts have been restated to reflect the stock splits occurring
during the periods presented.
 
    COMPREHENSIVE INCOME--Republic adopted Statement of Financial Accounting
Standard No. 130, "Reporting Comprehensive Income", effective for the interim
period ended March 31, 1998. This Standard requires reporting of comprehensive
income, defined as changes in equity other than those resulting from investments
by or distributions to stockholders. Net income, plus or minus "other
comprehensive income" results in comprehensive income. The only item of other
comprehensive income applicable to Republic is the change in unrealized gain or
loss on securities available for sale. Comprehensive income is reported on the
statement of income. The periods prior to March 31, 1998 were restated to meet
the current reporting format.
 
    USE OF ESTIMATES--Financial statements prepared in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles require management to make estimates and
assumptions that affect the reported amount of assets and liabilities and
disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the dates of the financial
statements, and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the
reporting periods. Actual results could differ from these estimates.
 
    RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS--In June 1997, the FASB issued SFAS No.
131, "Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information". This
standard changes the way public companies report information about operating
segments in annual financial statements and requires that those companies report
selected information about operating segments in interim financial reports. It
also establishes standards for related disclosures about products and services,
geographic areas, and major customers. Operating segments are parts of a company
for which separate information is available which is evaluated regularly by the
chief operating decision maker in deciding how to allocate resources and in
evaluating performance. Required disclosures for operating segments include
total segment revenues, total segment profit or loss, and total segment assets.
The standard also requires disclosures regarding revenues derived from products
and service (or similar groups of products or services), countries in which the
company derives revenue or holds assets, and about major customers, regardless
of whether this information is used in operating decision making. Republic is
required to adopt the disclosure requirements in its 1998 annual report, and in
interim periods in 1999. The 1999 interim period disclosures are required to
include comparable 1998 information.
 
    UNAUDITED FINANCIAL INFORMATION--Financial information at March 31, 1998 and
for the three months ended March 31, 1998 and 1997 is unaudited. In the opinion
of management of Republic, all adjustments necessary for a fair presentation of
such financial information have been included. All such adjustments are of a
normal recurring nature. The statements of income, cash flows and changes in
stockholders' equity for the three months ended March 31, 1998 are not
necessarily indicative of the statements of income, cash flows and changes in
stockholders' equity which may be expected for the year ending December 31,
1998.
 
                                      F-13
<PAGE>
                    REPUBLIC BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
      AS OF AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1998 (UNAUDITED) AND
                  YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997, 1996 AND 1995
 
2. CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
 
    During 1998, the Bank entered into agreements to purchase securities under
agreements to resell ("reverse repurchase agreements"). At March 31, 1998 these
reverse repurchase agreements totaled $20.0 million (unaudited). The securities
purchased under these reverse repurchase agreements are government agency
securities and pledged against the Bank's customer repurchase accounts. The fair
value of the pledged securities as of March 31, 1998 was approximately $20.0
million (unaudited). The securities purchased under these agreements are
overnight in term and maintained by a third party safekeeping agent for the
benefit of the Bank. The average balance of securities purchased under reverse
repurchase agreements during the first quarter of 1998 was $7.6 million
(unaudited) with a maximum balance outstanding at any month end of $20.0 million
(unaudited).
 
    Republic is required by the Federal Reserve Bank to maintain average reserve
balances. Cash and due from banks in the consolidated balance sheet includes
$1.7 million of reserve balances at December 31, 1997.
 
3. SECURITIES
 
    Securities available for sale:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 MARCH 31, 1998
                                               --------------------------------------------------
                                                               GROSS         GROSS
                                               AMORTIZED    UNREALIZED    UNREALIZED
                                                  COST         GAINS        LOSSES     FAIR VALUE
                                               ----------  -------------  -----------  ----------
                                                           (IN THOUSANDS, UNAUDITED)
<S>                                            <C>         <C>            <C>          <C>
U.S. Treasury Securities and U.S. government
  agencies...................................  $   92,628                  $    (128)  $   92,500
Mortgage-Backed Securities...................      42,015                       (151)      41,864
                                               ----------          ---         -----   ----------
Total securities available for sale..........  $  134,643                  $    (279)  $  134,364
                                               ----------          ---         -----   ----------
                                               ----------          ---         -----   ----------
</TABLE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               DECEMBER 31, 1997
                                               --------------------------------------------------
                                                               GROSS         GROSS
                                               AMORTIZED    UNREALIZED    UNREALIZED
                                                  COST         GAINS        LOSSES     FAIR VALUE
                                               ----------  -------------  -----------  ----------
                                                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                            <C>         <C>            <C>          <C>
U.S. Treasury securities and U.S. government
  agencies...................................  $   44,586    $       6     $     (33)  $   44,559
Mortgage-backed securities...................      49,322           28           (83)      49,267
                                               ----------          ---         -----   ----------
Total securities available for sale..........  $   93,908    $      34     $    (116)  $   93,826
                                               ----------          ---         -----   ----------
                                               ----------          ---         -----   ----------
</TABLE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               DECEMBER 31, 1996
                                               --------------------------------------------------
                                                               GROSS         GROSS
                                               AMORTIZED    UNREALIZED    UNREALIZED
                                                  COST         GAINS        LOSSES     FAIR VALUE
                                               ----------  -------------  -----------  ----------
                                                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                            <C>         <C>            <C>          <C>
U.S. Treasury securities and U.S. government
  agencies...................................  $  108,269                  $    (332)  $  107,937
                                               ----------          ---         -----   ----------
                                               ----------          ---         -----   ----------
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-14
<PAGE>
                    REPUBLIC BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
      AS OF AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1998 (UNAUDITED) AND
                  YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997, 1996 AND 1995
 
3. SECURITIES (CONTINUED)
    Securities to be held to maturity:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 MARCH 31, 1998
                                               --------------------------------------------------
                                                               GROSS         GROSS
                                               AMORTIZED    UNREALIZED    UNREALIZED
                                                  COST         GAINS        LOSSES     FAIR VALUE
                                               ----------  -------------  -----------  ----------
                                                           (IN THOUSANDS, UNAUDITED)
<S>                                            <C>         <C>            <C>          <C>
U.S. Treasury Securities and U.S. government
  agencies...................................  $   75,298    $     170     $    (247)  $   75,221
Obligations of state and political
  subdivisions...............................       4,244          194                      4,438
Mortgage-backed securities...................         561                        (29)         532
                                               ----------        -----         -----   ----------
Total securities to be held to maturity......  $   80,103    $     364     $    (276)  $   80,191
                                               ----------        -----         -----   ----------
                                               ----------        -----         -----   ----------
</TABLE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               DECEMBER 31, 1997
                                               --------------------------------------------------
                                                               GROSS         GROSS
                                               AMORTIZED    UNREALIZED    UNREALIZED
                                                  COST         GAINS        LOSSES     FAIR VALUE
                                               ----------  -------------  -----------  ----------
                                                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                            <C>         <C>            <C>          <C>
U.S. Treasury securities and U.S. government
  agencies...................................  $   93,693    $     229     $    (378)  $   93,544
Obligations of state and political
  subdivisions...............................       4,270          177                      4,447
Mortgage-backed securities...................         583                        (34)         549
                                               ----------        -----         -----   ----------
Total securities to be held to maturity......  $   98,546    $     406     $    (412)  $   98,540
                                               ----------        -----         -----   ----------
                                               ----------        -----         -----   ----------
</TABLE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               DECEMBER 31, 1996
                                               --------------------------------------------------
                                                               GROSS         GROSS
                                               AMORTIZED    UNREALIZED    UNREALIZED
                                                  COST         GAINS        LOSSES     FAIR VALUE
                                               ----------  -------------  -----------  ----------
                                                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                            <C>         <C>            <C>          <C>
U.S. Treasury securities and U.S. government
  agencies...................................  $  168,797    $     452     $    (800)  $  168,449
Obligations of state and political
  subdivisions...............................       4,458          167            (1)       4,624
Mortgage-backed securities...................         663                        (41)         622
                                               ----------        -----         -----   ----------
Total securities to be held to maturity......  $  173,918    $     619     $    (842)  $  173,695
                                               ----------        -----         -----   ----------
                                               ----------        -----         -----   ----------
</TABLE>
 
    Securities having an amortized cost of $210.0 million (unaudited) and a fair
value of $209.7 million (unaudited) at March 31, 1998, were pledged to secure
public deposits, securities sold under agreements to repurchase and for other
purposes, as required or permitted by law. Gross gains on available for sale
securities were $324,000 (unaudited) for quarter ended March 31, 1998.
 
    Securities having an amortized cost of $168.6 million and $263.5 million and
fair value of $168.1 million and $262.9 million at December 31, 1997 and 1996,
respectively, were pledged to secure public
 
                                      F-15
<PAGE>
                    REPUBLIC BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
      AS OF AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1998 (UNAUDITED) AND
                  YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997, 1996 AND 1995
 
3. SECURITIES (CONTINUED)
deposits, securities sold under agreements to repurchase and for other purposes,
as required or permitted by law.
 
    The amortized cost and fair value of securities by contractual maturity are
as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 DECEMBER 31, 1997
                                                 --------------------------------------------------
                                                     SECURITIES TO BE             SECURITIES
                                                     HELD TO MATURITY         AVAILABLE FOR SALE
                                                 ------------------------  ------------------------
                                                  AMORTIZED                 AMORTIZED
                                                    COST      FAIR VALUE      COST      FAIR VALUE
                                                 -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
                                                                   (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                              <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
Due in one year or less........................   $  52,787    $  52,776
Due after one year through five years..........      31,049       31,028    $  44,586    $  44,559
Due after five through ten years...............      11,438       11,486       34,220       34,159
Due after ten years............................       3,272        3,250       15,102       15,108
                                                 -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
Total..........................................   $  98,546    $  98,540    $  93,908    $  93,826
                                                 -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
                                                 -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
</TABLE>
 
4. LOANS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         MARCH 31,          DECEMBER 31,
                                                           1998        ----------------------
                                                        (UNAUDITED)       1997        1996
                                                      ---------------  ----------  ----------
                                                                  (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                   <C>              <C>         <C>
Residential real estate.............................    $   480,820    $  480,874  $  457,204
Commercial real estate..............................         74,462        76,306      59,086
Real estate construction............................         39,539        37,940      32,130
Commercial..........................................         22,042        21,552      25,115
Consumer............................................         74,016        81,967      96,138
Home equity.........................................        100,154       102,512      69,572
Bankcard............................................                                   24,527
Other...............................................          2,657         4,094       4,309
                                                      ---------------  ----------  ----------
  Total loans.......................................        793,690       805,245     768,081
Less:
  Unearned interest income and unamortized loan
    fees............................................          1,951         2,130       2,416
  Allowance for loan losses.........................          8,234         8,176       6,241
                                                      ---------------  ----------  ----------
Loans, net..........................................    $   783,505    $  794,939  $  759,424
                                                      ---------------  ----------  ----------
                                                      ---------------  ----------  ----------
</TABLE>
 
    Substantially all loans are to borrowers in Republic's primary market areas.
Republic's policy is to make residential real estate loans that generally do not
exceed 80% of appraised value of the underlying property for conventional loans,
and to require borrowers to purchase private mortgage insurance where the
borrower's down payment is less than 20%. Republic generally also requires
collateral on commercial real estate loans, commercial loans and home equity
loans. All Bankcard loans and approximately $38.4 million and $55.0 million of
consumer loans at December 31, 1997 and 1996, respectively, are on an unsecured
basis.
 
                                      F-16
<PAGE>
                    REPUBLIC BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
AS OF AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1998 (UNAUDITED) AND YEARS ENDED
                        DECEMBER 31, 1997, 1996 AND 1995
 
4. LOANS (CONTINUED)
 
    During 1997, Republic sold the Bankcard loans. A gain of $3.7 million was
recognized on these sales and includes $500,000 of gain recognized on the sale
of the associated merchant processing.
 
    Republic monitors its exposure to credit risk by performing ongoing credit
evaluations of the borrowers' financial condition and maintains an allowance for
potential credit losses. Activity in the allowance for loan losses is summarized
as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          DECEMBER 31,
                                                  MARCH 31,      -------------------------------
                                              1998 (UNAUDITED)     1997       1996       1995
                                              -----------------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                           <C>                <C>        <C>        <C>
Balance, beginning of year..................      $   8,176      $   6,241  $   3,695  $   1,827
Provision for loan losses charged to
 income.....................................            643          7,251      9,149      4,268
Charge-offs.................................           (702)        (5,859)    (7,129)    (2,489)
Recoveries..................................            117            543        526         89
                                                     ------      ---------  ---------  ---------
Balance, end of year........................      $   8,234      $   8,176  $   6,241  $   3,695
                                                     ------      ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                     ------      ---------  ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
    The level of charge offs in 1997 and 1996 exceeded losses incurred in prior
periods and were directly related to two unsecured credit programs initiated in
1995. The net charge offs related to loans arising under these programs were
$4.2 million and $4.8 million in 1997 and 1996, and accounted for 71% and 73% of
net charge-offs in each of those years. Originations of loans under these
programs were significantly reduced in 1997 and 1996, and such originations were
underwritten to more restrictive standards than in 1995.
 
    Information about Republic's investment in impaired loans is as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                   AS OF AND FOR     AS OF AND FOR THE YEARS ENDED
                                                     THE THREE
                                                   MONTHS ENDED              DECEMBER 31,
                                                     MARCH 31,      -------------------------------
                                                 1998 (UNAUDITED)     1997       1996       1995
                                                 -----------------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                   (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                              <C>                <C>        <C>        <C>
Gross impaired loans which have allowances.....      $   1,640      $   1,640  $   1,638  $   4,064
Less: related allowances for loan losses.......            240            240        240        589
                                                        ------      ---------  ---------  ---------
Net impaired loans with related allowances.....          1,400          1,400      1,398      3,475
Impaired loans with no related allowances......              0              0          0         87
                                                        ------      ---------  ---------  ---------
  Total........................................      $   1,400      $   1,400  $   1,398  $   3,562
                                                        ------      ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                        ------      ---------  ---------  ---------
Average impaired loans outstanding.............      $   1,640      $   1,639  $   1,638  $   3,432
                                                        ------      ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                        ------      ---------  ---------  ---------
Interest income recognized.....................      $       0      $      93  $     110  $     358
                                                        ------      ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                        ------      ---------  ---------  ---------
Interest income received.......................      $       0      $      93  $     110  $     337
                                                        ------      ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                        ------      ---------  ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-17
<PAGE>
                    REPUBLIC BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
AS OF AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1998 (UNAUDITED) AND YEARS ENDED
                        DECEMBER 31, 1997, 1996 AND 1995
 
4. LOANS (CONTINUED)
    Loans made to executive officers and directors of Republic and their related
interests in the ordinary course of business, subject to substantially the same
credit policies as other loans and current in their terms, are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                   BALANCE,                             BALANCE,
                                                   BEGINNING      NEW                      END
                     PERIOD                        OF PERIOD     LOANS    REPAYMENTS    OF PERIOD
- ------------------------------------------------  -----------  ---------  -----------  -----------
                                                                   (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                               <C>          <C>        <C>          <C>
Year ended December 31, 1997....................   $   5,688   $   7,301   $   8,327    $   4,662
                                                  -----------  ---------  -----------  -----------
                                                  -----------  ---------  -----------  -----------
</TABLE>
 
5. LOAN SERVICING
 
    Republic was servicing loans for others (primarily FHLMC) totaling $263
million and $297 million at December 31, 1997 and 1996, respectively. Servicing
loans for others generally consists of collecting mortgage payments, maintaining
escrow accounts, disbursing payments to investors and processing foreclosures.
In connection with these loans serviced for others, Republic held borrowers'
escrow balances of $.5 million and $.6 million at December 31, 1997 and 1996,
respectively.
 
6. ACCRUED INTEREST RECEIVABLE
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              DECEMBER 31,
                                                                          --------------------
                                                                            1997       1996
                                                                          ---------  ---------
                                                                             (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                       <C>        <C>
Investment securities...................................................  $   2,845  $   4,331
Loans...................................................................      5,958      5,354
                                                                          ---------  ---------
                                                                          $   8,803  $   9,685
                                                                          ---------  ---------
                                                                          ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
7. PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              DECEMBER 31,
                                                                          --------------------
                                                                            1997       1996
                                                                          ---------  ---------
                                                                             (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                       <C>        <C>
Land....................................................................  $   1,007  $   1,699
Office buildings and improvements.......................................      6,991      8,718
Furniture, fixtures and equipment.......................................     17,735     18,608
Leasehold improvements..................................................        869        869
                                                                          ---------  ---------
Total premises and equipment............................................     26,602     29,894
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization..........................     13,828     12,385
                                                                          ---------  ---------
Net premises and equipment..............................................  $  12,774  $  17,509
                                                                          ---------  ---------
                                                                          ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-18
<PAGE>
                    REPUBLIC BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
AS OF AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1998 (UNAUDITED) AND YEARS ENDED
                        DECEMBER 31, 1997, 1996 AND 1995
 
8. INTEREST BEARING DEPOSITS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         MARCH 31,          DECEMBER 31,
                                                           1998        ----------------------
                                                        (UNAUDITED)       1997        1996
                                                      ---------------  ----------  ----------
                                                                  (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                   <C>              <C>         <C>
Demand (NOW, SuperNOW and
 Money Market)......................................    $   136,710    $  118,870  $  116,180
Savings.............................................         11,178        12,165      14,840
Money market certificates of deposit................         36,897        41,307      63,423
Individual retirement accounts......................         22,555        30,167      35,845
Certificates of deposit, $100,000 and over..........         65,116        63,045      60,890
Other certificates of deposit.......................        332,016       352,478     374,864
Brokered deposits...................................         47,697        47,653      50,130
                                                      ---------------  ----------  ----------
Total interest bearing deposits.....................    $   652,169    $  665,685  $  716,172
                                                      ---------------  ----------  ----------
                                                      ---------------  ----------  ----------
</TABLE>
 
    At December 31, 1997, the scheduled maturities of time deposits are as
follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                    WEIGHTED
                                                                                  AVERAGE RATE
                                                                                  -------------
<S>                                                                   <C>         <C>
        Less than 1 year............................................  $  301,532        5.95%
        Over 1 year through 3 years.................................     187,580        5.56%
        Over 3 years through 5 years................................       4,231        5.67%
                                                                      ----------
                                                                      $  493,343
                                                                      ----------
                                                                      ----------
</TABLE>
 
9. SECURITIES SOLD UNDER AGREEMENTS TO REPURCHASE AND OTHER SHORT TERM
   BORROWINGS
 
       These borrowings consist of short term excess funds from correspondent
   banks, repurchase agreements and overnight liabilities to deposit customers
   arising from a cash management program offered by Republic. While effectively
   deposit equivalents, such arrangements are in the form of repurchase
   agreements. The repurchase agreements are treated as financings; accordingly,
   the securities involved with the agreements are recorded as assets and are
   held by a safekeeping agent and the obligations to repurchase the securities
   are reflected as liabilities. All securities underlying the agreements were
   under Republic's control.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         MARCH 31,          DECEMBER 31,
                                                           1998        ----------------------
                                                        (UNAUDITED)       1997        1996
                                                      ---------------  ----------  ----------
                                                                  (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                   <C>              <C>         <C>
Average outstanding balance during the year.........    $   112,625    $  100,291  $   74,531
Average interest rate during the year...............          4.32%         4.57%       4.74%
Maximum month end balance during the year...........    $   130,754    $  111,137  $  182,485
</TABLE>
 
    Approximately $92 million of the December 31, 1996 balance represents funds
received from a local governmental organization. Substantially all of these
amounts were returned during the first quarter of 1997.
 
                                      F-19
<PAGE>
                    REPUBLIC BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
AS OF AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1998 (UNAUDITED) AND YEARS ENDED
                        DECEMBER 31, 1997, 1996 AND 1995
 
10. OTHER BORROWED FUNDS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   MARCH 31,          DECEMBER 31,
                                                                     1998        ----------------------
                                                                  (UNAUDITED)       1997        1996
                                                                ---------------  ----------  ----------
                                                                            (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                             <C>              <C>         <C>
Federal Home Loan Bank convertible fixed rate advance (see
 comment below)...............................................    $    30,000
Subordinated debentures bearing interest from 9.75% to
 10.0%........................................................                               $      188
Note payable to a financial institution bearing interest at
 7.75%........................................................                                    1,450
Federal Reserve Discount Borrowings bearing interest at 5.00%
 due 1/9/97...................................................                                   21,000
Federal Home Loan Bank variable interest rate advances, with
 weighted average interest rate of 5.90% at December 31, 1997,
 due through 1999.............................................         81,000    $  116,000      65,000
Federal Home Loan Bank fixed interest rate advances, with
 weighted average interest rate of 5.55% at December 31, 1997,
 due through 2001.............................................         68,164         8,405      19,336
                                                                ---------------  ----------  ----------
                                                                  $   179,164    $  124,405  $  106,974
                                                                ---------------  ----------  ----------
                                                                ---------------  ----------  ----------
</TABLE>
 
    During the first quarter of 1998, Republic entered into a 5 year convertible
fixed rate advance with the Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) for $30 million. The
advance is fixed for 1 year at 5.11%. At the end of the first year, the FHLB has
the right to convert the fixed rate advance on a quarterly basis to a variable
rate advance tied to the 3 month LIBOR index. The advance can be prepaid at any
quarterly date without penalty, but may not be prepaid at any time during the
fixed rate term.
 
    The Parent Company has available through a financial institution a line of
credit in the amount of $6.5 million and has pledged 51% of the Bank's
outstanding common stock as collateral for this line of credit.
 
    The FHLB advances are collateralized by a blanket pledge of eligible real
estate loans with an unpaid principal balance of greater than 150% of the
outstanding advances. Republic has available collateral to borrow an additional
$171 million from the FHLB. Republic also has unsecured lines of credit totaling
$16.7 million and secured lines of credit of $104.7 million available through
various financial institutions.
 
    Aggregate future principal payments on borrowed funds as of December 31,
1997 are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            (IN
YEAR                                                                    THOUSANDS)
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------  -------------
<S>                                                                    <C>
1998.................................................................   $     3,068
1999.................................................................       120,044
2000.................................................................         1,103
2001.................................................................           190
                                                                       -------------
                                                                        $   124,405
                                                                       -------------
                                                                       -------------
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-20
<PAGE>
                    REPUBLIC BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
AS OF AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1998 (UNAUDITED) AND YEARS ENDED
                        DECEMBER 31, 1997, 1996 AND 1995
 
11. GUARANTEED PREFERRED BENEFICIAL INTERESTS
 
    In February 1997, Republic Capital Trust (RCT), a trust subsidiary of
Republic Bancorp, Inc., completed the private placement of 64,520 shares of
cumulative trust preferred securities (Preferred Securities) with a liquidation
preference of $100 per security. Each security can be converted into five shares
of Class A Common Stock at the option of the holder. The proceeds of the
offering were loaned to Republic Bancorp, Inc. in exchange for subordinated
debentures with terms that are similar to the Preferred Securities.
Distributions on the securities are payable quarterly at the annual rate of 8.5%
of the liquidation preference and are included in interest expense in the
consolidated financial statements. Republic undertook the issuance of these
securities to enhance its regulatory capital position. The Bank intends to
utilize the capital for general business purposes and to support the Bank's
future opportunities for growth. These securities are considered as Tier I
capital under current regulatory guidelines.
 
    The Preferred Securities are subject to mandatory redemption, in whole or in
part, upon repayment of the subordinated debentures at maturity or their earlier
redemption at the liquidation preference. The subordinated debentures are
redeemable prior to the maturity date of April 1, 2027 at the option of Republic
on or after April 1, 2002, or upon the occurrence of specific events, defined
within the trust indenture. Republic has the option to defer distributions on
the subordinated debentures from time to time for a period not to exceed 20
consecutive quarters.
 
12. INCOME TAXES
 
    Income tax expense is summarized as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                   -------------------------------
                                                                     1997       1996       1995
                                                                   ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                           (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                <C>        <C>        <C>
Income tax expense consisted of:
  Current........................................................  $   7,587  $   2,560  $   4,443
  Deferred benefit...............................................       (709)      (617)       (71)
                                                                   ---------  ---------  ---------
    Total........................................................  $   6,878  $   1,943  $   4,372
                                                                   ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                   ---------  ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
    The provision for income taxes differs from the amount computed at the
statutory rate as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                   YEARS ENDED
                                                                                  DECEMBER 31,
                                                                         -------------------------------
                                                                           1997       1996       1995
                                                                         ---------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                      <C>        <C>        <C>
Federal statutory rate.................................................       35.0%      34.0%      34.0%
                                                                               ---        ---        ---
                                                                               ---        ---        ---
Increase (decrease) resulting from:
  Tax-exempt interest income...........................................       (0.3)      (1.4)      (0.7)
  Net operating loss carryforward......................................                             (1.8)
  Acquisition intangibles..............................................                   6.5
  Other................................................................        1.2        2.5        4.4
                                                                               ---        ---        ---
Effective rate.........................................................       35.9%      41.6%      35.9%
                                                                               ---        ---        ---
                                                                               ---        ---        ---
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-21
<PAGE>
                    REPUBLIC BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
AS OF AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1998 (UNAUDITED) AND YEARS ENDED
                        DECEMBER 31, 1997, 1996 AND 1995
 
12. INCOME TAXES (CONTINUED)
    The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to the deferred tax
assets and deferred tax liabilities are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                 DECEMBER 31,
                                                                             --------------------
                                                                               1997       1996
                                                                             ---------  ---------
                                                                                (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                          <C>        <C>
Deferred tax assets:
  Depreciation.............................................................  $     448  $     232
  Loan fees................................................................        168        186
  Allowance for loan losses................................................      1,860      1,040
  FAS 115 valuation reserve................................................         28        113
                                                                             ---------  ---------
    Total deferred tax assets..............................................      2,504      1,571
                                                                             ---------  ---------
Deferred tax liabilities:
  FHLB dividends...........................................................        662        488
  Other....................................................................        209         74
                                                                             ---------  ---------
    Total deferred tax liabilities.........................................        871        562
                                                                             ---------  ---------
Net deferred tax asset, included in other assets...........................  $   1,633  $   1,009
                                                                             ---------  ---------
                                                                             ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
13. EARNINGS PER SHARE
 
    A reconciliation of the combined Class A and B Common Stock numerators and
denominators of the earnings per share and earnings per share assuming dilution
computations in thousands is as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                                                       MARCH 31,                  YEARS ENDED
                                                                      (UNAUDITED)                DECEMBER 31,
                                                                  --------------------  -------------------------------
                                                                    1998       1997       1997       1996       1995
                                                                  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                                     (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                               <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
Earnings Per Share
  Net income....................................................  $   5,524  $   1,880  $  12,259  $   2,727  $   7,788
  Less: Dividends declared on preferred stock...................                  (106)      (425)      (425)      (364)
                                                                  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
  Net income available to common shareholders...................  $   5,524  $   1,774  $  11,834  $   2,302  $   7,424
                                                                  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
  Weighted average shares outstanding...........................      7,479      7,222      7,225      7,222      7,202
                                                                  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Earnings Per Share Assuming Dilution
  Net income....................................................  $   5,524  $   1,880  $  12,259  $   2,727  $   7,788
  Less: Dividends declared on preferred stock...................                  (106)                 (425)      (364)
  Add: Interest expense, net of tax benefit, on assumed
    conversion of guaranteed preferred beneficial interests in
    Republic's subordinated debentures..........................         90                   320
                                                                  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
  Net income available to common shareholders assuming
    conversion..................................................  $   5,614  $   1,774  $  12,579  $   2,302  $   7,424
                                                                  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-22
<PAGE>
                    REPUBLIC BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
AS OF AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1998 (UNAUDITED) AND YEARS ENDED
                        DECEMBER 31, 1997, 1996 AND 1995
 
13. EARNINGS PER SHARE (CONTINUED)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                                                       MARCH 31,                  YEARS ENDED
                                                                      (UNAUDITED)                DECEMBER 31,
                                                                  --------------------  -------------------------------
                                                                    1998       1997       1997       1996       1995
                                                                  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                                     (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                               <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
Weighted average shares outstanding.............................      7,479      7,222      7,225      7,222      7,202
Add dilutive effects of assumed conversion and exercise:
  Convertible preferred stock...................................                              300
  Convertible guaranteed preferred beneficial interest in
    Republic's subordinated debentures..........................        323                   282
  Stock options.................................................        147         90        160         99         63
                                                                  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Weighted average shares and dilutive potential shares
 outstanding....................................................      7,949      7,312      7,967      7,321      7,265
                                                                  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
    The difference in earnings per share between the two classes of Common Stock
result solely from the dividend premium paid to Class A over Class B Common
Stock.
 
    The 50,000 shares of Preferred Stock were not considered converted to
300,000 shares of Common Stock for the three months ending March 31, 1997 and
the years ending December 31, 1996 and 1995 in computing earnings per share
assuming dilution because the impact of their conversion was antidilutive.
Incentive stock options for 31,000 shares of Common Stock granted during 1995
were not considered in computing earnings per share assuming dilution for 1995
because they were antidilutive.
 
14. STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
 
    COMMON STOCK--At December 31, 1995, there were 1,203,578 shares of no par
common stock issued and outstanding. On January 8, 1996 the shareholders
approved an amendment to Republic's Articles of Incorporation to authorize
15,000,000 shares of Class A Common Stock, no par value and 2,000,000 shares of
Class B Common Stock, no par value. All outstanding shares of common stock were
reclassified as Class B Common Stock by virtue of the amendment.
 
    On February 16, 1996, the Board of Directors declared a stock dividend of
five shares of Class A Common Stock for each share of Class B Common Stock owned
by shareholders of record on February 20, 1996 payable on February 29, 1996. The
stock dividend has been treated as a stock split and all share and earnings per
share amounts have been retroactively restated.
 
    The Class A shares are entitled to cash dividends equal to 110% of the
dividend paid per share on the Class B Common Stock. Class A shares have one
vote per share and Class B shares have ten votes per share. Class B stock may be
converted, at the option of the holder, to Class A stock on a share-for-share
basis. The Class A Common Stock is not convertible into any other class of
Republic's capital stock.
 
    PREFERRED STOCK--On December 31, 1997, Republic redeemed the $5 million
outstanding Series A Convertible Preferred stock. At the option of each
shareholder, each security was either converted to 5
 
                                      F-23
<PAGE>
                    REPUBLIC BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
AS OF AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1998 (UNAUDITED) AND YEARS ENDED
                        DECEMBER 31, 1997, 1996 AND 1995
 
14. STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (CONTINUED)
shares of Class A Common Stock and 1 share of Class B Common Stock, or redeemed
in cash for the initial offering price of $100 per share plus a 20% premium.
 
    DIVIDEND LIMITATIONS--Banking regulations limit the amount of dividends that
may be paid to the Parent Company without prior approval of the Bank's
regulatory agency. Under these regulations, the amount of dividends that may be
paid in any calendar year is limited to the current year's net profits, as
defined, combined with the retained net profits of the preceding two years, less
any dividends declared during those periods. At December 31, 1997, the Bank had
$14 million of retained earnings available for such purposes.
 
    REGULATORY CAPITAL REQUIREMENTS--The Parent Company and the Bank are subject
to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal banking
agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain
mandatory, and possibly additional discretionary, actions by regulators that, if
undertaken, could have a direct material effect on Republic's financial
statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for
prompt corrective action, the Parent Company and the Bank must meet specific
capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of the bank's assets,
liabilities, and certain off-balance-sheet items as calculated under regulatory
accounting practices. The capital amounts and classification are also subject to
qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings, and
other factors.
 
    Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy
require the Parent Company and the Bank to maintain minimum amounts and ratios
(set forth in the table below) of Total and Tier I capital (as defined in the
regulations) to risk-weighted assets (as defined), and of Tier I capital (as
defined) to average assets (as defined).
 
                                      F-24
<PAGE>
                    REPUBLIC BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
AS OF AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1998 (UNAUDITED) AND YEARS ENDED
                        DECEMBER 31, 1997, 1996 AND 1995
 
14. STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (CONTINUED)
    The most recent notification from the FDIC categorized the Bank as well
capitalized under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. To be
categorized as well capitalized the Bank must maintain minimum Total Risk-Based,
Tier I Risk-Based, and Tier I Leverage ratios as set forth in the table.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                        MINIMUM REQUIREMENT TO
                                                                                 MINIMUM REQUIREMENT     BE WELL CAPITALIZED
                                                                                 FOR CAPITAL ADEQUACY        UNDER PROMPT
                                                                                                          CORRECTIVE ACTION
                                                                 ACTUAL                PURPOSES               PROVISIONS
                                                          --------------------  ----------------------  ----------------------
                                                           AMOUNT      RATIO     AMOUNT       RATIO      AMOUNT       RATIO
                                                          ---------  ---------  ---------     -----     ---------     -----
                                                                                 (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                       <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>          <C>        <C>
AS OF MARCH 31, 1998 (UNAUDITED)
  Total Risk Based Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets)
    Consolidated........................................  $  88,304     12.67%  $  52,647           8%  $  65,808          10%
    Bank only...........................................     88,128     12.65      52,716           8      65,895          10
 
  Tier I Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets)
    Consolidated........................................     80,070     11.49      26,323           4      39,485           6
    Bank only...........................................     79,894     11.46      23,558           4      39,537           6
 
  Tier I Leverage Capital (to Average Assets)
    Consolidated........................................     80,070      7.31      44,725           4      55,906           5
    Bank only...........................................     79,894      7.29      43,885           4      54,856           5
 
AS OF DECEMBER 31, 1997
  Total Risk Based Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets)
    Consolidated........................................  $  83,069     11.73%  $  56,672           8%  $  70,841          10%
    Bank only...........................................     83,149     11.74      56,670           8      70,837          10
 
  Tier I Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets)
    Consolidated........................................     74,893     10.57      28,336           4      42,504           6
    Bank only...........................................     74,973     10.58      28,335           4      42,502           6
 
  Tier I Leverage Capital (to Average Assets)
    Consolidated........................................     74,893      6.99      42,866           4      53,583           5
    Bank only...........................................     74,973      7.00      42,865           4      53,581           5
 
AS OF DECEMBER 31, 1996
  Total Risk Based Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets)
    Consolidated........................................  $  65,449     10.10%  $  51,818           8%  $  64,773          10%
    Bank only...........................................     66,590     10.31      51,687           8      64,609          10
  Tier I Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets)
    Consolidated........................................     59,208      9.14      25,909           4      38,864           6
    Bank only...........................................     60,349      9.34      25,843           4      38,765           6
 
  Tier I Leverage Capital (to Average Assets)
    Consolidated........................................     59,208      5.76      41,097           4      51,372           5
    Bank only...........................................     60,349      5.87      41,097           4      51,372           5
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-25
<PAGE>
                    REPUBLIC BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
        AS OF AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1998 (UNAUDITED)
                AND YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997, 1996 AND 1995
 
15. STOCK OPTION PLAN
 
    Under a stock option plan, certain key employees and directors are granted
options to purchase shares of Republic's Common Stock at fair value at the date
of the grant. Options granted become fully exercisable at the end of two to six
years of continued employment and must be exercised within one year after
vesting. A summary of Republic's stock option activity, and related information
for the years ended December 31 follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  1997                                             1996
                            ------------------------------------------------  -----------------------------------------------
                                        WEIGHTED                  WEIGHTED                WEIGHTED                 WEIGHTED
                             OPTIONS     AVERAGE      OPTIONS      AVERAGE     OPTIONS     AVERAGE     OPTIONS      AVERAGE
                             CLASS A    EXERCISE      CLASS B     EXERCISE     CLASS A    EXERCISE     CLASS B     EXERCISE
                             SHARES       PRICE       SHARES        PRICE      SHARES       PRICE       SHARES       PRICE
                            ---------  -----------  -----------  -----------  ---------  -----------  ----------  -----------
<S>                         <C>        <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>        <C>          <C>         <C>
Outstanding beginning of
 year.....................    468,500   $   10.31       34,000    $    7.45                              228,000   $    7.72
Stock reclassification....                                                      190,000   $    7.72     (190,000)       7.72
Granted...................    113,500       11.99                               311,500       11.94
Exercised.................    (13,500)      11.07         (500)        7.22
Forfeited.................    (72,000)      10.08       (5,000)        6.56     (33,000)      10.76       (4,000)      10.00
                            ---------               -----------               ---------               ----------
Outstanding year end......    496,500       10.71       28,500         7.61     468,500       10.31       34,000        7.45
                            ---------               -----------               ---------               ----------
                            ---------               -----------               ---------               ----------
Exercisable (vested) end
 of year..................     --                       --                       --                       --
</TABLE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                     1995
                            ----------------------
                                        WEIGHTED
                             OPTIONS     AVERAGE
                             COMMON     EXERCISE
                              STOCK       PRICE
                            ---------  -----------
<S>                         <C>        <C>
Outstanding beginning of
 year.....................     42,000   $    3.76
Granted...................    228,000        7.72
Exercised.................    (42,000)       3.76
                            ---------
Outstanding year end......    228,000        7.72
                            ---------
                            ---------
Exercisable (vested) end
 of year..................     --
</TABLE>
 
    As discussed in Note 14, on February 29, 1996, common stock was reclassified
and split into five shares of Class A Common Stock and one share of Class B
Common Stock for every share of common stock owned by shareholders of record on
February 20, 1996.
 
    Exercise prices for options outstanding as of December 31, 1997 ranged from
$6.56 to $12.00. The weighted average remaining contractual life of those
options is 4.43 years.
 
    Pro forma information regarding net income and earnings per share is
required by SFAS No. 123, and has been determined as if Republic had accounted
for its employee stock options under the fair value method of that Statement.
The fair value for these options was estimated at the date of grant using a
Black-Scholes option pricing model. The weighted average assumptions for options
granted during the
 
                                      F-26
<PAGE>
                    REPUBLIC BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
        AS OF AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1998 (UNAUDITED)
                AND YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997, 1996 AND 1995
 
15. STOCK OPTION PLAN (CONTINUED)
year and the resulting estimated weighted average fair values per share used in
computing pro forma disclosures are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                DECEMBER 31,
                                                                       -------------------------------
                                                                         1997       1996       1995
                                                                       ---------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                    <C>        <C>        <C>
Assumptions:
  Risk-free interest rate............................................       6.25%      6.29%      7.37%
  Expected dividend yield............................................       1.84%      1.84%      2.95%
  Expected life (years)..............................................       5.78       6.00       5.66
  Expected common stock market price volatility......................        .13        .13        .13
 
  Estimated fair value per share.....................................  $    2.76  $    2.80  $    1.62
</TABLE>
 
    For purposes of pro forma disclosures, the estimated fair value of the
options is amortized to expense over the options' vesting period on an
accelerated basis. Republic's pro forma information follows (in thousands except
for earnings per share information);
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           DECEMBER 31,
                                                                  -------------------------------
                                                                    1997       1996       1995
                                                                  ---------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                                               <C>        <C>        <C>
Pro forma net income............................................  $  12,058  $   2,574  $   7,727
 
Pro forma earnings per share
  Class A.......................................................  $    1.61  $     .30
  Class B.......................................................  $    1.59  $     .28
  Common Stock..................................................                        $    1.02
 
Pro forma earnings per share assuming dilution
  Class A.......................................................  $    1.57  $     .30
  Class B.......................................................  $    1.55  $     .28
  Common Stock..................................................                        $    1.02
</TABLE>
 
    Future pro forma net income will be negatively impacted should Republic
choose to grant additional options.
 
16. EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN
 
    Republic maintains a 401(k) plan for full-time employees who have been
employed for 1,000 hours in a plan year and have reached the age of 21.
Participants in the plan may elect to contribute from 1% to 15% of their annual
compensation. Republic matches 50% of participant contributions up to 5% of each
participant's annual compensation. Republic's contribution may increase if
certain operating ratios are achieved. Republic's matching contributions were
$313,000, $284,000, and $240,000 for the years ended December 31, 1997, 1996 and
1995, respectively.
 
                                      F-27
<PAGE>
                    REPUBLIC BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
        AS OF AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1998 (UNAUDITED)
                AND YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997, 1996 AND 1995
 
17. NON-INTEREST INCOME AND EXPENSE
 
    Republic had previously recorded in 1993 non-interest expense of $738,000
due to an adverse legal verdict. The legal verdict was subsequently overturned
by the federal appellate court. As a result, $738,000 was recorded as litigation
cost recovery in non-interest expense during 1995.
 
18. LEASES AND TRANSACTIONS WITH AFFILIATES
 
    Republic leases office facilities from affiliated companies owned by certain
directors and executive officers of Republic under operating leases. Rent
expense for the years ended December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995 under these leases
was $1,064,000, $1,054,000, and $951,000. Total rent expense on all operating
leases was $1,533,000, $1,343,000, and $1,200,000 for the years ended December
31, 1997, 1996 and 1995, respectively. The total minimum lease commitments under
noncancelable operating leases are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 DECEMBER 31, 1997
                                                      ----------------------------------------
YEAR                                                   AFFILIATE       OTHER         TOTAL
- ----------------------------------------------------  ------------  ------------  ------------
                                                                   (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                   <C>           <C>           <C>
1998................................................  $  1,181,500  $    316,000  $  1,497,500
1999................................................     1,146,400       310,100     1,456,500
2000................................................     1,131,400       235,700     1,367,100
2001................................................       853,700       120,300       974,000
Thereafter..........................................       447,600       696,700     1,144,300
                                                      ------------  ------------  ------------
                                                      $  4,760,600  $  1,678,800  $  6,439,400
                                                      ------------  ------------  ------------
                                                      ------------  ------------  ------------
</TABLE>
 
    Republic made payments to companies owned by directors of the Bank for the
construction of branches totaling $245,000, $711,000, and $11,000 for the years
ended December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995, respectively.
 
19. SALE OF DEPOSITS AND BANKING CENTERS
 
    During 1997, Republic entered into agreements to sell deposits totaling $180
million and fixed assets of $3.7 million associated with its Western Kentucky
banking centers. Loans originated by these banking centers, substantially all of
which have been retained.
 
    Sales of four of the five banking centers were finalized during 1997,
resulting in a pretax gain of $7.5 million. The sale of the remaining banking
center was finalized during January 1998 for a pretax gain of $4.1 million. FHLB
advances of $36 million and $60 million were used, in part, to fund the 1997 and
1998 sales.
 
20. SAIF ASSESSMENT
 
    In November 1994, Republic completed a merger with its affiliated savings
association, Republic Savings Bancorp, Inc. Subsequent to the merger, a portion
of Republic's deposits continues to be insured by the Savings Association
Insurance Fund (the SAIF). A bill was passed on September 30, 1996, which
included a provision to replenish the SAIF through a special assessment. The
one-time assessment was imposed on SAIF assessable deposits held at March 31,
1995. Republic's assessment of approximately
 
                                      F-28
<PAGE>
                    REPUBLIC BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
        AS OF AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1998 (UNAUDITED)
                AND YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997, 1996 AND 1995
 
20. SAIF ASSESSMENT (CONTINUED)
$2.3 million is included in FDIC deposit insurance expense in the accompanying
consolidated statements of income.
 
21. OFF-BALANCE SHEET RISKS, COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENT LIABILITIES
 
    Republic is a party to financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk in
the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of its customers.
These financial instruments primarily include commitments to extend credit and
standby letters of credit. The contract or notional amounts of these instruments
reflect the extent of involvement Republic has in particular classes of
financial instruments. Creditworthiness for all instruments is evaluated on a
case-by-case basis in accordance with Republic's credit policies. Collateral, if
deemed necessary, is based on management's credit evaluation of the counterparty
and may include business assets of commercial borrowers as well as personal
property and real estate of individual borrowers or guarantors.
 
    Republic extends binding commitments to prospective customers. Such
commitments assure the borrower of financing for a specified period of time at a
specified rate. The risk to Republic under such loan commitments is limited by
the terms of the contract. For example, Republic may not be obligated to advance
funds if the customer's financial condition deteriorates or if the customer
fails to meet specific covenants. An approved, but undrawn, loan commitment
represents a potential credit risk once the funds are advanced to the customer,
a liquidity risk since the customer may demand immediate cash that would require
a funding source, and an interest rate risk since interest rates may rise above
the rate committed to the customer. Republic's current liquidity position
continues to meet its need for funds. In addition, since a portion of these loan
commitments normally expire unused, the total amount of outstanding commitments
at any point in time will not require a funding source. As of December 31, 1997,
Republic had outstanding loan commitments totaling $106.9 million which includes
unused home equity lines of credit totaling $84.0 million. These commitments are
substantially all at variable rates.
 
    At December 31, 1997, Republic's mortgage banking activities included
commitments to extend credit, primarily representing fixed rate mortgage loans,
totaling $31 million. Of commitments to originate loans, borrowers with
commitments totaling $7.5 million have elected to wait until closing to lock the
rate on the loan. Republic has also entered into forward commitments to deliver
loans into the secondary market of $16.7 million at December 31, 1997.
 
    Standby letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by Republic to
guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party. The terms and risk of
loss involved in issuing standby letters of credit are similar to those involved
in issuing loan commitments and extending credit. Commitments outstanding under
standby letters of credit totaled $1.9 million for both December 31, 1997 and
1996.
 
22. FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
 
    The estimated fair value amounts have been determined by Republic using
available market information and appropriate valuation methodologies. However,
considerable judgment is necessarily required to interpret market data to
develop the estimates of fair value. Accordingly, the estimates presented herein
are not necessarily indicative of the amounts Republic could realize in a
current market exchange. The use
 
                                      F-29
<PAGE>
                    REPUBLIC BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
        AS OF AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1998 (UNAUDITED)
                AND YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997, 1996 AND 1995
 
22. FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (CONTINUED)
of different market assumptions and/or estimation methodologies may have a
material effect on the estimated fair value amounts.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                 DECEMBER 31, 1997       DECEMBER 31, 1996
                                               ----------------------  ----------------------
                                                CARRYING      FAIR      CARRYING      FAIR
                                                 AMOUNT      VALUE       AMOUNT      VALUE
                                               ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------
                                                               (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                            <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>
Assets:
  Cash and cash equivalents..................  $   24,546  $   24,546  $   56,671  $   56,671
  Securities available for sale..............      93,826      93,826     107,937     107,937
  Securities to be held to maturity..........      98,546      98,540     173,918     173,695
  Mortgage loans held for sale...............       9,970      10,070       7,624       7,700
  Loans......................................     794,939     796,577     759,424     761,915
  FHLB stock.................................       8,124       8,124       5,548       5,548
 
Liabilities:
  Deposits:
    Certificates of deposit and individual
      retirement accounts....................  $  493,343  $  495,776  $  521,729  $  521,333
    Non interest-bearing accounts............      65,913      65,913      66,969      66,969
    Transaction accounts.....................     172,342     172,608     194,443     196,578
  Securities sold under agreements to
    repurchase and other short-term
    borrowings...............................     111,137     111,134     181,634     181,428
    Other borrowed funds.....................     124,405     124,403     106,974     107,134
  Guaranteed preferred beneficial interests
    in Republic's subordinated debentures....       6,452       6,452
</TABLE>
 
    CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS--The carrying amount is a reasonable estimate of
fair value.
 
    SECURITIES AVAILABLE FOR SALE, SECURITIES TO BE HELD TO MATURITY AND FHLB
STOCK--Fair value equals quoted market price, if available. If a quoted market
price is not available, fair value is estimated using quoted market prices for
similar securities. For FHLB stock, the carrying amount is a reasonable estimate
of fair value.
 
    LOANS--The fair value is estimated by discounting the future cash flows
using the current rates at which similar loans would be made to borrowers with
similar credit ratings and for the same remaining maturities.
 
    MORTGAGE LOANS HELD FOR SALE--Estimated fair value is defined as the current
quoted secondary market price for such loans without regard to Republic's other
commitments to make and sell loans.
 
    DEPOSITS--The fair value of demand deposits, savings accounts and certain
money market deposits is the amount payable on demand at the reporting date. The
fair value of fixed-maturity certificates of deposit is estimated using the
rates currently offered for deposits of similar remaining maturities.
 
                                      F-30
<PAGE>
                    REPUBLIC BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
        AS OF AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1998 (UNAUDITED)
                AND YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997, 1996 AND 1995
 
22. FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (CONTINUED)
    SECURITIES SOLD UNDER AGREEMENTS TO REPURCHASE AND OTHER SHORT-TERM
BORROWINGS--The carrying amount is a reasonable estimate of fair value.
 
    GUARANTEED PREFERRED BENEFICIAL INTERESTS--The fair value is estimated based
on the estimated present value of future cash flows using the current rates at
which similar financings with the same remaining maturities could be obtained.
 
    OTHER BORROWED FUNDS--The fair value is estimated based on the estimated
present value of future cash outflows using the current rates at which similar
loans with the same remaining maturities could be obtained.
 
    COMMITMENTS TO EXTEND CREDIT--The fair value of commitments to extend credit
is based upon the difference between the interest rate at which Republic is
committed to make the loans and the current rates at which similar loans would
be made to borrowers with similar credit ratings and for the same remaining
maturities, adjusted for the estimated volume of loan commitments actually
expected to close. The fair value of such commitments is not material.
 
    COMMITMENTS TO SELL LOANS--The fair value of commitments to sell loans is
based upon the difference between the interest rates at which Republic is
committed to sell the loans and the current quoted secondary market price for
similar loans. The fair value of such commitments is not material.
 
    The fair value estimates presented herein are based on pertinent information
available to management as of December 31, 1997 and 1996. Although management is
not aware of any factors that would significantly affect the estimated fair
value amounts, such amounts have not been comprehensively revalued for purposes
of these financial statements since such dates and, therefore, current estimates
of fair value may differ significantly from the amounts presented herein.
 
                                      F-31
<PAGE>
                    REPUBLIC BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
      AS OF AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1998 (UNAUDITED) AND
                  YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997, 1996 AND 1995
 
23. PARENT COMPANY CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION
 
    BALANCE SHEETS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              DECEMBER 31,
                                                                          --------------------
                                                                            1997       1996
                                                                          ---------  ---------
                                                                             (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                       <C>        <C>
Assets:
  Cash and cash equivalents.............................................  $     596  $     551
  Due from subsidiaries.................................................      2,220        542
  Investment in subsidiaries............................................     75,271     60,181
  Repurchase agreements.................................................                   851
  Other.................................................................         20         21
                                                                          ---------  ---------
    Total assets........................................................  $  78,107  $  62,146
                                                                          ---------  ---------
                                                                          ---------  ---------
Liabilities:
  Long-term debt........................................................  $   6,752  $   1,638
  Other.................................................................      2,969      1,489
                                                                          ---------  ---------
    Total liabilities...................................................      9,721      3,127
                                                                          ---------  ---------
Stockholders' equity:
  Preferred stock.......................................................                 5,000
  Common stock..........................................................      3,613      3,491
  Additional paid-in capital............................................     10,833      6,817
  Retained earnings.....................................................     53,994     43,930
  Net unrealized depreciation on securities available for sale, net of
    tax.................................................................        (54)      (219)
                                                                          ---------  ---------
  Total stockholders' equity............................................     68,386     59,019
                                                                          ---------  ---------
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity..............................  $  78,107  $  62,146
                                                                          ---------  ---------
                                                                          ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
    STATEMENTS OF INCOME
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                  -------------------------------
                                                                    1997       1996       1995
                                                                  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                          (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                               <C>        <C>        <C>
Income:
  Dividends from subsidiaries...................................  $   4,446  $   2,400  $   2,000
  Interest......................................................         38        115        160
                                                                  ---------  ---------  ---------
    Total income................................................      4,484      2,515      2,160
                                                                  ---------  ---------  ---------
Expenses:
  Interest expense..............................................        590        166        218
  Other expense.................................................         67         42         16
                                                                  ---------  ---------  ---------
    Total expenses..............................................        657        208        234
                                                                  ---------  ---------  ---------
Income before income taxes......................................      3,827      2,307      1,926
Income tax benefit..............................................        283         33         26
                                                                  ---------  ---------  ---------
Income before equity in undistributed net income of
  subsidiaries..................................................      4,110      2,340      1,952
Equity in undistributed net income of subsidiaries..............      8,149        387      5,836
                                                                  ---------  ---------  ---------
Net income......................................................  $  12,259  $   2,727  $   7,788
                                                                  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                  ---------  ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-32
<PAGE>
                    REPUBLIC BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
      AS OF AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1998 (UNAUDITED) AND
                  YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997, 1996 AND 1995
 
23. PARENT COMPANY CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION (CONTINUED)
    STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                -------------------------------
                                                                  1997       1996       1995
                                                                ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                        (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                             <C>        <C>        <C>
Operating activities:
  Net income..................................................  $  12,259  $   2,727  $   7,788
  Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by
    operating activities:
    Undistributed net income of subsidiaries..................     (8,149)      (387)    (5,836)
    Change in due from subsidiaries...........................     (1,678)       (35)      (220)
    Change in other assets....................................        (38)       (63)         1
    Change in other liabilities...............................      1,480        (15)       850
                                                                ---------  ---------  ---------
      Net cash provided by operating activities...............      3,874      2,227      2,583
                                                                ---------  ---------  ---------
Investment activities:
  Purchases of repurchase agreements..........................                          (55,292)
  Purchase of common stock of subsidiary bank.................     (6,775)    (3,999)
  Proceeds from maturities of repurchase agreements...........        889      3,999     50,507
                                                                ---------  ---------  ---------
    Net cash used in investing activities.....................     (5,886)               (4,785)
                                                                ---------  ---------  ---------
Financing activities:
  Sale of preferred stock.....................................                            5,000
  Dividends paid..............................................     (1,992)    (1,899)    (1,563)
  Sale of common stock and stock options exercised............        153                   306
  Purchase and retirement of common stock.....................                              (74)
  Proceeds from issuance of guaranteed preferred beneficial
    interests in Republic's subordinated debentures...........      6,752
  Payments on long-term debt..................................     (1,638)      (350)      (987)
  Retirement of preferred stock...............................     (1,218)
                                                                ---------  ---------  ---------
    Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities.......      2,057     (2,249)     2,682
                                                                ---------  ---------  ---------
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents..........         45        (22)       480
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year..................        551        573         93
                                                                ---------  ---------  ---------
Cash and cash equivalents, end of year........................  $     596  $     551  $     573
                                                                ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                ---------  ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-33
<PAGE>
                    REPUBLIC BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
      AS OF AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1998 (UNAUDITED) AND
                  YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997, 1996 AND 1995
 
24. SEGMENT INFORMATION
 
    Republic's operations include two segments: banking and mortgage banking.
The banking segment is composed of those operations involved in making loans,
investing in government and government agencies' securities and receiving
deposits from customers. The mortgage banking segment consists of those
operations involved in originating residential mortgage loans for resale in the
secondary mortgage market and in servicing loans for others.
 
    Intersegment interest income and expense represent interest on loans and
advances from the bank segment to the mortgage banking segment are computed at
the Bank's prime rate.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1998
                                                   ------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                  MORTGAGE      PARENT
                                                     BANKING       BANKING      COMPANY    ELIMINATIONS  CONSOLIDATED
                                                   ------------  -----------  -----------  ------------  ------------
                                                                       (IN THOUSANDS, UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                <C>           <C>          <C>          <C>           <C>
Interest income:
  Unaffiliated customers.........................  $     22,508   $     277                               $   22,785
  Intersegment...................................           198                $     145    $     (343)
                                                   ------------  -----------  -----------  ------------  ------------
Total interest income............................        22,706         277          145          (343)       22,785
                                                   ------------  -----------  -----------  ------------  ------------
Interest expense:
  Unaffiliated customers.........................        12,278                      137                      12,415
  Intersegment...................................             2         198          143          (343)
                                                   ------------  -----------  -----------  ------------  ------------
Total interest expense...........................        12,280         198          280          (343)       12,415
                                                   ------------  -----------  -----------  ------------  ------------
Net interest income..............................        10,426          79         (135)                     10,370
Provision for loan losses........................           643                                                  643
Non-interest income..............................         5,999         913                                    6,912
Non-interest expense.............................         7,619         451            4                       8,074
                                                   ------------  -----------  -----------  ------------  ------------
Income (loss) before income taxes................  $      8,163   $     541    $    (139)                 $    8,565
                                                   ------------  -----------  -----------  ------------  ------------
                                                   ------------  -----------  -----------  ------------  ------------
 
Identifiable assets..............................  $  1,085,800   $  26,756    $  91,717    $  (91,697)   $1,112,576
Depreciation and amortization of premises and
  equipment......................................  $        796   $      42                               $      838
Capital expenditures.............................  $      1,771   $     230                               $    2,001
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-34
<PAGE>
                    REPUBLIC BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
      AS OF AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1998 (UNAUDITED) AND
                  YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997, 1996 AND 1995
 
24. SEGMENT INFORMATION (CONTINUED)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1997
                                                   ------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                  MORTGAGE      PARENT
                                                     BANKING       BANKING      COMPANY    ELIMINATIONS  CONSOLIDATED
                                                   ------------  -----------  -----------  ------------  ------------
                                                                       (IN THOUSANDS, UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                <C>           <C>          <C>          <C>           <C>
Interest income:
  Unaffiliated customers.........................  $     22,485   $     125                               $   22,610
  Intersegment...................................            87                $      89    $     (176)
                                                   ------------  -----------  -----------  ------------  ------------
Total interest income............................        22,572         125           89          (176)       22,610
                                                   ------------  -----------  -----------  ------------  ------------
Interest expense:
  Unaffiliated customers.........................        12,485                      118                      12,603
  Intersegment...................................             8          87           81          (176)
                                                   ------------  -----------  -----------  ------------  ------------
Total interest expense...........................        12,493          87          199          (176)       12,603
                                                   ------------  -----------  -----------  ------------  ------------
Net interest income..............................        10,079          38         (110)                     10,007
Provision for loan losses........................         1,298                                                1,298
Non-interest income..............................         1,641         455                                    2,096
Non-interest expense.............................         7,632         305           58                       7,995
                                                   ------------  -----------  -----------  ------------  ------------
Income (loss) before income taxes................  $      2,790   $     188    $    (168)                 $    2,810
                                                   ------------  -----------  -----------  ------------  ------------
                                                   ------------  -----------  -----------  ------------  ------------
 
Identifiable assets..............................  $  1,083,761   $   6,834    $  77,642    $  (77,621)   $1,090,616
Depreciation and amortization of premises and
  equipment......................................  $      1,032   $      15                               $    1,047
Capital expenditures.............................  $      1,008   $      20                               $    1,028
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-35
<PAGE>
                    REPUBLIC BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
      AS OF AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1998 (UNAUDITED) AND
                  YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997, 1996 AND 1995
 
24. SEGMENT INFORMATION (CONTINUED)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997
                                         ------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                        MORTGAGE      PARENT
                                           BANKING       BANKING      COMPANY    ELIMINATIONS  CONSOLIDATED
                                         ------------  -----------  -----------  ------------  ------------
                                                                   (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                      <C>           <C>          <C>          <C>           <C>
Interest income:
  Unaffiliated customers...............  $     90,458   $     736                               $   91,194
  Intersegment.........................           512                $     551    $   (1,063)
                                         ------------  -----------  -----------  ------------  ------------
 
Total interest income..................        90,970         736          551        (1,063)       91,194
                                         ------------  -----------  -----------  ------------  ------------
 
Interest expense:
  Unaffiliated customers...............        50,287                      569                      50,856
  Intersegment.........................            38         512          513        (1,063)
                                         ------------  -----------  -----------  ------------  ------------
 
Total interest expense.................        50,325         512        1,082        (1,063)       50,856
                                         ------------  -----------  -----------  ------------  ------------
 
Net interest income....................        40,645         224         (531)                     40,338
 
Provision for loan losses..............         7,251                                                7,251
 
Non-interest income....................        16,631       2,299                                   18,930
 
Non-interest expense...................        31,491       1,322           67                      32,880
                                         ------------  -----------  -----------  ------------  ------------
 
Income (loss) before income taxes......  $     18,534   $   1,201    $    (598)                 $   19,137
                                         ------------  -----------  -----------  ------------  ------------
                                         ------------  -----------  -----------  ------------  ------------
 
Identifiable assets....................  $  1,044,376   $  10,554    $  84,996    $  (84,976)   $1,054,950
 
Depreciation and amortization of
  premises and equipment...............  $      4,566   $     117                               $    4,683
 
Capital expenditures...................  $      3,218   $     446                               $    3,664
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-36
<PAGE>
                    REPUBLIC BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
      AS OF AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1998 (UNAUDITED) AND
                  YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997, 1996 AND 1995
 
24. SEGMENT INFORMATION (CONTINUED)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996
                                         ------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                        MORTGAGE      PARENT
                                           BANKING       BANKING      COMPANY    ELIMINATIONS  CONSOLIDATED
                                         ------------  -----------  -----------  ------------  ------------
                                                                   (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                      <C>           <C>          <C>          <C>           <C>
Interest income:
  Unaffiliated customers...............  $     81,296   $     575    $     115                  $   81,986
  Intersegment.........................           538                             $     (538)
                                         ------------  -----------  -----------  ------------  ------------
 
Total interest income..................        81,834         575          115          (538)       81,986
                                         ------------  -----------  -----------  ------------  ------------
 
Interest expense:
 
  Unaffiliated customers...............        43,689                      166                      43,855
 
  Intersegment.........................           115         423                       (538)
                                         ------------  -----------  -----------  ------------  ------------
 
Total interest expense.................        43,804         423          166          (538)       43,855
                                         ------------  -----------  -----------  ------------  ------------
 
Net interest income....................        38,030         152          (51)                     38,131
 
Provision for loan losses..............         9,149                                                9,149
 
Non-interest income....................         5,195       1,902                                    7,097
 
Non-interest expense...................        30,189       1,178           42                      31,409
                                         ------------  -----------  -----------  ------------  ------------
 
Income (loss) before income taxes......  $      3,887   $     876    $     (93)                 $    4,670
                                         ------------  -----------  -----------  ------------  ------------
                                         ------------  -----------  -----------  ------------  ------------
 
Identifiable assets....................  $  1,131,681   $   9,180    $  62,146    $  (62,125)   $1,140,882
 
Depreciation and amortization of
  premises and equipment...............  $      3,094   $      85                               $    3,179
 
Capital expenditures...................  $      8,641   $      32                               $    8,673
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-37
<PAGE>
                    REPUBLIC BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
      AS OF AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1998 (UNAUDITED) AND
                  YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997, 1996 AND 1995
 
24. SEGMENT INFORMATION (CONTINUED)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995
                                         ------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                        MORTGAGE      PARENT
                                           BANKING       BANKING      COMPANY    ELIMINATIONS  CONSOLIDATED
                                         ------------  -----------  -----------  ------------  ------------
                                                                   (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                      <C>           <C>          <C>          <C>           <C>
Interest income:
  Unaffiliated customers...............  $     70,394   $     578    $     161                  $   71,133
  Intersegment.........................           459                             $     (459)
                                         ------------  -----------  -----------  ------------  ------------
 
Total interest income..................        70,853         578          161          (459)       71,133
                                         ------------  -----------  -----------  ------------  ------------
 
Interest expense:
  Unaffiliated customers...............        37,502                      218                      37,720
  Intersegment.........................                       459                       (459)
                                         ------------  -----------  -----------  ------------  ------------
 
Total interest expense.................        37,502         459          218          (459)       37,720
                                         ------------  -----------  -----------  ------------  ------------
 
Net interest income....................        33,351         119          (57)                     33,413
 
Provision for loan losses..............         4,268                                                4,268
 
Non-interest income....................         5,661       1,859                                    7,520
 
Non-interest expense...................        23,419       1,069           17                      24,505
                                         ------------  -----------  -----------  ------------  ------------
 
Income (loss) before income taxes......  $     11,325   $     909    $     (74)                 $   12,160
                                         ------------  -----------  -----------  ------------  ------------
                                         ------------  -----------  -----------  ------------  ------------
 
Identifiable assets....................  $    884,274   $   7,062    $  61,902    $  (61,891)   $  891,347
 
Depreciation and amortization of
  premises and equipment...............  $      2,235   $     118                               $    2,353
 
Capital expenditures...................  $      2,908   $      14                               $    2,922
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-38
<PAGE>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
    NO DEALER, SALESPERSON OR OTHER PERSON HAS BEEN AUTHORIZED TO GIVE ANY
INFORMATION OR TO MAKE ANY REPRESENTATION NOT CONTAINED IN THIS PROSPECTUS AND
IF GIVEN OR MADE, SUCH INFORMATION OR REPRESENTATION MUST NOT BE RELIED UPON AS
HAVING BEEN AUTHORIZED BY THE COMPANY OR THE UNDERWRITERS. THIS PROSPECTUS DOES
NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL OR THE SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY ANY
SECURITIES OFFERED HEREBY IN ANY JURISDICTION TO OR FROM ANY PERSON TO OR FROM
WHOM IT IS UNLAWFUL TO MAKE SUCH OFFER IN SUCH JURISDICTION. NEITHER THE
DELIVERY OF THIS PROSPECTUS NOR ANY SALE MADE HEREUNDER SHALL, UNDER ANY
CIRCUMSTANCES, CREATE ANY IMPLICATION THAT THE INFORMATION HEREIN IS CORRECT AS
OF ANY TIME SUBSEQUENT TO THE DATE HEREOF OR THAT THERE HAS BEEN NO CHANGE IN
THE AFFAIRS OF THE COMPANY SINCE THE DATE HEREOF.
 
                            ------------------------
 
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            PAGE
                                                                            ----
<S>                                                                         <C>
Prospectus Summary........................................................    3
Risk Factors..............................................................    7
The Company...............................................................   12
Use of Proceeds...........................................................   18
Capitalization............................................................   19
Dividend Policy...........................................................   19
Limited Trading Market....................................................   21
Selected Consolidated Financial Data......................................   22
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
  Operations..............................................................   24
Principal Shareholders....................................................   52
Selling Shareholder.......................................................   53
Management................................................................   54
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions............................   59
Supervision and Regulation................................................   60
Description of Capital Stock..............................................   67
Shares Eligible for Future Sale...........................................   72
Underwriting..............................................................   72
Legal Matters.............................................................   74
Experts...................................................................   74
Available Information.....................................................   75
Index to Consolidated Financial Statements................................  F-1
</TABLE>
 
                                2,140,000 SHARES
 
                                     [LOGO]
 
                              CLASS A COMMON STOCK
 
                             ---------------------
 
                                   PROSPECTUS
 
                             ---------------------
 
                         MORGAN KEEGAN & COMPANY, INC.
 
                       J.J.B. HILLIARD, W.L. LYONS, INC.
 
                                     [DATE]
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
                                    PART II
 
                     INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
 
ITEM 13.  OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION.
 
    The estimated fees and expenses incurred by the Registrant in connection
with this Offering, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, are as
follows:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                 <C>
Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee...............  $   9,912
National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. filing fee.......      3,860
Printing and engraving expenses...................................     60,000
Legal fees and expenses of counsel for the Registrant.............    125,000
Accounting fees and expenses......................................     50,000
Transfer Agent fees...............................................     12,000
Miscellaneous.....................................................     10,000
                                                                    ---------
    Total.........................................................  $ 270,772
                                                                    ---------
                                                                    ---------
</TABLE>
 
ITEM 14.  INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.
 
    The Bylaws of the Registrant require the Registrant to indemnify, and permit
the Registrant to advance expenses to, all directors, officers, employees or
agents of the Registrant who were or are threatened to be made a defendant or
respondent to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding
(whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative) by reason of the fact
that he or she is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the
Registrant, to the fullest extent that is expressly permitted or required by the
Kentucky statutes and all other applicable law.
 
    The circumstances under which Kentucky law requires or permits a corporation
to indemnify its directors, officers, employees and/or agents are set forth at
KRS 271B.8-500, ET SEQ.
 
    Generally, under KRS 271B.8-500 ET SEQ., a corporation may indemnify an
individual made a party to a proceeding because he is or was a director or
officer against liability incurred in the proceeding if:
 
    [1] He conducted himself in good faith; and
 
    [2] He reasonably believed [a] in the case of conduct in his official
capacity with the corporation that his conduct was in its best interests; and
[b] in all other cases, that his conduct was at least not opposed to its best
interests; and [c] in the case of any criminal proceeding, he had no reasonable
cause to believe his conduct was unlawful.
 
    A corporation may not indemnify a director or officer: [1] in connection
with a proceeding by or in the right of the corporation in which the director or
officer was adjudged liable to the corporation; or [2] in connection with any
other proceeding charging improper personal benefit to him, whether or not
involving action in his official capacity, in which he was adjudged liable on
the basis that personal benefit was improperly received by him.
 
    Indemnification permitted in connection with a proceeding by or in the right
of the corporation is limited to reasonable expenses incurred in connection with
the proceeding.
 
    Pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement, a form of which is filed as Exhibit
1.1 to this Registration Statement, the Underwriters have agreed to indemnify
the directors, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant against
certain civil liabilities that may be incurred in connection with this Offering,
including certain liabilities under the Securities Act.
 
    The Registrant may provide liability insurance for each director and officer
for certain losses arising from claims or changes made against them while acting
in their capabilities as directors or officers of
 
                                      II-1
<PAGE>
Registrant, whether or not Registrant would have the power to indemnify such
person against such liability, as permitted by law.
 
ITEM 15.  RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES.
 
    The following provides information as to securities of the Registrant sold
by the Registrant within the past 36 months which were not registered under the
Securities Act:
 
Reclassification of and stock split effected as a dividend on common stock:
 
    By an amendment to the Articles of Incorporation of the Registrant, each
share of the outstanding common stock of the Registrant was automatically
exchanged for the same number of shares of the Class B Common Stock of the
Registrant effective February 20, 1996. A total of 1,203,578 shares of Class B
Common Stock were outstanding by virtue of such amendment.
 
    On February 29, 1996, a total of 6,017,890 shares of Class A Common Stock
were distributed as a dividend to the Registrant's common shareholders of record
on February 20, 1996, at the rate of 5 shares of Class A Common Stock for each
share of Class B Common Stock.
 
    No consideration was received by the Registrant in connection with the
issuance of shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock, as
described above, and the Registrant does not admit that such issuance involved a
"sale" of securities for purposes of the Securities Act of 1933. To the extent
the issuance is deemed to be a sale, under Rule 145 of the Securities Act of
1933, the sale was exempt under Section 3(a)(9) of that Act. The securities were
issued in exchange by the Registrant with its existing shareholders exclusively,
and no commission or other remuneration was paid or given, directly or
indirectly, for soliciting such exchange.
 
Private placements of trust preferred securities:
 
    During the first quarter of 1997, Republic Capital Trust (RCT), a trust
subsidiary of the Registrant, issued trust preferred securities of RCT with an
aggregate stated liquidation amount of $6,452,000. The trust securities
represent beneficial interests in $6,452,000 aggregate principal amount of 8.5%
Subordinated Deferrable Interest Debt Securities Due 2027 of the Registrant
(subordinated debt securities) held by RCT, and the Registrant has guaranteed
payment of RCT's securities, to the extent RCT has funds available for such
payments.
 
    The closings of the sales of the preferred securities of RCT occurred
February 5, 1997 and February 20, 1997, at which trust preferred securities with
an aggregate principal amount of $5,677,000 and $775,000, respectively, were
sold. The Registrant bought common securities of RCT with an aggregate principal
amount of $300,000 in the transaction. The trust preferred securities of RCT
were sold for cash to a group of accredited investors.
 
    Trust preferred securities with an aggregate principal amount of $9,700,000
were offered at a price of $100 per preferred security ($9,700,000 in the
aggregate), and no underwriting discounts or commissions were paid. The
exemption from registration relied on was Rule 506 of Regulation D. The
preferred securities were sold only to accredited investors, without general
solicitation or general advertising, and with limitations on resale, and a
notice on Form D was filed.
 
Conversions of outstanding securities:
 
    On December 31, 1997, the Registrant issued an aggregate of 199,250 shares
of Class A Common Stock and 39,850 shares of Class B Common Stock. The shares
were issued to holders of certain holders of Series A Convertible Preferred
Stock of the Registrant, who exercised their right to convert that preferred
stock into shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock.
 
                                      II-2
<PAGE>
    The Series A Convertible Preferred Stock was convertible into shares of
Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock. The conversion ratio was 5 shares
of Class A Common Stock and 1 share of Class B Common Stock for each share of
Series A Convertible Preferred Stock. A total of 39,850 shares of Series A
Convertible Preferred Stock were converted into shares of Class A Common Stock
and Class B Common Stock. The exemption from registration relied on by the
Registrant was Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Act of 1933. The shares of
Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock were issued upon conversion of (in
exchange for) shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock by the Registrant
with its existing security holders exclusively, and no commission or other
remuneration was paid or given directly or indirectly for soliciting such
conversion (and exchange).
 
    On or about October 14, 1997, the Registrant issued 1,125 shares of Class A
Common Stock. The shares were issued to a holder of Class B Common Stock of the
Registrant, who exercised the right to convert shares of Class B Common Stock
into shares of Class A Common Stock. The exemption from registration relied on
by the Registrant was Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Act of 1933. The Class B
Common Stock is convertible into Class A Common Stock at a conversion ratio is 1
share of Class A Common Stock for each 1 share of Class B Common Stock.
 
    In 1996, the Registrant issued 33,721 shares of Class A Common Stock. The
shares were issued to a holder of Class B Common Stock of the Registrant, who
exercised the right to convert shares of Class B Common Stock into shares of
Class A Common Stock. The exemption from registration relied on by the
Registrant was Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Act of 1933. The Class B Common
Stock is convertible into Class A Common Stock at a conversion ratio is 1 share
of Class A Common Stock for each 1 share of Class B Common Stock.
 
Issuance of shares upon exercise of stock options:
 
    The following table provides information about shares the Registrant has
issued since 1994 upon the exercise of stock options which had been granted
employees and directors of Registrant's principal subsidiary under a
compensatory stock option plan. The information has been restated to reflect the
reclassification and split of the common stock in 1996:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                       CLASS B COMMON   CLASS A COMMON   TOTAL COST
       DATE             PURCHASER           STOCK            STOCK         (CASH)      PER SHARE
- ------------------  -----------------  ---------------  ---------------  -----------  -----------
<S>                 <C>                <C>              <C>              <C>          <C>
July 1995           Employee                  2,000           10,000      $  62,000    $    5.17
September 1995      Employee                  1,000            5,000         76,632         4.12
November 1995       Director                  1,000            5,000         22,910         3.82
December 1995       Director                  1,000            5,000         22,910         3.82
December 1995       Employee                  1,000            5,000         24,720         4.12
December 1995       Employee                  1,000            5,000         23,000         3.83
August 1997         Two employees            --                6,000         71,640        11.94
December 1997       Employee                 --                5,000         59,704        11.94
December 1997       Employee                    500            2,500         21,650         7.22
January 1998        Employee                                   5,000         59,700        11.94
</TABLE>
 
    The exemption from registration relied on by the Registrant was Section 4(2)
of the Securities Act of 1933. Each purchaser was a key employee and/or director
of Registrant or its principal subsidiary who had access to material information
concerning the Registrant.
 
                                      II-3
<PAGE>
ITEM 16.  EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.
 
    (a) The following documents are filed as exhibits to this Registration
Statement:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NUMBERS DESCRIPTION
- ------ --------------------------------------------------------------------------
<C>    <S>
  1.1  Form of Underwriting Agreement between Registrant and Morgan Keegan &
         Company, Inc., on behalf of the several underwriters named therein (to
         be filed by amendment)
 
  2.1  Agreement to Purchase Assets and Assume Liabilities dated April 1, 1997 by
         and between United Commonwealth Bank, FSB and Republic Bank & Trust
         Company (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Current Report
         on Form 8-K of Registrant as of November 7, 1997 (Commission File
         Number: 33-77324))
 
  2.2  Purchase and Assumption Agreement dated July 18, 1997 between The Paducah
         Bank & Trust Company and Republic Bank & Trust Company (Incorporated by
         reference to Exhibit 2.2 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of Registrant
         as of November 7, 1997 (Commission File Number: 33-77324))
 
  2.3  Purchase and Assumption Agreement dated July 21, 1997 between Peoples
         First National Bank & Trust Company and Republic Bank & Trust Company
         (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.3 to the Current Report on Form
         8-K of Registrant as of November 7, 1997 (Commission File Number:
         33-77324))
 
  2.4  Purchase and Assumption Agreement dated September 12, 1997 between First
         Federal Savings Bank of Leitchfield and Republic Bank & Trust Company
         (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.4 to the Current Report on Form
         8-K of Registrant as of November 7, 1997 (Commission File Number:
         33-77324))
 
  3(i) Articles of Incorporation of Registrant, as amended (Incorporated by
         reference to Exhibit 3(i) of Annual Report on Form 10-K of Registrant
         for the year ended December 31, 1995 (Commission File Number: 33-77324))
 
  3(ii) Bylaws of Registrant (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3(c) of the
         Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed by Registrant with the
         Commission (File No. 33-77324))
 
  4.1  Provisions of Articles of Incorporation of Registrant defining rights of
         security holders (see Articles of Incorporation, as amended, of
         Registrant incorporated as Exhibit 3(i) herein)
 
  4.2  Agreement Pursuant to Item 601 (b)(iii) of Regulation S-K (Incorporated by
         reference to Exhibit 4.2 of the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Registrant
         for the year ended December 31, 1997 (Commission File Number: 33-77324))
 
 10.1* Officer Compensation Continuation Agreement with Steven E. Trager, dated
         January 12, 1995 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to
         Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31,
         1995 (Commission File Number: 33-77324))
 
 10.2* Stock Option Plan Agreement with Steven E. Trager, dated January 12, 1996
         (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Registrant's Annual Report
         on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1995 (Commission File
         Number: 33-77324))
 
 10.3* Officer Compensation Continuation Agreement with L. Lee Kinsolving, Jr.,
         dated January 12, 1995 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to
         Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31,
         1995 (Commission File Number: 33-77324))
</TABLE>
 
                                      II-4
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NUMBERS DESCRIPTION
- ------ --------------------------------------------------------------------------
<C>    <S>
 10.4* Stock Option Plan Agreement with L. Lee Kinsolving, Jr. dated January 12,
         1996 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to Registrant's Annual
         Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1995 (Commission
         File Number: 33-77324))
 
 10.5* Officer Compensation Continuation Agreement with A. Scott Trager, dated
         January 12, 1995 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to
         Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31,
         1995 (Commission File Number: 33-77324))
 
 10.6* Stock Option Plan Agreement with A. Scott Trager dated January 12, 1996
         (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to Registrant's Annual Report
         on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1995 (Commission File
         Number: 33-77324))
 
 10.7* Officer Compensation Continuation Agreement with E. William Petter, Jr.,
         dated January 12, 1995 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to
         Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31,
         1995 (Commission File Number: 33-77324))
 
 10.8* Stock Option Plan Agreement with E. William Petter, Jr., dated January 12,
         1996 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to Registrant's Annual
         Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1995 (Commission
         File Number: 33-77324))
 
 10.9* Death Benefit Agreement with Bernard M. Trager dated September 10, 1996
         (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to Registrant's Annual Report
         on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1996 (Commission File
         Number: 33-77324))
 
 10.10 Lease between Republic Bank & Trust Company and TEECO Properties dated
         October 1, 1996, relating to 601 West Market Street, Louisville
 
 10.11 Lease between Republic Bank & Trust Company and Jaytee Properties, dated
         August 1, 1982, relating to 2801 Bardstown Road, Louisville
         (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 of Registrant's Quarterly
         Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 1998 (Commission
         File Number: 33-77324))
 
 10.12 Lease between Republic Bank & Trust Company and Jaytee Properties, dated
         February 3, 1993, as amended, relating to 661 South Hurstbourne Parkway,
         Louisville (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 of Registrant's
         Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 1998
         (Commission File Number: 33-77324))
 
 10.13 Lease between Republic Bank & Trust Company and Jaytee Properties, dated
         November 17, 1997, relating to 9600 Brownsboro Road, Louisville
         (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 of Registrant's Quarterly
         Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 1998 (Commission
         File Number: 33-77324))
 
 10.14* Officer Compensation Continuation Agreement with Mark A. Vogt, dated
         October 16, 1997
 
 10.15* Stock Option Plan Agreement with Mark Vogt, dated April 15, 1996
 
 11    Statement regarding Computation of Per Share Earnings (Incorporated by
         reference to Exhibit 11 of Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for
         the year ended December 31, 1997 and Exhibit 11 of Registrant's
         Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 1998
         (Commission File Number: 33-77324))
</TABLE>
 
                                      II-5
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NUMBERS DESCRIPTION
- ------ --------------------------------------------------------------------------
<C>    <S>
 21    Subsidiaries of the Registrant (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 21 of
         Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31,
         1997 (Commission File Number: 33-77324))
 
 23.1  Consent of Wyatt, Tarrant & Combs (to be filed by amendment)
 
 23.2  Consent of Crowe, Chizek and Company LLP
 
 23.3  Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP
 
 24    Power of attorney (contained on the signature page hereof)
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
 
*   Denotes management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement required to
    be filed as an exhibit pursuant to Item 601 of Regulation S-X
 
    (b) Financial Statement Schedules
         None are required.
 
ITEM 17.  UNDERTAKINGS.
 
    (a) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities
Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officer and controlling persons of
the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the
Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange
Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act
and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification
against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses
incurred or paid by a director, officer, or controlling person of the Registrant
in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such
director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being
registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter
has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate
jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public
policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of
such issue.
 
    (b) The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that:
 
        (1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act
    of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part
    of this Registration Statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a
    form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4)
    or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this
    Registration Statement as of the time it was declared effective.
 
        (2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities
    Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of
    prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to
    the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that
    time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
 
                                      II-6
<PAGE>
                                   SIGNATURES
 
    Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended,
Republic Bancorp, Inc., has duly caused this Registration Statement or amendment
thereto to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly
authorized, in the City of Louisville and State of Kentucky on June 10, 1998.
 
<TABLE>
<S>                             <C>  <C>
                                REPUBLIC BANCORP, INC.
 
                                By:             /s/ STEVEN E. TRAGER
                                     -----------------------------------------
                                                  Steven E. Trager
                                              CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
</TABLE>
 
                               POWER OF ATTORNEY
 
    Each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints
each of Steven E. Trager and Michael A. Ringswald, with full power to act
without the other, his true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, with full
power of substitution and resubstitution, for him and in his name, place and
stead, in any and all capacities (until revoked in writing) to sign this
Registration Statement and any and all amendments (including post-effective
amendments) to this Registration Statement, to file the same, together with all
exhibits thereto and documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and
Exchange Commission, to sign any and all applications, registration statements,
notices and other documents necessary or advisable to comply with the applicable
state securities authorities, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents or
any of them, or their or his substitutes or substitute, full power and authority
to perform and do each and every act necessary and advisable as fully to all
intents and purposes as he might or could perform and do in person, thereby
ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents or any of
them, or their or his substitutes or substitute, may lawfully do or cause to be
done by virtue hereof.
 
    Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this
Registration Statement or amendment thereto has been signed by the following
persons in the indicated capacities on June 10, 1998.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
          SIGNATURES                    CAPACITIES                 DATE
- ------------------------------  --------------------------  -------------------
 
<C>                             <S>                         <C>
 /s/ A. WALLACE GRAFTON, JR.
- ------------------------------  Director                       June 10, 1998
   A. Wallace Grafton, Jr.
 
      /s/ LARRY M. HAYES
- ------------------------------  Director                       June 10, 1998
        Larry M. Hayes
 
      /s/ D. HARRY JONES
- ------------------------------  Director                       June 10, 1998
        D. Harry Jones
 
  /s/ E. WILLIAM PETTER, JR.    Chief Operating Officer,
- ------------------------------    Vice Chairman and            June 10, 1998
    E. William Petter, Jr.        Director
</TABLE>
 
                                      II-7
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
          SIGNATURES                    CAPACITIES                 DATE
- ------------------------------  --------------------------  -------------------
 
<C>                             <S>                         <C>
    /s/ R. WAYNE STRATTON
- ------------------------------  Director                       June 10, 1998
      R. Wayne Stratton
 
     /s/ SAMUEL G. SWOPE
- ------------------------------  Director                       June 10, 1998
       Samuel G. Swope
 
    /s/ BERNARD M. TRAGER
- ------------------------------  Chairman and Director          June 10, 1998
      Bernard M. Trager
 
     /s/ STEVEN E. TRAGER
- ------------------------------  Chief Executive Officer        June 10, 1998
       Steven E. Trager           and Director
 
     /s/ A. SCOTT TRAGER        Executive Vice President,
- ------------------------------    Vice Chairman and            June 10, 1998
       A. Scott Trager            Director
 
                                Senior Vice President,
       /s/ MARK A. VOGT           Principal Financial
- ------------------------------    Officer and Principal        June 10, 1998
         Mark A. Vogt             Accounting Officer
</TABLE>
 
                                      II-8
<PAGE>
                               INDEX TO EXHIBITS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NUMBERS DESCRIPTION
- ------ --------------------------------------------------------------------------
<C>    <S>
  1.1  Form of Underwriting Agreement between Registrant and Morgan Keegan &
         Company, Inc., on behalf of the several underwriters named therein (to
         be filed by amendment)
  2.1  Agreement to Purchase Assets and Assume Liabilities dated April 1, 1997 by
         and between United Commonwealth Bank, FSB and Republic Bank & Trust
         Company (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Current Report
         on Form 8-K of Registrant as of November 7, 1997 (Commission File
         Number: 33-77324))
  2.2  Purchase and Assumption Agreement dated July 18, 1997 between The Paducah
         Bank & Trust Company and Republic Bank & Trust Company (Incorporated by
         reference to Exhibit 2.2 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of Registrant
         as of November 7, 1997 (Commission File Number: 33-77324))
  2.3  Purchase and Assumption Agreement dated July 21, 1997 between Peoples
         First National Bank & Trust Company and Republic Bank & Trust Company
         (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.3 to the Current Report on Form
         8-K of Registrant as of November 7, 1997 (Commission File Number:
         33-77324))
  2.4  Purchase and Assumption Agreement dated September 12, 1997 between First
         Federal Savings Bank of Leitchfield and Republic Bank & Trust Company
         (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.4 to the Current Report on Form
         8-K of Registrant as of November 7, 1997 (Commission File Number:
         33-77324))
  3(i) Articles of Incorporation of Registrant, as amended (Incorporated by
         reference to Exhibit 3(i) of Annual Report on Form 10-K of Registrant
         for the year ended December 31, 1995 (Commission File Number: 33-77324))
  3(ii) Bylaws of Registrant (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3(c) of the
         Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed by Registrant with the
         Commission (File No. 33-77324))
  4.1  Provisions of Articles of Incorporation of Registrant defining rights of
         security holders (see Articles of Incorporation, as amended, of
         Registrant incorporated as Exhibit 3(i) herein)
  4.2  Agreement Pursuant to Item 601 (b)(iii) of Regulation S-K (Incorporated by
         reference to Exhibit 4.2 of the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Registrant
         for the year ended December 31, 1997 (Commission File Number: 33-77324))
 10.1  Officer Compensation Continuation Agreement with Steven E. Trager, dated
         January 12, 1995 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to
         Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31,
         1995 (Commission File Number: 33-77324))
 10.2  Stock Option Plan Agreement with Steven E. Trager, dated January 12, 1996
         (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Registrant's Annual Report
         on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1995 (Commission File
         Number: 33-77324))
 10.3  Officer Compensation Continuation Agreement with L. Lee Kinsolving, Jr.,
         dated January 12, 1995 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to
         Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31,
         1995 (Commission File Number: 33-77324))
 10.4  Stock Option Plan Agreement with L. Lee Kinsolving, Jr. dated January 12,
         1996 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to Registrant's Annual
         Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1995 (Commission
         File Number: 33-77324))
</TABLE>
 
                                      II-9
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NUMBERS DESCRIPTION
- ------ --------------------------------------------------------------------------
<C>    <S>
 10.5  Officer Compensation Continuation Agreement with A. Scott Trager, dated
         January 12, 1995 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to
         Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31,
         1995 (Commission File Number: 33-77324))
 10.6  Stock Option Plan Agreement with A. Scott Trager dated January 12, 1996
         (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to Registrant's Annual Report
         on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1995 (Commission File
         Number: 33-77324))
 10.7  Officer Compensation Continuation Agreement with E. William Petter, Jr.,
         dated January 12, 1995 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to
         Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31,
         1995 (Commission File Number: 33-77324))
 10.8  Stock Option Plan Agreement with E. William Petter, Jr., dated January 12,
         1996 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to Registrant's Annual
         Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1995 (Commission
         File Number: 33-77324))
 10.9  Death Benefit Agreement with Bernard M. Trager dated September 10, 1996
         (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to Registrant's Annual Report
         on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1996 (Commission File
         Number: 33-77324))
 10.10 Lease between Republic Bank & Trust Company and TEECO Properties dated
         October 1, 1996, relating to 601 West Market Street, Louisville
 10.11 Lease between Republic Bank & Trust Company and Jaytee Properties, dated
         August 1, 1982, relating to 2801 Bardstown Road, Louisville
         (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 of Registrant's Quarterly
         Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 1998 (Commission
         File Number: 33-77324))
 10.12 Lease between Republic Bank & Trust Company and Jaytee Properties, dated
         February 3, 1993, as amended, relating to 661 South Hurstbourne Parkway,
         Louisville (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 of Registrant's
         Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 1998
         (Commission File Number: 33-77324))
 10.13 Lease between Republic Bank & Trust Company and Jaytee Properties, dated
         November 17, 1997, relating to 9600 Brownsboro Road, Louisville
         (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 of Registrant's Quarterly
         Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 1998 (Commission
         File Number: 33-77324))
 10.14 Officer Compensation Continuation Agreement with Mark A. Vogt, dated
         October 16, 1997
 10.15 Stock Option Plan Agreement with Mark Vogt, dated April 15, 1996
 11    Statement regarding Computation of Per Share Earnings (Incorporated by
         reference to Exhibit 11 of Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for
         the year ended December 31, 1997 and Exhibit 11 of Registrant's
         Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 1998
         (Commission File Number: 33-77324))
 21    Subsidiaries of the Registrant (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 21 of
         Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31,
         1997 (Commission File Number: 33-77324))
 23.1  Consent of Wyatt, Tarrant & Combs (to be filed by amendment)
 23.2  Consent of Crowe, Chizek and Company LLP
 23.3  Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP
 24    Power of attorney (contained on the signature page hereof)
</TABLE>
 
                                     II-10

<PAGE>

                                    EXHIBIT 10.10


                              REPUBLIC CORPORATE CENTER
                                 LOUISVILLE, KENTUCKY

                                    INDEX TO LEASE

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

     Article                                                       Page
     -------                                                       ----
     <S>                                                           <C>
     I.     Premises                                                 1

     II.    Term                                                     1

     III.   Rent and Operating Expenses                              2

     IV.    Use                                                      3

     V.     Possession                                               3

     VI.    Services to be Provided                                  4

     VII.   Maintenance and Repair; Alterations                      4

     VIII.  Access                                                   5

     IX.    Damage or Destruction                                    6

     X.     Indemnity                                                6

     XI.    Insolvency, Etc.                                         7

     XII.   Remedies                                                 7

     XIII.  Insurance                                                8

     XIV.   Liens                                                    9

     XV.    Assignment; Subletting; Mortgaging                      10

     XVI.   Estoppel Certificate                                    10

     XVII.  Taxes                                                   10

     XVIII. Priority of Lease                                       11

<PAGE>

                                    INDEX TO LEASE

<CAPTION>
     Article                                                      Page
     -------                                                      ----
     <S>                                                          <C>
     XIX.   Fixtures and Personal Property;
            Surrender                                               12

     XX.    Hold over Tenancy                                       13

     XXI.   Waiver of Subrogation                                   13

     XXII.  Notices                                                 13

     XXIII. Rights Reserved by Landlord                             14

     XXIV.  Condemnation                                            14

     XXV.   Miscellaneous Provisions                                14

</TABLE>

<PAGE>

                                     OFFICE LEASE


     THIS LEASE, dated and effective this 1st day of October, 1996, is between
TEECO Properties, hereinafter referred to as "Landlord" and Republic Bank &
Trust Company, hereinafter referred to as the "Tenant".  This Lease replaces
several leases previously entered into by Landlord and Landlord's predecessor,
Jaytee Properties, and Tenant along with Tenant's Lease of an additional 787
square feet from Landlord.  All prior leases as of the effective date shall be
terminated by agreement of the parties hereto with all parties having been
released from their respective duties thereunder, except for any provisions
which by their terms survive termination.  As parties hereto, Landlord and
Tenant agree:


                                 ARTICLE I.  PREMISES

     SECTION 1.  Tenant leases from Landlord and Landlord leases to Tenant the
following described premises (hereinafter called the "Premises"):

          Being 42,933 square feet of rentable office space located in Republic
Corporate Center (hereinafter called "the Building") located at the northwest
corner of Sixth and Market Streets in Louisville, Kentucky.


     SECTION 2.  The Premises shall be provided in "as is" condition. Tenant
acknowledges he has examined the Premises, knows the condition of the Premises,
and accepts the Premises in the condition as currently existing. Any remodeling
construction and/or redecorating within the Premises shall be performed to the
complete and absolute satisfaction of Landlord. The Landlord's written approval
shall be obtained by Tenant prior to commencement of any and all improvements
and the construction of improvements shall be supervised and approved by
Landlord on a continuous basis.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord shall
within ten (10) days of its receipt of any plans either (i) give its approval,
or (ii) give its disapproval of said plans together with reasons for its
disapproval.  In any event, if Landlord does not respond within said ten (10)
day period, Landlord shall be deemed to approve said submitted plans.


     SECTION 3.  This lease confers no rights with respect to the Building other
than tenancy of the Premises and the non-exclusive license to use, during such
tenancy, the following facilities provided by Landlord: (i) toilet facilities on
the floor which the Premises are located (and such other toilet facilities
located elsewhere in the Building as may be designated by Landlord for the
general use of tenants); (ii) the public entrances to, and main floor lobby in,
the Building; and (iii) the passenger elevator serving the Building.


                                          1
<PAGE>

                                  ARTICLE II.  TERM

     Landlord leases the Premises to Tenant, and Tenant hires and takes the
Premises from Landlord, for a term of five (5) Lease Years commencing on October
1, 1996 or substantial completion of tenant improvements, (the "Lease
Commencement Date") and expiring at midnight on September 30, 2001 unless sooner
terminated pursuant to the terms hereof. "Lease Year" shall mean a year period
beginning on the first day of a month, which is the first calendar month of the
term of the Lease and ending on the day before the anniversary of the first day
of such year.

                      ARTICLE III.  RENT AND OPERATING EXPENSES

     SECTION 1.  Tenant shall pay to Landlord, at Landlord's office in the
Building or at such place as Landlord may from time to time designate, as rental
for the Premises, the sum of Sixty Nine Thousand Four Hundred Seventeen dollars
($69,417) per month (the "Rent"). Rent shall be payable in advance on the first
day of each calendar month beginning one year after the Lease Commencement Date.

     SECTION 2.  In the event that the Rent, or any other sum payable by Tenant
to Landlord under this lease, shall not be received (paid) within ten (10) days
of the due date thereof, Landlord may, at its option, add a monthly service
charge, at a rate which shall be the greater of $25 or 1% for each month or
fraction thereof from such rent due date during which such Rent or other sum
remains unpaid. Further, in the event that any check which has been remitted to
Landlord by Tenant for payment of the Rent, or any other sum payable under this
Lease, shall not be honored upon its presentation for payment, then the monthly
service charge shall be similarly imposed on said amount from the due date until
paid. Acceptance by the Landlord FOR such service charge shall not be deemed to
be a waiver by Landlord of any default nor shall it restrict the remedies
otherwise available to Landlord hereunder.

     SECTION 3.  The operating expenses of the building shall be figured on a
base of $5.23 per square foot ("Base Operating Expense"). If in any calendar
year during the term of this Lease, the actual operating expenses per square
foot of the Building should exceed the base operating expenses per square foot
(such excess being hereinafter referred to as the "Operating Expense
Differential"), then as additional rent for that year, Tenant shall pay within
thirty (30) days of being notified by Landlord of the amount being due for each
rentable square foot of floor space leased hereunder, and in any expansion or
extensions thereof, the Operating Expense Differential. The Tenant's portion of
the Operating Expense Differential for the entire Building shall equal 72%.
Landlord's notice shall be accompanied by statements showing the actual
operating expenses of the building and the Tenant's proportionate share thereof.
For purposes of this exhibit, the term "Operating Expenses" shall mean any and
all costs and expenses paid or incurred by Landlord, or its agents, for any
calendar year in connection with the operation, servicing, management,
maintenance and repair of the Building and the Premises, determined in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, if any, property
taxes, insurance and any tax imposed upon gross receipt of rents, but shall not
include: (1) provisions for depreciation; (2) interest on indebtedness, except
as provided for herein; (3) income taxes; and (4) dividends.


                                          2
<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE IV.  USE

     The Premises are to be used only for the purpose of conducting full service
administrative and office functions of a bank and for no other business or
purpose without the prior written consent of Landlord.  Tenant shall not do or
permit to be done in or about the Premises anything which is illegal or
unlawful; or which is of a hazardous or dangerous nature; or which will increase
the rate(s) of insurance upon the Building. Tenant shall (and shall cause its
employees to) observe the rules and regulations set forth in EXHIBIT A attached
hereto and made a part hereof, as the same may be amended by Landlord from time
to time, so long as any said amendment does not substantially or materially
alter the right to use and enjoyment of the Premises by Tenant, and Tenant shall
comply with all governmental laws and ordinances and all regulations applicable
to the use and occupancy of the Building.  Notwithstanding the foregoing
sentence, Landlord hereby warrants and represents to Tenant that the Building
and Premises are currently in compliance with all applicable governmental laws,
ordinances and regulations applicable to the use and occupancy of the Building
and Premises, and that Tenant shall not be responsible to bring the Premises
into compliance if said Premises are not currently in compliance with said
governmental laws and ordinances, but rather Landlord shall be responsible, at
its expense, to so do.

                                ARTICLE V.  POSSESSION

     If Landlord permits Tenant to enter into possession of the Premises prior
to the Lease Commencement Date, all of the terms and conditions of this Lease
shall apply during such prior period. Tenant's taking of possession of the
Premises are in good and tenantable condition and acceptable for Tenant's use
thereof as provided in this Lease.

                         ARTICLE VI.  SERVICES TO BE PROVIDED

     Landlord shall furnish reasonable amounts of heat, air conditioning, water,
elevator service and janitor service (collectively "Services") to the Premises
from 7:30 a.m. to 6:00 p.m. Monday through Friday and 8:00 a.m. to 1:00 p.m. on
Saturday, all such services being subject to energy availability or Energy
Consumption Regulations which may be hereafter promulgated.  All services at any
other times and all special equipment which may be required for such services
and all above normal service and special equipment which may be requested for
such service during normal business hours or otherwise should be furnished only
upon the request of and at the sole cost of Tenant.  It is expressly agreed that
should any local, state or federal governmental body, agency or public utility
restrict or reduce the amount of fuel or energy which may be utilized to provide
the utilities and services as specified above, then such restriction or
reduction, and the reduction in utilities and services which may result
therefrom, shall in no way create or constitute a default on the part of the
Landlord, and there shall be no reduction or abatement in the Rent or any other
sum payable by Tenant thereunder. Further, Landlord shall not be liable for any
injury, damage, inconvenience, or otherwise which may arise or result should the
furnishing of any such services by interrupted or prevented by fire, accident,
strike, riot, act of God, the making of necessary repairs or improvements, or
any other cause beyond the reasonable control or prevention of Landlord, nor,


                                          3
<PAGE>

subject only to the provisions of Article X of this Lease, shall the Rent
payable by Tenant hereunder abate.

                  ARTICLE VII.  MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR; ALTERATIONS

     SECTION 1.  Landlord shall keep and maintain the roof, foundations, floor
slab, and all structural walls (including windows and plate glass), gutters and
downspouts of the Premises in good order and repair. Landlord shall keep or
cause to be kept in good repair all common areas of the Building and appurtenant
areas, including lighting systems; drainage systems; mechanical, plumbing, and
electrical systems; heat and air conditioning units; and ductwork, lines, pipes,
and conduits serving the Premises. Any maintenance, repairs or replacements to
any of the foregoing made necessary by any acts or omissions of the Tenant, its
agents or employees, shall be paid for by Tenant and Tenant shall reimburse
Landlord on demand for the cost of repairing any damage to the Premises or the
Building caused by Tenant or its agents or employees. In the event, after
reasonable notice to Landlord, Landlord fails to make any repairs as
hereinbefore provided, then Tenant shall have the right to make these repairs
and deduct the cost thereof from any future rental payments.

     SECTION 2.  All maintenance, repairs, or replacements relating to the
Premises that are not the obligation of Landlord as set forth in Section 1
above, including lighting and other systems within the premises, shall be the
obligation of Tenant and shall be made by Tenant at Tenant's sole cost and
expense. Tenant shall maintain, at its expense, the interior of the Premises in
good repair and in a clean and attractive condition. Tenant's obligation to
maintain, repair and replace includes, but is not limited to, all the interior
of the Premises. In the event Tenant fails to comply with the requirements of
this Section, Landlord may effect such maintenance and repair and the cost
thereof, with interest at the rate of 8.5% per annum, shall be payable within
thirty (30) days to Landlord as additional rent.

     SECTION 3.  Tenant shall not make any alterations, additions or
improvements to the Premises without first obtaining Landlord's prior written
consent. In connection with any such request for Landlord's consent to such
alterations, additions or improvements to the Premises, Landlord may retain the
services of an architect and/or engineer; and the reasonable costs for the
services of such architect and/or engineer shall be reimbursed to Landlord by
Tenant.  Notwithstanding the provisions of this Article VII, in the event any
alterations, additions or improvements are minor and not structural, Landlord
shall notify Tenant of its disapproval within forty eight (48) hours of Tenant's
notification thereof without expense to Tenant.  Landlord may make any repairs
for the preservation, safety or improvement of the Premises or the Building. All
alterations, and improvements made by Tenant shall become the property of
Landlord upon making thereof and shall be surrendered to landlord upon the
expiration of this Lease.  At Tenant's expense, Tenant shall have the right, but
not the obligation, to make additional improvements to the Premises with
Landlord's consent.  Upon termination or expiration of the Lease, Tenant shall
have the right to remove all personal property and trade fixtures so long as
removal of same does not cause damage to the Premises.


                                          4
<PAGE>

                                ARTICLE VIII.  ACCESS

     Landlord and its agents shall have the right to enter into and upon the
Premises at all reasonable times with reasonable notice for the purpose of
inspecting, cleaning, repairing, altering or improving the Premises or the
Building with the exception of an emergency situation. Landlord shall have the
right to show the Premises to prospective tenants with at least one (1) day's
written advance notice during the ninety (90) day period prior to the expiration
of the term of this Lease and shall have the right at all reasonable times to
show the Premises to prospective purchasers of and lenders upon the Building
with at least one (1) day's written advance notice.  Any damage or loss caused
to the Premises and/or to the Tenant by any use of or access to the Premises by
Landlord shall be repaired by Landlord at Landlord's expense.

                          ARTICLE IX.  DAMAGE OR DESTRUCTION

     SECTION 1.  If the Premises is damaged or destroyed, in whole or in
substantial part, and Section 2 does not apply, then Landlord may elect to
terminate this Lease as of the date of the damage or destruction by notice given
to Tenant in  writing not more than twenty (20) days following the date of
damage or destruction. If Landlord does not elect to terminate, Landlord shall,
at Landlord's expense, proceed to restore the property to substantially the same
form, condition and quality as prior to the damage or destruction. If Landlord
elects to rebuild and repair, Landlord shall proceed as soon as reasonably
possible and thereafter shall proceed without interruption and be completed
within one hundred-eighty (180) days after notice has been given of Landlord's
intent to rebuild and repair, except for work stoppages on account of labor
disputes and matters not under the control of the Landlord. During such period
of repair or restoration, the Rent shall be abated in the same proportion as the
untenantable portion of the Premises bears to the entire Premises identified in
Section 1 of Article I of the Lease.

     SECTION 2.  If the Premises is damaged or destroyed, (i) to the extent that
more than fifty percent (50%) of the Building is damaged or destroyed, or (ii)
to the extent that more than fifty percent (50%) of the Premises is damaged or
destroyed, then in such event, Tenant may elect to terminate this Lease as of
the date of the damage or destruction by notice given to Landlord in writing not
more than twenty (20) days following the date of damage or destruction.

     SECTION 3.  Notwithstanding anything contained in this Article to the
contrary, Landlord shall not be required to repair, replace, restore, or rebuild
any property which Tenant shall be entitled to remove from the Premises under
the provisions of this Lease; it being agreed that Tenant shall bear the entire
risk of loss, damage or destruction of such property while it is in the
Building.

     SECTION 4.  If both parties elect to terminate the Lease under the
provisions of this Article IX, Tenant shall be entitled to reimbursement for any
prepaid rent or other amounts paid by Tenant and attributable to the unused term
of the Lease.


                                          5
<PAGE>

                                ARTICLE X.  INDEMNITY

     Tenant shall indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from all loss, damage,
liability or expense resulting from an injury to or death of any person or any
loss of or damage to any property caused by or resulting from any negligent act
or omission of Tenant or any officer, agent, employee, guest, invitee or visitor
of Tenant in or about the Premises or the Building, but the foregoing provision
shall not be construed to make Tenant responsible for injuries to third parties
caused by the negligence of Landlord or any agent, offices, guest, invitee,
visitor or employee of landlord. The Landlord shall remain responsible for any
injury to, or death of any person or any loss of or damage to property sustained
by any person whatsoever which may be caused by the Building or any equipment or
appurtenances thereto or thereof being or becoming defective or out of repair.
Landlord shall be and remain liable for the negligent acts or omissions of
Landlord, its agents, offices, guests, invitees, visitors and employees.

                            ARTICLE XI.  INSOLVENCY, ETC.

     If leasehold interest of Tenant be levied upon under execution or be
attached, or if any voluntary or involuntary petition or similar pleading under
any Act of Congress relating to bankruptcy shall be filed by or against Tenant
or a majority of Tenant's shareholders, or if any voluntary proceedings in any
court OR tribunal shall be instituted by or against Tenant or the majority of
its shareholders to declare Tenant or the majority of its shareholders insolvent
or unable to pay debts of Tenant or the majority of its shareholders, or if
Tenant makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or if a receiver be
appointed for any property of Tenant, which filing, proceeding, assignment or
appointment is not dismissed or cancelled within sixty (60) days after the
institution of same, or if Tenant shall default in payment of any other debt or
obligation to Landlord within ten (10) days of Tenant's receipt of written
notice from Landlord, then in such event Landlord may, if Landlord so elects and
with or without notice of such election and with or without any demand
whatsoever, forthwith terminate this Lease upon notice to Tenant, and upon such
termination all rights of Tenant hereunder shall thereupon cease and Tenant
shall surrender possession and vacate the Premises immediately.

                                ARTICLE XII.  REMEDIES

     SECTION 1.  If at any time Tenant shall (a) fail to remedy any default in
the payment of any sum due under this Lease for ten (10) days after notice; (b)
fail to remedy any default with respect to any other of these provisions,
covenants or conditions of this Lease to be kept or performed by Tenant, within
thirty (30) days after notice (or, in the event the default is of such a nature
that it cannot be remedied within said thirty (30) day period, then such
additional time as may be necessary for Tenant to cure such default, within the
thirty (30) day period and thereafter diligently prosecutes the same to
completion); or (c) vacate or abandon the Premises, or fail to conduct its
business therein without continuing to make rental payments hereunder, for a
period of five (5) consecutive business days, and then fail to reoccupy and
reestablish the conduct of business in the Premises within ten (10) days
following the date of written notice from Landlord of such failure; then
Landlord shall have all such rights and remedies as are provided by law in
respect of


                                          6
<PAGE>

such default, including, at Landlord's election, the right to terminate this
Lease, and all Tenant's rights hereunder shall be terminated.

     The liability of Tenant for the Rent, and other payments provided for
herein shall not be extinguished for the balance of this Lease, and Tenant shall
make good to Landlord any deficiency arising from such reletting of the
Premises, plus the costs and expenses of renovating, altering and reletting the
Premises, and including attorneys' fees or brokers' fees incident to Landlord's
reentry or reletting. Tenant shall pay any such deficiency each month, as the
amount thereof is ascertained by Landlord, or, at Landlord's option, Landlord
may recover, in addition to any other sums, the amount at the time of judgement
by which the unpaid Rent, and other payments for the balance of the term, after
judgement, exceeds the amount thereof which Tenant proves could be reasonably
avoided, discounted at the rate of 7%. In reletting the Premises, Landlord may
grant rent concessions and Tenant shall not be credited therefor. Nothing herein
shall be deemed to affect the right of Landlord to recover for indemnification
under Article X herein arising prior to the termination of this Lease.

     SECTION 2.  Landlord shall in no event be in default in the performance of
any of its obligations in this Lease contained unless and until Landlord shall
have failed to perform such obligation within thirty (30) days, or such
additional time as is reasonably required to correct any such default after
notice by Tenant to Landlord properly specifying wherein Landlord has failed to
perform any such obligation.

                               ARTICLE XIII.  INSURANCE

     SECTION 1.  Tenant covenants and agrees that from and after the date of
delivery of the Premises from Landlord to Tenant and at all times during
possession thereof, Tenant will procure and maintain in full force and effect,
at its sole cost and expense, the following types of insurance, in the minimum
amounts specified below:

     A.   PUBLIC LIABILITY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE.  Personal injury liability,
bodily injury liability and property damage insurance in a single limit of not
less than One Million Dollars ($1,000,000), of which insurance shall insure the
performance by Tenant of the indemnity agreement as to liability for injury to
or death of persons and injury or damage to property as provided in Article X
hereof. All of such insurance shall be primary and noncontributing with any
insurance which may be carried by Landlord. The adequacy of the coverage
afforded by said liability and property damage insurance shall be subject to
review by Landlord from time to time, and Landlord retains the reasonable right
to increase or decrease said limits at such times.

     B.   TENANT IMPROVEMENTS.  Insurance covering all of the lease-hold
improvements, (excepting only the structural components of the Building and
demising partitions), and Tenant's trade fixtures, and personal property from
time to time in and/or upon the Premises, in an amount of not less than the full
replacement cost thereof without deduction for depreciation, providing
protection against any peril included within the classification "Fire and
Extended Coverage", together with insurance


                                          7
<PAGE>

          against sprinkler damage, vandalism and malicious mischief. Any policy
proceeds shall be used for the repair or replacement of the property damaged or
destroyed unless this Lease shall cease and terminate under the applicable
provisions herein. If the Premises shall not be repaired or restored following
damage or destruction in accordance with other provisions herein, Landlord shall
received from such insurance proceeds and amount equal to the replacement cost
of the Tenant's leasehold improvements.

     C.   BUSINESS INTERRUPTION.  Business interruption insurance with
sufficient coverage to provide for payment of rent and other fixed costs during
any interruption of Tenant's business by reason of fire or other similar cause.

     SECTION 2.  All policies shall be for the mutual and joint benefit and
protection of Landlord and Tenant, with Landlord being named as an additional
insured. Certificates of such policies shall be delivered to Landlord within ten
(10) days after delivery of possession of the Premises to Tenant and thereafter
within thirty (30) days prior to the expiration of the term of each such policy.
All public liability and property damage policies shall contain a provision that
Landlord, although named as an insured, shall nevertheless be entitled to
recovery under said policies for any loss occasioned to it, its servants,
agents, and employees by reason of the acts, omissions and/or negligence of
Tenant. As often as any such policy shall expire or terminate, renewal or
additional policies shall be procured and maintained by Tenant in like manner
and to like extent. All policies of insurance must contain a provision that the
company writing said policy will give to Landlord thirty (30) days' notice, in
writing, in advance of any cancellation or lapse, or the effective date of any
reduction in the amounts of insurance. All public liability, property damage and
other casualty policies shall be written as primary policies, not contributing
with and not in excess of coverage which Landlord may carry. Landlord may, from
time to time, request Tenant to provide Landlord with a certified copy of all
insurance coverage carried by Tenant.

     SECTION 3.  Tenant agrees to pay to Landlord forthwith upon demand the
amount of any increase in premiums for insurance against loss by fire that may
be charged during the term of this Lease on the amount of insurance maintained
in force by Landlord on the Building, of which the Premises are a part,
resulting from Tenant doing any act in or about said Premises which does so
increase the insurance rates, whether or not Landlord shall have consented to
such act on the part of Tenant. If Tenant installs upon the Premises any
electrical equipment which constitutes an overload on the electrical lines of
the Premises, Tenant shall at its own expense make whatever changes are
necessary to comply with the requirements of the insurance underwriters any
governmental authority having jurisdiction thereover, but nothing herein
contained shall be deemed to constitute Landlord's consent to such overloading.
If at any time Landlord believes that activities of Tenant in the Building will
or may cause increases in insurance rates applicable to Landlord's insurance on
the Building, Landlord shall provide Tenant within thirty (30) days' prior
notice of such belief and the specific activity involved, and Tenant shall be
entitled to cease or otherwise cure any such activity within such period and
thereby avoid any charge for any such increase; provided, however, that Tenant
shall not be required to comply with any requirement which is not a valid legal
requirement.


                                          8
<PAGE>

                                 ARTICLE XIV.  LIENS

     Tenant shall keep the Premises free and clear of, and shall indemnify 
Landlord against all mechanics' liens and other liens on account of work done 
for or materials , supplies and equipment furnished to Tenant by persons 
claiming under it for maintenance, repairs and alterations. Tenant shall 
reimburse Landlord for all reasonable costs and attorneys' fees incurred by 
Landlord in investigating, defending or clearing such lien to be cleared 
within thirty (30) days of filing of same unless Tenant shall have provided 
security acceptable to landlord against any loss to Landlord on account 
thereof. As a condition to Landlord's consent pursuant to Article VII, 
Landlord may require Tenant to provide Landlord with reasonable payment and 
performance bonds of those persons contracted by Tenant to perform work on or 
in the Premises that could be the subject of such a lien in order to protect 
the Premises, the Landlord, and any mortgagee from and against liens of 
mechanics and materialmen performing work in or providing services and 
equipment to the Premises.

                   ARTICLE XV.  ASSIGNMENT; SUBLETTING; MORTGAGING

     SECTION 1.  Tenant shall not voluntarily, involuntarily or by operation of
law assign, transfer, mortgage or otherwise encumber all or any part of Tenant's
interest in this Lease, or sublet the Premises or any part thereof, without
first obtaining in each and every instance Landlord's prior written consent.
Subject to the foregoing, Tenant shall not assign, transfer or sublet the
Premises, or any part thereof, at a rent to Assignee, Transferee or Sublessee,
greater than Tenant's rent. Any transfer of this Lease by merger, consolidation,
or liquidation, or any change in the ownership of, or power to vote the majority
of its outstanding voting stock resulting in a change in ownership of more than
50% of the total issued and outstanding shares of Tenant shall constitute an
assignment for the purposes of this paragraph. If consent is once given by
Landlord to any such assignment or subletting, such consent shall not operate as
a waiver of the necessity for obtaining Landlord's consent to any subsequent
assignment or subletting. Any legal costs incurred by Landlord related to such
assignment or subletting shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord upon demand. Tenant
shall provide Landlord with executed copies of any Assignment. Transfer or
Sublease Agreement entered into as provided herein.  Notwithstanding the
provisions of Article XV of this Lease, Tenant shall have the right to assign
its interest in this lease, or enter into a sublease of all or a portion of the
Premises, without the prior consent of the Landlord, if such assignment or
sublease is made to a corporation under common control with Tenant or to a
subsidiary or successor to Tenant by merger or by change of name.

                          ARTICLE XVI.  ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE

     Tenant shall at any time and from time to time execute, acknowledge and
deliver to Landlord a statement in writing, if true to the best of Tenant's
knowledge, certifying: (a) that this Lease is unmodified and in full force and
effect (or if there has been any modification hereof that the same is in full
force and effect as modified and stating the nature of the modification or
modifications); (b) that to the best of its knowledge Landlord is not in default
under this Lease (or 


                                          9
<PAGE>

if any such default exists the specific nature and extent thereof); and (c) 
the date to which rent and other charges have been paid in advance, if any.

                                 ARTICLE XVII.  TAXES

     SECTION 1.  Tenant shall pay before delinquency any and all taxes and
assessments, and license, sales, business, occupation or other taxes, fees or
charges levied, assessed or imposed upon its business operations in the
Premises.

     SECTION 2.  Tenant shall pay before delinquency any and all taxes and
assessments levied, assessed or imposed upon its trade fixtures, leasehold
improvements, merchandise and other personal property in, on, or upon the
Premises.

     SECTION 3.  In the event any taxes, fees or charges referred to in the
preceding Section 1 and/or Section 2 shall be assessed, levied or imposed upon
or in connection with the business or property of Landlord, such assessment,
taxes, fees or charges shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord promptly upon
Landlord's request for such payment.

     SECTION 4.  Landlord shall pay before delinquency any and all costs and
expenses of every kind and nature for real estate ad valorem taxes, and/or fees,
assessments, charges or payments in lieu thereof, to the Commonwealth of
Kentucky, and/or any political subdivision thereof, including, without
limitation, Jefferson County, and/or any city, municipality, agency or special
district, the Jefferson County School Board, Louisville Water Company, and/or
the Louisville and Jefferson County Metropolitan Sewer District, whether general
or special assessments, including, but not limited to, sewer rents, rates and
charges; drainage fees; water charges; taxes based upon the receipt of rent; and
any other federal, state or local government charge, general, special, ordinary
or extra--ordinary (but not including income or franchise taxes or any other
taxes imposed upon or measured by Landlord's net income or profits, unless the
same is imposed in lieu of real estate taxes), which may now or hereafter be
levied or assessed against the Building or the land on which the Building and
appurtenant parking areas and driveways are located. If at any time during the
term of this Lease the method of taxation then prevailing shall be altered so
that any new tax, assessment, levy, imposition or charge shall be imposed upon
Landlord in place or partly in place of any such taxes and shall be measured by
or be based in whole or in part upon the Building or the rents or other income
therefrom, then all such new taxes, assessments, levies, imposition or charge
shall be imposed upon Landlord in place or partly in place of any such taxes and
shall be measured by or be based in whole or in part upon the Building or the
rents or other income therefrom, then all such new taxes, assessments, levies,
impositions or charges or part thereof, to the extent that they are measured or
based, shall be included in the definition of Landlord's costs and expenses
within the meaning of this subparagraph. Tenant shall only be directly
responsible for taxes, if any, on its personal property and on the value of its
special leasehold improvements exclusive of standard building improvements.

                          ARTICLE XVIII.  PRIORITY OF LEASE


                                          10
<PAGE>

     This Lease shall, unless Landlord otherwise elects, be subordinate to any
and all mortgages and other security instruments now existing, or which may
hereafter be made covering the Building and/or the real property underlying the
same or any portion or portions thereof, and for the full amount of all advances
made or to be made thereunder (without regard to the time or character of such
advances), together with interest thereon, and subject of all the terms and
provisions thereof and to any renewals, extensions, modifications and
consolidations thereof, except the Landlord and any such mortgagee or security
instrument holder hereby agree that Tenant's rights under this Lease shall not
be disturbed absent a default hereunder and Tenant covenants within thirty (30)
days of demand to make, execute, acknowledge and deliver upon request any and
all documents or instruments reasonably demanded by Landlord which are or may be
necessary or proper for more fully and certainly assuring the subordination of
this Lease to any such mortgages or other security instruments as long as said
mortgagee or security instrument holder agrees in writing not to disturb the
rights of Tenant under this Lease  absent a default hereunder, and, provided,
however, that any person or persons purchasing or otherwise acquiring any
interest at any sale and/or other proceedings under such mortgages or other
security instruments shall continue this Lease in full force and effect in the
same manner, and with like effect, as if such person or persons had been named
as Landlord herein, and this Lease shall continue in full force and effect as
aforesaid, and Tenant hereby shall continue in full force and effect as
aforesaid, and Tenant hereby attorns and agrees to attorn to such person or
persons so long as said person or persons agrees not to disturb the rights of
Tenant under this Lease absent a default hereunder.

               ARTICLE XIX.  FIXTURES AND PERSONAL PROPERTY; SURRENDER

     SECTION 1.  Upon the termination of this Lease, Tenant shall surrender to
Landlord the Premises (including, without limitation, all non-moveable leasehold
improvements) in good condition and repair reasonable wear, tear and damage by
casualty not caused by Tenant or its agents or employees excepted. All
improvements, additions, and fixtures installed in such a manner that removal of
same will cause damage to the Premises, made or installed from time-to-time by
Landlord to, in, upon, or about the Premises, including, but not limited to, all
recessed lighting fixtures, shall be the property of Landlord and upon any such
termination, shall be surrendered to Landlord by Tenant without any injury,
damage or disturbance thereto or payment thereof.


     SECTION 2.  All fixtures, furniture, movable partitions, machinery,
equipment and other personal property installed or placed in said Premises at
the cost of or by Tenant shall at all times remain, be considered and treated as
the personal property of Tenant and in no sense part of the real estate, and
Tenant shall have the right at any time during the term of this Lease and any
extension thereof, or within a period of ten (10) days after any termination
hereof to remove the same or any part thereof from said Premises, provided,
however, that upon the removal of any such personal property, Tenant agrees to
restore the area from which the same has been removed to substantially the same
condition as it was prior to the installation thereof and to the extent
necessary to keep Premises in a leasable and usable condition for future
tenants. If Tenant fails to remove any such personal property, Landlord may at
Landlord's option retain all or any of such property and title thereto shall
thereupon vest in Landlord, Landlord may remove from the Premises and dispose of
in any manner all or any of such property, in which latter event Tenant shall,
upon demand, pay


                                          11
<PAGE>

to Landlord the reasonable actual expense of such removal and disposition, and
the cost of repair of any and all damage to the Premises resulting from or
caused by such removal.


                                          12
<PAGE>

                            ARTICLE XX.  HOLD OVER TENANCY

     If Tenant shall, without execution of a new Lease or written extension, and
with consent of Landlord, hold over after the expiration of the terms of this
Lease, such tenancy shall be a month-to-month tenancy, which may be terminated
as provided by law. During such tenancy, Tenant shall pay to Landlord the
greater of (a) the rental rate then being quoted by Landlord for comparable
space in the Building; or (b) an amount equal to 150% of the Rent as defined in
Article III thereafter. During such tenancy, Tenant shall be bound by all of the
terms, covenants, and conditions as herein specified, as far as applicable;
provided, however that if Tenant fails to surrender the Premises upon the
termination of this Lease, in addition to any other liabilities to Landlord
arising therefrom Tenant shall indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from
reasonable, consequential and foreseeable loss or liability resulting from such
failure, including any claims made by any succeeding Tenant founded on such
failure.


                         ARTICLE XXI.  WAIVER OF SUBROGATION

     Landlord and Tenant each releases and relieves the other and on behalf of
its insurer(s) waives its entire right of recovery against the other for loss or
damage arising out of or incident to the perils of fire, explosion, or any other
perils generally described in the "extended coverage" insurance endorsements
used in Louisville which occur in, on or about the Building and/or the Premises,
whether due to the negligence of such other party, its agents or employees, or
otherwise.

                                ARTICLE XXII.  NOTICES

     Wherever in this Lease it shall be required or permitted that notice,
approval, advice, consent or demand be given or served by either party to this
Lease to or on the other, such notice or demand shall be given or served and
shall not be deemed to have been duly given or served unless in writing and
forwarded by certified or registered mail, addressed as follows:

     TO LANDLORD:   Republic Corporate Center
                    Louisville, Kentucky  40202-2700
                    Attention: Mr. Steve Trager

     TO TENANT:     At the Premises

     Either party may change such address by written notice by certified or
registered mail to the other.  Notice shall be deemed given when received or
refused by the recipient.

                     ARTICLE XXIII.  RIGHTS RESERVED BY LANDLORD

     SECTION 1.  Landlord shall have the sole and exclusive right to designate
(and from time to time, in its discretion, re-designate) the name, address,
number and/or designation of the Building.


                                          13
<PAGE>

                             ARTICLE XXIV.  CONDEMNATION

     In the event that during the term of this Lease the Premises as identified
in Article I, Section 1 hereof, or any part thereof, or the use or possession
thereof, is taken in condemnation proceedings or by any right of eminent domain
or for any public or quasi-public use, this Lease and the term hereby granted
shall terminate and expire on the date when possession shall be taken by the
condemnor, and rent and all other charges payable hereunder shall be apportioned
and paid in full up to that date and all prepaid unearned rent and all other
charges payable and paid in full up to that date and all prepaid unearned rent
and all other charges payable hereunder shall forthwith be repaid by Landlord to
Tenant, and Tenant shall not be liable to Landlord for rent or any other charges
payable hereunder, damage, or otherwise, for, or by reason of any matter or
thing occurring thereafter.  In the event of any condemnation affecting the
Premises, Landlord shall be entitled to receive its entire award without
deduction for any interest of Tenant in the Premises, but Tenant shall have the
right to make a separate claim against the condemning authority for, and to
receive therefor, (i) any moving expenses incurred by Tenant as a result of such
condemnation; (ii) any costs incurred or paid by Tenant in connection with any
alterations or improvements made by Tenant to the Premises; (iii) the value of
any of Tenant's property taken; (iv) Tenant's loss of business income; and (v)
any other separate claim which Tenant may hereafter be permitted to make under
applicable law; provided, however, that such other separate claims shall not
reduce or adversely affect the amount of Landlord's award.

                        ARTICLE XXV.  MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

     SECTION 1.  The term "Landlord" as used in this Lease, so far as covenants
or obligations on the part of Landlord are concerned, shall be limited to mean
and include only the owner or co-owners, at the time in question, of the
Premises, and in the event of any transfer or transfers of the title to the
Premises, Landlord herein named (and in case of any subsequent transfers or
conveyances, the then grantor) shall be automatically freed and relieved from
and after the date of such transfer or conveyance of all liability as respects
the performance or any covenants or obligations on the part of Landlord
contained in this Lease thereafter to be performed except for any payments of
rents or other monies previously paid to Landlord unless the successor agrees in
writing to assume said monies maintenance obligations.

     SECTION 2.  The captions of Articles of this Lease are for convenience only
and shall not be considered or referred to in resolving questions of
interpretation or construction.

     SECTION 3.  The terms "Landlord and Tenant", wherever used herein shall be
applicable to one or more persons, as the case may be, and the singular shall
include the plural, and the neuter shall include the masculine and feminine, and
if there be more than one, the obligations hereof shall be joint and several.


                                          14
<PAGE>

     SECTION 4.  The word "person" and the word "persons" wherever used in this
Lease shall both include individuals, partnerships, firms, associations, and
corporations of any other form of business entity.

     SECTION 5.  The various rights, options, elections, powers, and remedies
contained in this Lease shall be construed as cumulative and no one of them
shall be exclusive of any of the others, or of any other legal or equitable
remedy which either party might otherwise have in the event of breach or default
in the terms thereof, and the exercise of one right or remedy by such party
shall not impair its right to any other right or remedy until all obligations
upon the other party have been fully performed.

     SECTION 6.  Time is of essence with respect to the performance of each of
the covenants and agreements under this Lease.

     SECTION 7.  Each and all of the provisions of this Lease shall be binding
upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and, except as set forth in
Section 1 of this Article and as otherwise specifically provided elsewhere in
this Lease, their respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors, and
assigns, subject at all times, nevertheless, to all agreements and restrictions
contained elsewhere in this Lease with respect to the assignment, transfer,
encumbering or sub-letting of all or any part of Tenant's interest in this
Lease.

     SECTION 8.  This Lease shall be interpreted in accordance with the law of
the Commonwealth of Kentucky.

     SECTION 9.  No waiver of any default by Tenant hereunder shall be implied
from any omission by Landlord to take any action on account of such default if
such default persists or is repeated, and no express waiver shall affect any
default other than the default specified in the express waiver, and that only
for the time and to the extent therein stated. The acceptance by Landlord of
rent with knowledge of the breach of any of the covenants of this Lease by
Tenant shall not be deemed a waiver of any such breach. One or more waivers of
any breach of any covenant, term or condition of this Lease shall not be
construed as a waiver of any subsequent breach of the same covenants, term of
condition. The consent or approval by Landlord to or of any act by Tenant
requiring Landlord's consent or approval shall not be deemed to waive or render
unnecessary Landlord's consent or approval to or of any subsequent similar acts
by Tenant.

     SECTION 10.  If Tenant shall default in the performance of any covenant on
its part to be performed by virtue of any provisions of this Lease, Landlord
may, after any notice and the expiration of any period with respect thereto as
required pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Lease, perform the same
for the account of Tenant. If Landlord, at any time, is compelled to pay or
elects to pay any sum of money or do any acts which would require the payment of
any sum of money by reason of the failure of Tenant, after any notice and the
expiration of any period with respect thereto, as required pursuant to the
applicable provisions of the Lease, to comply with any provisions of this Lease,
the sum or sums so paid by Landlord with all interest, costs and damages, shall
be deemed to be additional rental hereunder and shall be due from


                                          15
<PAGE>

Tenant to Landlord on the first day of the month following the incurring of such
respective expenses, except as otherwise herein specifically provided.


                                          16
<PAGE>

     SECTION 11.  If Tenant or Landlord shall bring any action for any relief
against the other, declaratory or otherwise, arising out of this Lease,
including any suit by Landlord for the recovery of rent, additional rent or
other payments hereunder or possession of the Premises, the losing party shall
pay the prevailing party a reasonable sum for actually incurred attorneys' fees
in such suit, at trial and on appeal, and such attorneys' fees shall be deemed
to have accrued on the commencement of such action.

     SECTION 12.  This Lease contains all covenants and agreements between
Landlord and Tenant relating in any manner to the rental, use and occupancy of
the Premises and Tenant's licensed use of the Building and other matters set
forth in this Lease. No prior agreement or understanding pertaining to the same
shall be valid or of any force or effect, and the covenants and agreements of
this Lease cannot be altered, changed, modified or added to except in writing
signed by Landlord and Tenant. No representation, inducement, understanding or
anything of any nature whatsoever made, stated or represented on Landlord's
behalf, either orally or in writing (except this Lease) has induced Tenant to
enter into this Lease.

     SECTION 13.  Any provision or provisions of this Lease which shall prove to
be invalid, void or illegal shall in no way affect, impair or invalidate any
other provision hereof, and the remaining provisions hereof shall nevertheless
remain in full force and effect.

     SECTION 14.  Except with respect to those conditions, covenants and
agreements of this Lease which by their nature could only be applicable after
the commencement of, during or throughout the term of this Lease, all of the
other conditions, covenants and agreements of this Lease shall be deemed to be
effective as of the date of execution of this Lease.

     SECTION 15.  Landlord and Tenant each represents and warrants to the other
that it has not engaged any broker, finder or other person who would be entitled
to any commission or fee in respect of the negotiation, execution or delivery of
this Lease and shall indemnify each other against loss, cost, liability, or
expense incurred by either as a result of any claim asserted by any such broker,
finder or other person on the basis on any arrangements or agreements made or
alleged to have been made by or on behalf of either Landlord or Tenant, as the
case may be, in breach of the foregoing warranty.

     SECTION 16.  Tenant shall have a right of first refusal on adjacent space
on the sixth floor.  Tenant shall have seven (7) days to respond to exercise
their right after Tenant has received written notice from Landlord that Landlord
has received a written offer to lease.  Should Tenant exercise the right to take
the space, the Lease term shall be coterminous with this Lease and Rent shall be
$15 per rentable square foot.  In lieu of a tenant improvement allowance,
Landlord will provide rental abatement equal to $.25 per month of the remaining
term applicable to the first rents due on the space.

     SECTION 17.  Tenant will conduct its move after Republic Bank & Trust
Company's business hours (anytime after 5:30 p.m.) or on a weekend.


                                          17
<PAGE>

     SECTION 18.  Tenant shall have the right to install conforming signage on
the doorway to the Premises, and listing on the Building Directory.  All such
signage shall be subject to Landlord's approval.

     SECTION 19.  Landlord shall provide Tenant with keys to the Building and
Premises.  Tenant shall maintain a log of persons in possession of each key.  In
the event Tenant is unable to identify the location of any key, or one of
Tenant's employees terminates his/her employment with Tenant and fails to return
a key, Landlord may, for security reasons, change the locks on the Building and
reissue new keys to all the Building's Tenants at Tenant's expense.

     SECTION 20.  Tenant will pay for tenant improvements at its cost and
expense.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Lease to be duly executed and
delivered as of the day and year first above written.


ATTEST:                            TEECO PROPERTIES



                                   BY:
- ------------------------------        ---------------------------


ATTEST:                            REPUBLIC BANK & TRUST COMPANY



                                   BY:
- ------------------------------        --------------------------------



                                      --------------------------------


                                          18
<PAGE>

                                      EXHIBIT A
                                RULES AND REGULATIONS


1.   No advertisement, sign, lettering, notice or device shall be placed in or
upon the Premises or the Building, including any windows, walls and exterior
doors, except such as may be approved in writing by Landlord.

2.   Lettering upon the doors as required by Tenant shall be made by the sign
company designated by Landlord, but the cost shall be paid by Tenant. The
directories of the Building will be provided exclusively for the display of the
name and location of Tenant and its designated representative only, and Landlord
reserves the right to exclude any other names therefrom.

3.   No additional locks shall be placed upon any doors of the Premises, and
Tenant agrees not to have any duplicate keys made without the consent of
Landlord. If more than two keys for any door lock are desired permission from
Landlord will have to be given and, such additional keys shall be paid for by
Tenant. Upon termination of this Lease, Tenant shall surrender all keys.

4.   No furniture, freight, supplies not carried by hand or equipment of any
kind shall be brought into or removed from the Building without the consent of
Landlord. Landlord shall have the right to limit the weight and size and to
designate the position of all safes and other heavy property brought into the
Building. Such furniture, freight, equipment, safes and other heavy property
shall be moved in or out of the Building only at the times and in the manner
permitted by Landlord. Landlord will not be responsible for loss of or damage to
any of the items above referred to, and all damage done to the Premises or the
Building by moving or maintaining any of such items  shall be repaired at the
expense of Tenant. Any merchandise not capable of being carried by hand shall
utilize hand trucks equipped with rubber tires and rubber side guards.

5.   The entrances, corridors, stairways and elevators shall not be obstructed
by Tenant, or used for any other purpose than ingress or egress to and from
Premises. Tenant shall not bring into or keep any animal within the Building, or
any bicycle or other type of vehicle.

6.   Tenant shall not disturb other occupants of the Building by making an undue
or unseemly noise, or otherwise. Tenant shall not, without Landlord's prior
written consent, install or operate in or on Premises any machine or machinery
causing noise or vibration perceptible outside the Premises, electric heater,
stove or machinery or any kind or carry on any mechanical business thereon, or
keep or use thereon oils, burning fluids, camphene, kerosene, naphtha, gasoline,
or other coustible materials. No explosives shall be brought into the Building.


                                          19
<PAGE>

7.   Tenant shall not mark, drive nails, screw or drill into woodwork or
plaster, paint or in any way deface the Building or any part thereof, or the
Premises or any part thereof, or fixtures therein. The expense of remedying any
breakage, damage or stoppage resulting from a violation of this rule shall be
borne by Tenant.

8.   If Tenant installs upon the Premises any electrical equipment which
constitutes an overload on the electrical line serving the Premises or the
Building, Tenant shall make all necessary changes to reduce such overload, or at
the option of Landlord, eliminate such equipment as Landlord deems necessary to
reduce the electrical capacity required to serve the Premises.

9.   Canvassing, soliciting, and peddling in the Building is prohibited and
Tenant shall cooperate to prevent such activity.

10.  The requirements of Tenant will be attended to only upon application at the
Landlord's office in the Building. Building employees shall not perform any work
or do anything outside of the regular duties, except on issuance of special
instructions from the office of the Building. If the Building employees are made
available for the assistance of Tenant, Landlord shall be paid for their
services by Tenant at reasonable hourly rates. No Building employee will admit
any person (Tenant or otherwise) to any office without specific instructions
from the office of the Building.

11.  Landlord reserves the right to close and keep locked all entrance and exit
doors of the Building on Sundays, legal holidays, and between the hours of 7:00
p.m. of any day and 7:00 a.m. of the following day, and during such further
hours as Landlord may deem advisable for the adequate protection of the Building
and the property of the tenants. Tenant shall have 24-hour access to the
Premises.


                                          20

<PAGE>

                                    EXHIBIT 10.14


                                REPUBLIC BANCORP, INC
                            REPUBLIC BANK & TRUST COMPANY

                     OFFICER COMPENSATION CONTINUATION AGREEMENT


     This Agreement  dated as of the 16 day of October, 1997 (the 
"Agreement") is made by and between Republic Bancorp, Inc., a Kentucky 
corporation (the "Company"), and Mark Vogt (the "Executive"), who is 
presently Chief Financial Officer of Republic Bank & Trust Company (the 
"Bank") in consideration of the mutual covenants herein contained and in 
further consideration of services performed and to be performed by the 
Executive for the Company and/or its subsidiaries.  As of the date of this 
Agreement, Bank is a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company.  The Bank joins 
in this Agreement to further accomplish the terms and objectives of this 
Agreement.

                                       RECITALS

     A.     The Company considers the establishment and maintenance of sound 
and vital management of the Company and its subsidiaries to be essential to 
protecting and enhancing the best interests of the Company and its 
shareholders.

     B.     The Company recognizes that, while not anticipated, the 
possibility of a change of control may exist.  Such possibility, and the 
uncertainty and questions which it may raise among management of the Company 
and its subsidiaries may result in the departure or distraction of key 
members of management to the detriment of the Company's shareholders.

     C.     The Company's Board of Directors has determined that appropriate 
steps should be taken to encourage key members of management of the Company 
and its subsidiaries, such as the Executive, to remain in the employ of the 
Company and/or its subsidiaries and perform their assigned duties without 
distraction in the face of potentially disturbing circumstances arising from 
the possibility of a change of control of the Company.

     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and of the covenants 
herein contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:

                               Section 1 -- DEFINITIONS

For purposes of this Agreement, the following words and terms shall have the 
following meanings:

     1.1    Termination by the Bank of the Executive's employment for "CAUSE" 
shall mean termination upon (A) the willful and continued failure by the 
Executive substantially to perform the Executive's duties with the Bank 
(other than any such failure resulting from Disability or


<PAGE>


temporary incapacity due to physical or mental illness), after a written 
demand for substantial performance is delivered to the Executive by the Board 
of Directors of the Bank (the "Bank Board"), which demand specifically 
identifies the manner in which the Bank Board believes that the Executive has 
not substantially performed his duties; or (B) the willful engaging by the 
Executive in gross misconduct materially and demonstrably injurious to the 
Bank or the Company.  For purposes of this definition, no act, or failure to 
act, on the Executive's part shall be considered "willful" unless done, or 
omitted to be done, by the Executive not in good faith and without reasonable 
belief that the Executive's action or omission was in the best interests of 
the Bank or the Company.   

     1.2    A "CHANGE IN CONTROL" of the Company shall mean (I) an event or 
series of events which have the effect of any "person" as such term is used 
in Section 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act, becoming the "beneficial 
owner" as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, directly or 
indirectly, of securities of the Company or the Bank representing a greater 
percentage of the combined voting power of the Company's or Bank's then 
outstanding stock, than the Trager Family Members as a group; (ii) an event 
or series of events which have the effect of decreasing the Trager Family 
Members' percentage ownership of the combined voting power of the Company's 
or Bank's then outstanding stock to less than 25%;  (ii) any person 
(including the Company or the Bank) publicly announces an intention to take 
or to consider taking actions which have consummated would constitute a 
Change in Control, or (iii) the Company Board adopts a resolution to the 
effect that a Potential Change in Control for purposes of this Plan has 
occurred.  For purposes of this paragraph, "Trager Family Member" shall mean 
Bernard M. Trager, Jean S. Trager and any of their lineal descendants, and 
any corporation, partnership, limited liability company or trust the majority 
owners or beneficiaries of which are directly or indirectly through another 
entity Bernard M. Trager, Jean S. Trager, or one or more of their lineal 
descendants.

     1.3    "COMPENSATION" shall mean the Executive's annual base salary at 
the greater of (A) the highest rate in effect at any time during the twelve 
months immediately preceding the applicable Date of Termination, or (B) the 
rate in effect immediately prior to the applicable Change in Control.

     1.4    "CONTRACT PERIOD" shall mean the period defined in Section 2 
hereof.

     1.5    "DATE OF TERMINATION" shall mean (A) if the Executive's 
employment is terminated for Good Reason, as defined below, the date 
specified in the Notice of Termination, as defined in this Section 1.8 below; 
and (B) if the Executive's employment is terminated for any other reason, the 
date on which a Notice of Termination is given; PROVIDED THAT, if within 30 
days after any Notice of Termination is given, the party receiving such 
Notice of Termination notifies the other party that a dispute exists 
concerning the termination, the Date of Termination shall be the date on 
which the dispute is finally determined, either by mutual written agreement 
of the parties, by a binding and final arbitration award or by a final 
judgment, order or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction (the time for 
appeal therefrom having expired and no appeal having been perfected).

                                       -2-


<PAGE>


     1.6    "DISABILITY" shall mean a physical or mental incapacity of the 
Executive which entitles the Executive to benefits under any long-term 
disability plan or wage continuation plan applicable to him and maintained by 
the Company as in effect immediately prior to the applicable Change in 
Control.

     1.7    "GOOD REASON" shall mean:

            (a)   Without the Executive's express written consent, the 
assignment to Executive of any duties inconsistent with, or the reduction of 
powers or functions associated with, his positions, duties, responsibilities 
and status with the Company immediately prior to a Change in Control, or any 
removal of Executive from, or any failure to reelect Executive to, any 
positions or offices Executive held immediately prior to a Potential Change 
in Control, except in connection with the termination of Executive's 
employment at death, for Cause or on account of Retirement or Disability 
pursuant to the requirements of this Agreement;

            (b)   (i) the failure by the Company to continue in effect any 
employee welfare or pension benefit plans within the meaning of Sections 3(1) 
and 3(2) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (the 
"Plans"), in which Executive was participating immediately prior to a 
Potential Change in Control (or substitute plans, programs or arrangements 
providing Executive with substantially similar benefits), 
                  
                  (ii) the taking of any action, or the failure to take any 
action, by the Company which could (A) adversely affect Executive's 
participation in, or materially reduce Executive's benefits under, any of the 
Plans, (B) materially adversely affect the basis for computing benefits under 
any of the Plans, or (C) deprive Executive of any material fringe benefit 
enjoyed by Executive immediately prior to a Potential Change in Control, or 
(iii) the failure by the Company to provide Executive with the number of paid 
vacation days to which Executive was entitled immediately prior to a 
Potential Change in Control in accordance with the Company's vacation policy 
applicable to Executive then in effect; 

except, in each case, in connection with the termination of Executive's 
employment at death, for Cause or on account of Retirement or Disability 
pursuant to the requirements of this Agreement;

            (c)   the failure by the Company to obtain an assumption of the 
obligations of the Company under this Agreement by any successor to the 
Company;
            
            (d)   a reduction by the Bank in the Executive's base salary as 
in effect on the date hereof or as the same may be increased from time to 
time, except as part of an across-the-board reduction of base salaries 
applicable to all salaried employees of the Bank, provided the reduction (or 
series of reductions) does not exceed 5% of the Executive's base salary prior 
to such change;

                                       - 3 -

<PAGE>


            (e)   the relocation of the Bank's principal executive offices to 
a location outside the metropolitan Louisville area; or the Company's 
requiring the Executive to be based anywhere other than in the metropolitan 
Louisville area, except for required travel on the Bank's business to an 
extent substantially consistent with similarly situated executives' business 
travel obligations;

            (f)   any purported termination of the Executive's employment 
during the contract period which is not effected pursuant to a Notice of 
Termination satisfying the requirements of Section 3 below; and for purposes 
of this Agreement, no such purported termination shall be effective.

     1.8    A "NOTICE OF TERMINATION" shall mean a notice, from the Bank or 
from the Executive, which shall indicate the specific termination provision 
in this Agreement relied upon and shall set forth in reasonable detail the 
facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for termination of the 
Executive's employment under the provision so indicated.

     1.9    "Plans" shall have the meaning given in Section 1.7(b).

     1.10   Any reference to "SUBSIDIARIES" of the Company shall include 
those subsidiaries owned by the Company directly or owned by the Company 
indirectly through another company which is wholly-owned by the Company.

                        Section 2 -- APPLICATION OF AGREEMENT

     This Agreement shall apply only to termination of employment of the 
Executive during a period (the "Contract Period") commencing on the date 
immediately preceding the date of a Change in Control and terminating on the 
second anniversary of the date of that Change in Control; provided, however, 
that each such Change in Control occurs during the period commencing as of 
November 1, 1997 and terminating at midnight on December 31, 1998 or as 
further extended pursuant to the following sentence.  At midnight on December 
31, 1998, and on each annual anniversary of that time and date thereafter, 
such latter period shall be automatically extended for two additional years, 
unless on or before such anniversary the Company notifies the Executive in 
writing that it elects not to extend such period.  There is one Contract 
Period for each Change in Control and there may be multiple Change(s) in 
Control.  With respect to a termination pursuant to Section 3.2 only, the 
Contract Period shall also include the period from and after a Potential 
Change in Control.  If a Potential Change in Control occurs but a Change in 
Control does not follow within one year of the Potential Change in Control, 
the Contract Period shall expire on the one year anniversary of the Potential 
Change in Control.

                                       - 4 -

<PAGE>


                               Section 3 -- TERMINATION

     3.1    PROCEDURE FOR TERMINATION.  Any termination by the Bank or by the 
Executive, pursuant to this Agreement, shall be communicated by Notice of 
Termination to the other parties hereto.  The Executive shall not be deemed 
to have been terminated for Cause unless and until there shall have been 
delivered to the Executive a copy of a resolution duly adopted by the 
affirmative vote of not less than 51% of the entire membership of the Board 
of Directors of the Company (the "Company Board") at a meeting of the Company 
Board called and held for that purpose (after reasonable notice to the 
Executive and an opportunity for the Executive, together with his counsel, to 
be heard before the Company Board), finding that in the good faith opinion of 
the Company Board, the Executive was guilty of conduct set forth in Section 
1.1 and specifying the particulars thereof in detail.  

     3.2    TERMINATION FOR CAUSE OR BEFORE CONTRACT PERIOD.  Upon a 
termination of the Executive's employment for Cause during the Contract 
Period, the Executive shall have no right to receive any compensation or 
benefits hereunder.  Upon a termination of the Executive's employment without 
Cause during the Contract Period, the Executive shall be entitled to receive 
the benefits provided in Section 3.4 hereof.  This Agreement shall not apply 
to, and the Executive shall have no right to receive any compensation or 
benefits hereunder in connection with, any termination of the Executive's 
employment by the Company other than during a Contract Period, and Executive 
shall remain an "at will" employee until a Contract Period begins.

     3.3    TERMINATION FOR GOOD REASON.  During the Contract Period, the 
Executive shall be entitled to terminate his employment with the Company and, 
if such termination is for Good Reason, to receive the benefits provided in 
Section 3.4 hereof.  The Executive shall give the Company Notice of 
Termination of his employment pursuant to this Section 3.3, and termination 
of the Executive's employment shall be effective five business days after the 
Executive gives notice thereof to the Company.  This Agreement shall not 
apply to, and the Executive shall have no right to receive any compensation 
or benefits hereunder in connection with, any termination of the Executive's 
employment by the Executive other than during a Contract Period.  This 
Agreement shall not apply to, and the Executive shall have no right to 
receive any compensation or benefits hereunder in connection with, a 
termination of the Executive's employment on account of the Executive's 
death, whether or not during the Contract Period.

     3.4    COMPENSATION UPON TERMINATION.  If during a Contract Period the 
Executive's employment shall be terminated by the Bank other than pursuant to 
death or for Cause, or if the Executive shall terminate his employment for 
Good Reason, then the Company shall continue to pay, or the Company shall 
cause the Bank to continue to pay, for the remainder of the Contract Period, 
the Executive's Compensation in the same manner as if employment had not 
terminated.

     In addition to the severance benefits set forth in this Section 3.4, the 
Company shall, or the Company shall cause the Bank to:


                                       - 5 -

<PAGE>


            (1)   maintain in full force and effect, for the continued benefit
            of the Executive for the shorter of (I) until the Executive's death
            (provided that benefits payable to his beneficiaries shall not
            terminate upon his death), or (ii) with respect to any particular
            Plan, the date he is afforded a comparable benefit at a comparable
            cost to the Executive by a subsequent employer, or (iii) the
            remainder of the Contract Period, all Plans in which Executive was
            entitled to participate immediately prior to the Change of Control
            (unless Plans generally available to employees of the Bank have
            been modified since the Change in Control in which case the Plans
            to be continued shall be those in effect at the Date of
            Termination, at the level most comparable to that available to the
            Executive at the Change in Control).  In the event that the
            Executive's participation in any Plan of the Company is prohibited,
            the Company shall arrange to provide the Executive with benefits
            substantially similar to those which the Executive is entitled to
            receive under Plan, for such period.  At the end of the period of
            coverage, the Executive shall have the option to have assigned to
            him at no cost and with no apportionment of prepaid premiums, any
            assignable insurance policy owned by the Bank or the Company
            relating specifically to the Executive; and 

            (2)   cause all stock options and stock appreciation rights and/or
            the rights held by the Executive with respect to stock in the
            Company, immediately prior to the termination, if not otherwise
            presently exercisable, to become presently exercisable.

     3.5    DISABILITY.  If during the Contract Period, the Executive's 
employment shall be terminated, either by the Bank or by the Executive, due 
to the Executive's Disability, the Company shall pay the Executive as 
severance compensation the same benefits as set forth in Section 3.4(1)-(5).

     3.6    NO MITIGATION.     The Executive shall not be required to 
mitigate the amount of any payment provided for in this Section 3 by seeking 
other employment or otherwise, nor shall the amount of any payment provided 
for in this Section 3 be reduced by any compensation earned by the Executive 
as the result of employment by another employer after the Date of 
Termination, or otherwise.

                              Section 4 -- MISCELLANEOUS

     4.1    PROTECTION OF  PROPRIETARY INFORMATION.  By accepting the terms 
of this agreement, the Executive agrees that should his employment with the 
Company discontinue, he will not directly or indirectly solicit the Company's 
or its affiliates' customers or employees for a period of one year

                                       - 6 -

<PAGE>


nor will he share any of the Company's or its affiliates' trade secrets or 
other proprietary information.

     4.2    SUCCESSORS SHALL ASSUME. The Company will require any successor 
(whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) 
to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company or 
the Bank, by agreement in form and substance satisfactory to the Executive, 
expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner 
and to the same extent that the Company or the Bank would be required to 
perform if no such succession had taken place.  Failure of the Company to 
obtain such agreement prior to the effectiveness of any such succession shall 
be a breach of this Agreement and shall entitled the Executive to 
compensation from the Company in the same amount and on the same terms as the 
Executive would be entitled hereunder if the Executive terminated the 
Executive's employment for Good Reason, except that for purposes of 
implementing the foregoing, the date on which any such succession becomes 
effective shall be deemed the Date of Termination.  As used in this 
Agreement, "Company" shall mean the Company as defined in the preamble hereto 
and any successor to its business and/or assets as aforesaid or which 
otherwise becomes bound by all the terms and provisions of this Agreement by 
operation of law.  As used in this Agreement, "Bank" shall mean the Bank as 
defined in the preamble hereto and any successor to its business and/or 
assets as aforesaid or which otherwise becomes bound by all the terms and 
provisions of this Agreement by operation of law. 

     4.3    BINDING EFFECT.    This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of 
and be enforceable by the Executive's personal or legal representatives, 
executors, administrators, successors, heirs, distributees, devisees and 
legatees.  If the Executive should die while any amounts would still be 
payable to the Executive hereunder if the Executive had continued to live, 
all such amounts, unless otherwise provided herein, shall be paid in 
accordance with the terms of this Agreement to the Executive's devisee, 
legatee, or other designee or, if there be no such designee, to the 
Executive's estate.

     4.4    REDUCTION OF AMOUNTS PAYABLE.    In no event shall any amount 
payable under any provision of this Agreement equal or exceed an amount which 
would cause the Company to forfeit, pursuant to Section 280G(a) of the 
Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, its deduction for any or all such 
amounts payable.  Pursuant to this Section 4.3, the Company's Compensation 
Committee has the power to reduce severance benefits payable under this 
Agreement, if such benefits alone or in conjunction with termination benefits 
provided under any other Company plan or program, would cause the Company to 
forfeit otherwise deductible payments; PROVIDED, HOWEVER that no benefits 
payable under this Agreement shall be reduced pursuant to this Section 4.3 to 
less than $1.00 below the amount of benefits which the Company can properly 
deduct under Section 280G(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

     4.5    NOTICE.      Any notice or request required or permitted to be 
given under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed 
sufficiently given for all purposes if mailed by certified mail, postage 
prepaid and return receipt requested, addressed to the intended recipient at

                                       - 7 -

<PAGE>


            (a)   the addresses set forth below:

                  (i)    If to the Company:
                         Republic Bancorp, Inc.
                         601 W. Market St.
                         Louisville, Kentucky 40202

All notices to the Company shall be directed to the attention of the Chief 
Executive Officer of the Company with a copy to the Secretary of the Company 
and to the Secretary of the Bank.

                  (ii)   If to the Bank:

                         Republic Bank & Trust Company 
                         601 W. Market Street
                         Louisville, Kentucky 40202

All notices to the Bank shall be directed to the attention of the Secretary 
of the Bank with a copy to the Secretary of the Company.

                  (iii)  If to the Executive:

                         Mark Vogt
                         601 West Market Street
                         Louisville, KY 40202
            

            (b)   Such other address as any of the parties shall specify by 
written notice to the other parties of this Agreement.

     4.6    PAYMENT OBLIGATIONS ABSOLUTE.  The Company's obligation to pay 
the Executive the amounts provided for hereunder shall be absolute and 
unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstances, including, 
without limitation, any set-off, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other 
right which the Company may have against him or anyone else, except with 
respect to tax withholding required pursuant to Section 4.11.  All amounts 
payable by the Company hereunder shall be paid without notice or demand.  
Except as expressly provided herein, the Company waives all rights which it 
may now have or may hereafter have conferred upon it, by statute or 
otherwise, to amend, terminate, cancel or rescind this Agreement in whole or 
in part.  Each and every payment made hereunder by the Company shall be final 
and the Company shall not seek to recover all or any part of such payment 
from the Executive or from whomsoever may be entitled thereto, for any reason 
whatsoever.

     4.7    MODIFICATIONS AND WAIVERS.       No provisions of this Agreement 
may be modified, waived or discharged unless such waiver, modification or 
discharge is agreed to in writing and


                                       - 8 -

<PAGE>



signed by the Executive and such officer as may be specifically designated by 
the Board of Directors of the Company.  No waiver by either party hereto at 
any time of any breach by the other party hereto of, or compliance with, any 
condition or provision of this Agreement to be performed by such other party 
shall be deemed a waiver of similar or dissimilar provisions or conditions at 
the same or any prior or subsequent time.  

     4.8    ENTIRE AGREEMENT.  No agreements or representations, oral or 
otherwise, express or implied, with respect to the subject matter hereof have 
been made by either party which are not set forth expressly in this 
Agreement.  

     4.9    GOVERNING LAW.     The validity, interpretation, construction and 
performance of this Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the 
Commonwealth of Kentucky.

     4.10   VALIDITY.    The invalidity or unenforceability of any provisions 
of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any 
other provision of this Agreement, which shall remain in full force and 
effect.

     4.11   COUNTERPARTS.      This Agreement may be executed in one or more 
counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original but all of 
which together will constitute one and the same instrument.

     4.12   PAYROLL AND WITHHOLDING TAXES.  The Company may withhold from any 
amounts payable to the Executive hereunder all federal, state, city or other 
taxes that the Company may reasonably determine are required to be withheld 
pursuant to any applicable law or regulation.

                                       - 9 -

<PAGE>


     IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties hereto have executed this Agreement, as 
of the day and year first above written.



                                     REPUBLIC BANCORP, INC.


/s/ Mark Vogt                        By            /s/ Steve Trager
- --------------------                        ---------------------------------
Mark Vogt                            Title:        President
                                            ---------------------------------
                                                   10/16/97
                                     Date:  ---------------------------------



                                     REPUBLIC BANK & TRUST COMPANY 


                                     By             /s/Steve Trager
                                            ---------------------------------
                                     Title:         Vice Chairman
                                            ---------------------------------
                                     Date:          10/16/97
                                            ---------------------------------


                                   - 10 -

<PAGE>

                                    EXHIBIT 10.15


                      REPUBLIC BANCORP, INC. STOCK OPTION PLAN 

                                STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT


     This is a STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT (the "Agreement") dated as of April 15, 
1996, by and between Republic Bancorp, Inc., a Kentucky corporation (the 
"Company"), and Mark A. Vogt (the "Optionee"). 

                                       RECITALS

     A.   Subject to and effective upon shareholder approval, the Board of 
Directors of the Company (the Board") adopted the Republic Bancorp, Inc. 1995 
Stock Option Plan (the "Plan").  

     B.   The Chairman of the Board and Compensation/Human Resources 
Committee of the Board (the "Committee"), have determined that it is in the 
best interests of the Company and appropriate to the stated purposes of the 
Plan that the Company grant to the Optionee an option to purchase shares of 
the Company's common stock ("Shares") pursuant and subject to the terms, 
definitions, and conditions of the Plan.

     C.   The Committee has decided to grant Incentive Stock Options, despite 
the fact that the Company is not entitled to a tax deduction for the value of 
such an option, because an Incentive Stock Option allows the Optionee to 
avoid ordinary income taxes upon exercise on the difference between the 
exercise price and the then-value of the Shares.

     D.   Any capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the 
respective meanings given them in the Plan, a copy of which is attached 
hereto and incorporated by reference herein in its entirety.

NOW, THEREFORE, the Company and the Optionee do hereby agree as follows:

                             SECTION 1 -- GRANT OF OPTION
                                          ---------------

     Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Company hereby
grants to the Optionee an option (the "Option") to purchase all or any part from
time to time of the aggregate shares as set forth below:


                                       - 1 -

<PAGE>


     TYPE OF OPTION                     NUMBER OF SHARES
     --------------                     ----------------

     Incentive Stock Options            10,000 Class A
     

                              SECTION 2 --  OPTION PRICE
                                            ------------

     The option price hereunder is $11.94 per Share, which equals 100% of the
fair market value of a Share as determined in accordance with the Plan.  


                           SECTION 3 -- DURATION OF OPTION
                                        ------------------

  Except as accelerated as provided in Section 10.8 of the Plan (upon a Change
in Control), or upon death or Disability of the Optionee, and subject to such
shorter period provided in Section 8 of this Agreement (regarding Termination of
Employment), the Option with respect to 5,000 Shares may be exercised no sooner
than April 15, 2001, and no later than April 14, 2002; and the Option may be
exercised with respect to an additional 5,000 Shares no sooner than April 15,
2002, and no later than April 14, 2003 (the "Option Period"), after which dates
the respective portions of the Option shall expire.


                          SECTION 4 -- EXERCISE OF OPTION
                                       ------------------

     During the Option Period, the Optionee may exercise the Option upon
compliance with the following additional terms:

     (a)  METHOD OF EXERCISE. The Optionee shall exercise portions of the Option
by written notice, which shall:

          (i)     state the election to exercise the Option, the number of
          Shares in respect of which it is being exercised, and the Optionee's
          address and Social Security Number;

          (ii)    contain such representations and agreements, if any, as the
          Company's counsel may require concerning the holder's investment
          intent regarding such Shares, 

          (iii)   include an acknowledgement and acceptance of the restrictions
          on transfer of the Option Stock as provided in Section 9 of the Plan
          (right of first refusal);

          (iv)    be signed by the Optionee; and

          (v)     be in writing and delivered in person or by certified mail to
          the Chairman.


                                       - 2 -

<PAGE>


     (b)  PAYMENT UPON EXERCISE OF OPTION.  Payment of the full Option Price for
Shares upon which the Option is exercised plus any tax withholding (if
applicable) shall accompany the written notice of exercise described above.  The
Company shall cause to be issued and delivered to the Optionee the
certificate(s) representing such Shares as soon as practicable following the
receipt of notice and payment described above.


                      SECTION 5 -- NONTRANSFERABILITY OF OPTION
                                   ----------------------------

     The Option shall not be transferable or assignable by the Optionee.  The
Option shall be exercisable, during the Optionee's lifetime, only by him.  The
Option shall not be pledged or hypothecated in any way, and shall not be subject
to execution, attachment or similar process.  Any attempted transfer,
assignment, pledge, hypothecation or other disposition of the Option contrary to
the provisions hereof, and the levy of any process upon the Option, shall be
null, void and without effect.


                     SECTION 6 -- EFFECT OF AMENDMENT, SUSPENSION
                                  -------------------------------
                          OR TERMINATION OF EXISTING OPTIONS
                          ----------------------------------

     No amendment, suspension or termination of the Plan shall, without the
Optionee's written consent, alter or impair the Option granted under the terms
of this Agreement.


                     SECTION 7 -- RESTRICTIONS ON ISSUING SHARES
                                  ------------------------------

     Shares shall not be issued pursuant to the exercise of the Option, unless
the issuance and transferability of the Shares shall comply with all relevant
provisions of law, including, but not limited to, the (i) limitations, if any,
imposed by the Commonwealth of Kentucky; and (ii) restrictions, if any, imposed
by the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934,
as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder by the United
States Securities and Exchange Commission.  The Committee may, in its
discretion, determine if such restrictions or such issuance of Shares so
complies with all relevant provisions of law.  Any certificate issued upon
exercise of an Option shall bear a legend setting forth notice of the
restrictions on transfer in Section 9 of the Plan.

                                           
                SECTION 8 -- EXERCISE AFTER TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT
                             ----------------------------------------

     After an Employee's Termination of Employment due to death or Disability,
an Option may be exercised in full, rather than in the portions specified in
Section 3, but in no event after April 14, 2003.  The right to exercise will
expire at the end of six months after the Optionee's death or Disability; any
Option exercised under this Section may be exercised in full by the legal


                                       - 3 -

<PAGE>

representative of the estate of the Optionee or by the person or persons who
acquire the right to exercise such Option by bequest or inheritance.  In no
other case may an Option be exercised following Termination of Employment or
during a period when the Optionee is not in "good standing," with the Bank, in
accordance with its usual rules and policies.  Any Option Stock acquired after
death or Disability of the Optionee shall be concurrently sold back to the
Company at 1.5 times book value as required by Section 9.2 of the Plan.


                  SECTION 9 -- PROTECTION OF PROPRIETARY INFORMATION
                               -------------------------------------

     By accepting the terms of this option Optionee agrees that, should
Optionee's employment with the Company discontinue, Optionee will not directly
or indirectly solicit the Company's or its affiliates' customers or employees
for a period of one year nor will Optionee share any of the Company's or its
affiliates' trade secrets or other proprietary information.


                            SECTION 10 -- ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
                                          ----------------

     The Optionee acknowledges receipt contemporaneously herewith of a copy of
the Plan, and the Optionee represents that he is familiar with the terms and
provisions thereof and hereby accepts the Option subject to all the terms and
provisions thereof.  Any capitalized term used herein and not otherwise defined
shall have the meaning given in the Plan.  The Optionee acknowledges that
nothing contained in the Plan or this Agreement shall (a) confer upon the
Optionee any additional rights to continued employment by the Company or any
corporation related to the Company; or (b) interfere in any way with the right
of the Company to terminate the Optionee's employment or change the Optionee's
compensation at any time.


                           SECTION 11 -- TERM OF AGREEMENT
                                         -----------------

     This Agreement shall terminate upon the earlier of (i) complete exercise or
termination of the Option; (ii) mutual agreement of the parties; or (iii) on
April 14, 2003.


                                       - 4 -

<PAGE>


                                 SECTION 12 -- GENDER
                                               ------

     Whenever the context hereof so permits or requires, any gender shall 
include all other genders.

                             SECTION 13 -- GOVERNING LAW
                                           -------------

     This Agreement shall be construed under and governed by the laws of the 
Commonwealth of Kentucky.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed and delivered this Agreement as 
of the date set forth in the preamble hereto, but actually on the dates set 
forth below.

                                        REPUBLIC BANCORP, INC.


                                        By ____________________________________
                                           Chairman of the Board

                                        Date:__________________________________


                                        ______________________________________
                                        Executive

                                        Date:__________________________________


                                        Presenter's Initials:___________



                                       - 5 -



<PAGE>

                                     EXHIBIT 23.2


                      CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS


     We hereby consent to the inclusion in the Registration Statement on 
Form S-1 of Republic Bancorp, Inc. of our report dated January 30, 1998 on the 
1997 and 1996 consolidated financial statements of Republic Bancorp, Inc.  We 
also consent to the reference to us under the heading "Experts" in the 
prospectus.

/s/ Crowe, Chizek and Company LLP

Crowe, Chizek and Company LLP



Louisville, Kentucky
June 8, 1998



<PAGE>

                                 EXHIBIT 23.3



INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' CONSENT


We consent to the use in this Registration Statement of Republic Bancorp, 
Inc. on Form S-1 of our report dated March 1, 1996, appearing in the 
Prospectus, which is part of this Registration Statement.

We also consent to the reference to us under the heading "Experts" in such 
Prospectus.



/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

Deloitte & Touche LLP



Louisville, Kentucky

June 10, 1998



© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission